<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?>
<?xml-stylesheet type="text/xsl" media="screen" href="/~d/styles/rss2enclosuresfull.xsl"?><?xml-stylesheet type="text/css" media="screen" href="http://feeds.feedburner.com/~d/styles/itemcontent.css"?><rss xmlns:media="http://search.yahoo.com/mrss/" xmlns:itunes="http://www.itunes.com/dtds/podcast-1.0.dtd" xmlns:feedburner="http://rssnamespace.org/feedburner/ext/1.0" version="2.0"><channel><title>4.0 CCNA-EXAM-MODULES</title><link>http://ccna-exam-modules.blogspot.com/</link><atom10:link xmlns:atom10="http://www.w3.org/2005/Atom" rel="self" type="application/rss+xml" href="http://feeds.feedburner.com/40Ccna-exam-modules" /><description>EXPLORATION AND DISCOVERY</description><language>en</language><managingEditor>noreply@blogger.com (amor)</managingEditor><lastBuildDate>Sat, 31 Dec 2011 20:11:27 PST</lastBuildDate><generator>Blogger http://www.blogger.com</generator><openSearch:totalResults xmlns:openSearch="http://a9.com/-/spec/opensearch/1.1/">91</openSearch:totalResults><openSearch:startIndex xmlns:openSearch="http://a9.com/-/spec/opensearch/1.1/">1</openSearch:startIndex><openSearch:itemsPerPage xmlns:openSearch="http://a9.com/-/spec/opensearch/1.1/">25</openSearch:itemsPerPage><feedburner:info uri="40ccna-exam-modules" /><atom10:link xmlns:atom10="http://www.w3.org/2005/Atom" rel="hub" href="http://pubsubhubbub.appspot.com/" /><itunes:owner><itunes:email>noreply@blogger.com</itunes:email></itunes:owner><itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit><itunes:subtitle>EXPLORATION AND DISCOVERY</itunes:subtitle><item><title>4.0 CCNA 4: Designing and Supporting Computer Networks:Final</title><link>http://feedproxy.google.com/~r/40Ccna-exam-modules/~3/Tubv0zV3HOc/40-ccna-4-designing-and-supporting_4269.html</link><category>4.0 CCNA4disc</category><author>noreply@blogger.com (amor)</author><pubDate>Mon, 17 Aug 2009 20:00:17 PDT</pubDate><guid isPermaLink="false">tag:blogger.com,1999:blog-4098964652719354601.post-1554435964410685400</guid><description>&lt;div style="font-family: georgia;" id="knol-section-2zz1529sninpu.6"&gt;&lt;div id="knol-content-wrapper-2zz1529sninpu.6" class="knol-content-wrapper"&gt;&lt;div id="knol-content-2zz1529sninpu.6" class="knol-content"&gt; &lt;p&gt;&lt;span style=";font-size:100%;" &gt;1.A &lt;a style="background: transparent url(http://files.adbrite.com/mb/images/green-double-underline-006600.gif) repeat-x scroll center bottom; cursor: pointer; color: rgb(0, 102, 0); text-decoration: none; -moz-background-clip: -moz-initial; -moz-background-origin: -moz-initial; -moz-background-inline-policy: -moz-initial; margin-bottom: -2px; padding-bottom: 2px;" name="AdBriteInlineAd_company" id="AdBriteInlineAd_company" target="_top"&gt;company&lt;/a&gt; is developing an  &lt;a href="http://click.adbrite.com/mb/click.php?sid=1069770&amp;amp;banner_id=12805677&amp;amp;variation_id=1465687&amp;amp;uts=1250487490&amp;amp;cpc=302e3031&amp;amp;keyword_id=93&amp;amp;inline=y&amp;amp;ab=168296590&amp;amp;sscup=bb391e9715b0db49111fe99e94f04fbc&amp;amp;sscra=519217e1add47a3a8a146bed59a99f20&amp;amp;ub=3394530742&amp;amp;guid=94a5b4ed-4340-4072-98ce-24e48a4b67a7&amp;amp;odc=svx&amp;amp;rs=&amp;amp;r=" style="background: transparent url(http://files.adbrite.com/mb/images/green-double-underline-006600.gif) repeat-x scroll center bottom; cursor: pointer; color: rgb(0, 102, 0); text-decoration: none; -moz-background-clip: -moz-initial; -moz-background-origin: -moz-initial; -moz-background-inline-policy: -moz-initial; margin-bottom: -2px; padding-bottom: 2px;" name="AdBriteInlineAd_Internet" id="AdBriteInlineAd_Internet" target="_top"&gt;Internet&lt;/a&gt; store for its website. Which protocol should be used to transfer  &lt;a style="background: transparent url(http://files.adbrite.com/mb/images/green-double-underline-006600.gif) repeat-x scroll center bottom; cursor: pointer; color: rgb(0, 102, 0); text-decoration: none; -moz-background-clip: -moz-initial; -moz-background-origin: -moz-initial; -moz-background-inline-policy: -moz-initial; margin-bottom: -2px; padding-bottom: 2px;" name="AdBriteInlineAd_credit" id="AdBriteInlineAd_credit" target="_top"&gt;credit&lt;/a&gt; &lt;a style="background: transparent url(http://files.adbrite.com/mb/images/green-double-underline-006600.gif) repeat-x scroll center bottom; cursor: pointer; color: rgb(0, 102, 0); text-decoration: none; -moz-background-clip: -moz-initial; -moz-background-origin: -moz-initial; -moz-background-inline-policy: -moz-initial; margin-bottom: -2px; padding-bottom: 2px;" name="AdBriteInlineAd_card" id="AdBriteInlineAd_card" target="_top"&gt;card&lt;/a&gt; &lt;a style="background: transparent url(http://files.adbrite.com/mb/images/green-double-underline-006600.gif) repeat-x scroll center bottom; cursor: pointer; color: rgb(0, 102, 0); text-decoration: none; -moz-background-clip: -moz-initial; -moz-background-origin: -moz-initial; -moz-background-inline-policy: -moz-initial; margin-bottom: -2px; padding-bottom: 2px;" name="AdBriteInlineAd_information" id="AdBriteInlineAd_information" target="_top"&gt;information&lt;/a&gt; from customers to the company web server?&lt;br /&gt;FTPS&lt;br /&gt;HTTP&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(51, 51, 255);"&gt;HTTPS &lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;WEP2&lt;br /&gt;TFTP&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt; &lt;p&gt;&lt;span style=";font-size:100%;" &gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;span style=";font-size:100%;" &gt;2&lt;br /&gt;Refer to the exhibit. A new branch office has been added to the corporate network and a new router is to be installed to allow branch office users to access the database server at headquarters. How should the serial 0/0/0 interface of the new branch office router be configured to connect to the headquarters router?&lt;br /&gt;branch_23(config-if)# ip address 192.168.5.19 255.255.255.240&lt;br /&gt;branch_23(config-if)# no shutdown&lt;br /&gt;branch_23(config-if)# encapsulation hdlc&lt;br /&gt;branch_23(config-if)# ip address 192.168.5.25 255.255.255.240&lt;br /&gt;branch_23(config-if)# no shutdown&lt;br /&gt;branch_23(config-if)# encapsulation ppp&lt;br /&gt;branch_23(config-if)# no shutdown&lt;br /&gt;branch_23(config-if)# encapsulation ppp&lt;br /&gt;branch_23(config-if)# ip address 192.168.5.33 255.255.255.240&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(51, 51, 255);"&gt;branch_23(config-if)# encapsulation ppp&lt;br /&gt;branch_23(config-if)# ip address 192.168.5.21 255.255.255.240&lt;br /&gt;branch_23(config-if)# no shutdown&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt; &lt;p&gt;&lt;span style=";font-size:100%;" &gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;span style=";font-size:100%;" &gt;3&lt;br /&gt;Which two commands ensure that any password that permits access to the privileged EXEC mode is not shown in plain text when the configuration files are displayed? (Choose two.)&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(51, 51, 255);"&gt;Router(config)# enable secret cisco &lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Router(config)# enable cisco&lt;br /&gt;Router(config)# encryption-password all&lt;br /&gt;Router(config)# enable login encrypted&lt;br /&gt;Router(config)# enable password encryption&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(51, 51, 255);"&gt;Router(config)# service password-encryption&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt; &lt;p&gt;&lt;span style=";font-size:100%;" &gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;span style=";font-size:100%;" &gt;4&lt;br /&gt;A new network is to be configured on a router. Which of the following tasks must be completed to configure this interface and implement dynamic IP routing for the new network? (Choose three.)&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(51, 51, 255);"&gt;Select the routing protocol to be configured.&lt;br /&gt;Assign an IP address and subnet mask to the interface&lt;/span&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(51, 51, 255);"&gt;. &lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Update the ip host configuration information with the device &lt;a style="background: transparent url(http://files.adbrite.com/mb/images/green-double-underline-006600.gif) repeat-x scroll center bottom; cursor: pointer; color: rgb(0, 102, 0); text-decoration: none; -moz-background-clip: -moz-initial; -moz-background-origin: -moz-initial; -moz-background-inline-policy: -moz-initial; margin-bottom: -2px; padding-bottom: 2px;" name="AdBriteInlineAd_name" id="AdBriteInlineAd_name" target="_top"&gt;name&lt;/a&gt; and  new interface IP address.&lt;br /&gt;Configure the routing protocol with the new network IP address.&lt;br /&gt;Configure the routing protocol with the new interface IP address and  subnet mask.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(51, 51, 255);"&gt;Configure the routing protocol in use on all other enterprise routers  with the new network information.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt; &lt;p&gt;&lt;span style=";font-size:100%;" &gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;span style=";font-size:100%;" &gt;5&lt;br /&gt;How does TCP ensure the reliable transfer of data?&lt;br /&gt;If data segments are not received from the source, the destination requests  that the segments be resent.&lt;br /&gt;If an acknowledgment of the transmitted segments is not received from the destination in a predetermined amount of the time, the source resends the data.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(51, 51, 255);"&gt;TCP uses the SYN-ACK portion of the three-way handshake to ensure  that all data has been received&lt;/span&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(51, 51, 255);"&gt;. &lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;The TCP Protocol Interpreter process verifies the transmitted data at  source and destination.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt; &lt;p&gt;&lt;span style=";font-size:100%;" &gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;span style=";font-size:100%;" &gt;6&lt;br /&gt;A network administrator is asked to design a system to allow simultaneous access to the Internet for 250 users. The ISP for this network can only supply five public IPs. What can be used to accomplish this task?&lt;br /&gt;routable translation&lt;br /&gt;dynamic translation&lt;br /&gt;static translation&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(51, 51, 255);"&gt;port address translation&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt; &lt;p&gt;&lt;span style=";font-size:100%;" &gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;span style=";font-size:100%;" &gt;7&lt;br /&gt;What is the most commonly used exterior routing protocol?&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(51, 51, 255);"&gt;BGP &lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;RIP&lt;br /&gt;OSPF&lt;br /&gt;EIGRP&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt; &lt;p&gt;&lt;span style=";font-size:100%;" &gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;span style=";font-size:100%;" &gt;8&lt;br /&gt;Refer to the exhibit. The network administrator needs to configure the router with a name. Which command will the administrator use to configure the router name?&lt;br /&gt;Router# ip hostname Boise&lt;br /&gt;Router# enable hostname Boise&lt;br /&gt;Router(config-line)# name Boise&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(51, 51, 255);"&gt;Router(config)# hostname Boise&lt;/span&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(51, 51, 255);"&gt; &lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Router(config)# ip hostname Boise&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt; &lt;p&gt;&lt;span style=";font-size:100%;" &gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;span style=";font-size:100%;" &gt;9&lt;br /&gt;Why are port numbers included in the TCP header of a segment?&lt;br /&gt;to indicate the correct router interface that should be used to forward  a segment&lt;br /&gt;to identify which switch ports should receive or forward the segment&lt;br /&gt;to determine which Layer 3 protocol should be used to encapsulate the  data&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(51, 51, 255);"&gt;to enable a receiving host to forward the data to the appropriate application &lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;to allow the receiving host to assemble the packet in the proper  order&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt; &lt;p&gt;&lt;span style=";font-size:100%;" &gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;span style=";font-size:100%;" &gt;10&lt;br /&gt;What is the purpose of the routing process?&lt;br /&gt;to encapsulate data that is used to communicate across a network&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(51, 51, 255);"&gt;to select the paths that are used to direct traffic to destination  networks&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;to convert a URL name into an IP address&lt;br /&gt;to provide secure Internet file transfer&lt;br /&gt;to forward traffic on the basis of MAC addresses&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt; &lt;p&gt;&lt;span style=";font-size:100%;" &gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;span style=";font-size:100%;" &gt;11&lt;br /&gt;Which two statements are true about the use of the debug ip rip command  on a Cisco router? (Choose two.)&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(51, 51, 255);"&gt;The debug ip rip command displays RIP routing activity in real time.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(51, 51, 255);"&gt; &lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;The debug ip rip command can be issued at the user EXEC configuration  mode.&lt;br /&gt;The debug ip rip command displays a combination of the information that is displayed by the show ip route and show ip protocols commands.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(51, 51, 255);"&gt;Because of router processor usage, the debug ip rip command should  be used only when necessary. &lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;The debug ip rip command should be used instead of the show ip route  command whenever possible.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt; &lt;p&gt;&lt;span style=";font-size:100%;" &gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;span style=";font-size:100%;" &gt;12&lt;br /&gt;What minimum configurations must be set on a host to allow a request  to be sent to http://www.cisco.com/? (Choose four.)&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(51, 51, 255);"&gt;DNS server &lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;a style="background: transparent url(http://files.adbrite.com/mb/images/green-double-underline-006600.gif) repeat-x scroll center bottom; cursor: pointer; color: rgb(0, 102, 0); text-decoration: none; -moz-background-clip: -moz-initial; -moz-background-origin: -moz-initial; -moz-background-inline-policy: -moz-initial; margin-bottom: -2px; padding-bottom: 2px;" name="AdBriteInlineAd_WINS" id="AdBriteInlineAd_WINS" target="_top"&gt;WINS&lt;/a&gt; server&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(51, 51, 255);"&gt;IP address &lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;NetBIOS&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(51, 51, 255);"&gt;subnet mask&lt;br /&gt;default gateway&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt; &lt;p&gt;&lt;span style=";font-size:100%;" &gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;span style=";font-size:100%;" &gt;13&lt;br /&gt;A Catalyst 2960 switch has been taken out of storage to be used as a temporary replacement for another switch that needs to be repaired. About a minute after the switch has started, the SYST LED on the front of the switch transitions from blinking green to amber. What is the meaning of the amber SYST LED?&lt;br /&gt;The switch has no configuration file in NVRAM.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(51, 51, 255);"&gt;The switch has failed POST and must be sent for service.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(51, 51, 255);"&gt; &lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;The switch is &lt;a style="background: transparent url(http://files.adbrite.com/mb/images/green-double-underline-006600.gif) repeat-x scroll center bottom; cursor: pointer; color: rgb(0, 102, 0); text-decoration: none; -moz-background-clip: -moz-initial; -moz-background-origin: -moz-initial; -moz-background-inline-policy: -moz-initial; margin-bottom: -2px; padding-bottom: 2px;" name="AdBriteInlineAd_functioning" id="AdBriteInlineAd_functioning" target="_top"&gt;functioning&lt;/a&gt; properly.&lt;br /&gt;The switch is in half-duplex mode.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt; &lt;p&gt;&lt;span style=";font-size:100%;" &gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;span style=";font-size:100%;" &gt;14&lt;br /&gt;Refer to the exhibit. Which combination of cables and symbols is correct?&lt;br /&gt;A - crossover, B - straight-through, C - straight-through&lt;br /&gt;A - crossover, B - rollover, C - straight-through&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(51, 51, 255);"&gt;A - straight-through, B -crossover, C - straight-through &lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;A - straight-through, B -straight-through, C - straight-through&lt;br /&gt;A - straight-through, B - straight-through, C - crossover&lt;br /&gt;A - rollover, B - straight-through, C - straight-through&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt; &lt;p&gt;&lt;span style=";font-size:100%;" &gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;span style=";font-size:100%;" &gt;15&lt;br /&gt;After an unsuccessful ping to the local router, the technician decides to investigate the router. The technician observes that the lights and fan on the router are not operational. In which layer of the OSI model is the problem most likely occurring?&lt;br /&gt;transport&lt;br /&gt;network&lt;br /&gt;data link&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(51, 51, 255);"&gt;physical&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt; &lt;p&gt;&lt;span style=";font-size:100%;" &gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;span style=";font-size:100%;" &gt;16&lt;br /&gt;What are three characteristics of the TCP protocol? (Choose three.)&lt;br /&gt;exchanges datagrams unreliably&lt;br /&gt;is used to send IP error messages&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(51, 51, 255);"&gt;forces the retransmission of unacknowledged packets &lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(51, 51, 255);"&gt; creates a virtual session between end-user applications &lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;carries the IP address of the destination host in the TCP header&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(51, 51, 255);"&gt;is responsible for breaking messages into segments and reassembling  them at their destination&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt; &lt;p&gt;&lt;span style=";font-size:100%;" &gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;span style=";font-size:100%;" &gt;17&lt;br /&gt;Refer to the exhibit. The network shown is connected using services from the same ISP. How will the Fohi router dynamically learn routes to the 192.168.16.16/28, 192.168.16.32/28, and 192.168.16.64/28 subnetworks?&lt;br /&gt;with BGP&lt;br /&gt;with a static route&lt;br /&gt;with a directly connected route&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(51, 51, 255);"&gt;with an interior routing protocol&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt; &lt;p&gt;&lt;span style=";font-size:100%;" &gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;span style=";font-size:100%;" &gt;18&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt; &lt;p&gt;&lt;span style=";font-size:100%;" &gt;Refer to the exhibit. Which  type of UTP cable should be used to connect Host A to Switch1?&lt;br /&gt;rollover&lt;br /&gt;console&lt;br /&gt;crossover&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(51, 51, 255);"&gt;straight-through&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt; &lt;p&gt;&lt;span style=";font-size:100%;" &gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;span style=";font-size:100%;" &gt;19&lt;br /&gt;When customers use credit cards to make purchases at a small business, a modem is heard dialing a telephone number to transfer the transaction data to the central office. What type of WAN serial connection is in use?&lt;br /&gt;leased line&lt;br /&gt;packet switched&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(51, 51, 255);"&gt;circuit switched &lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;point-to-point&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt; &lt;p&gt;&lt;span style=";font-size:100%;" &gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;span style=";font-size:100%;" &gt;20&lt;br /&gt;A user reports being unable to access the Internet. The help desk technician employs a bottom-up approach to troubleshooting. The technician first has the user check the patch cable connection from the PC to the wall, and then has the user verify that the NIC has a green link light. What will the technician have the user do next?&lt;br /&gt;Enter an IP address into the WWW browser address bar to see if DNS is  at fault.&lt;br /&gt;Use traceroute to identify the device along the path to the ISP that  may be at fault.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(51, 51, 255);"&gt;Verify the IP address, subnet, and gateway settings using ipconfig  on the PC. &lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Connect to the user home router to check firewall settings for blocked  TCP ports.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt; &lt;p&gt;&lt;span style=";font-size:100%;" &gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;span style=";font-size:100%;" &gt;21&lt;br /&gt;A ping 192.1.1.20 command is issued on workstation A to determine if workstation B can be reached. What events will occur if this command is successful? (Choose two.)&lt;br /&gt;The router will block the ping request message.&lt;br /&gt;The router will reply to the echo request with a proxy ping response.&lt;br /&gt;Workstation A will send a UDP ping request message to workstation B.&lt;br /&gt;Workstation B will send a UDP ping reply message to workstation A.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(51, 51, 255);"&gt;Workstation A will send an ICMP echo request message to workstation  B.&lt;br /&gt;Workstation B will send an ICMP echo reply message to workstation A.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt; &lt;p&gt;&lt;span style=";font-size:100%;" &gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;span style=";font-size:100%;" &gt;22&lt;br /&gt;How does a router know of paths to destination networks? (Choose two.)&lt;br /&gt;inspection of the destination IP address in data packets&lt;br /&gt;ARP requests from connected routers&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(51, 51, 255);"&gt;manual configuration of routes &lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(51, 51, 255);"&gt; updates from other routers &lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;DHCP information broadcasts&lt;br /&gt;updates from the SMTP management information base&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt; &lt;p&gt;&lt;span style=";font-size:100%;" &gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;span style=";font-size:100%;" &gt;23&lt;br /&gt;Refer to the exhibit. Which two statements describe the data conversation  shown? (Choose two.)&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(51, 51, 255);"&gt;The data conversation was started by the HTTP application process  running on the client. &lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;The data conversation is identified by TCP port 80 on the client.&lt;br /&gt;The user started the data conversation by sending an e-mail.&lt;br /&gt;The IP address of the Internet server is 192.168.17.43.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(51, 51, 255);"&gt;The Internet server will send data to port 8547 on the client.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt; &lt;p&gt;&lt;span style=";font-size:100%;" &gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;span style=";font-size:100%;" &gt;24&lt;br /&gt;What is one purpose of the TCP three-way handshake?&lt;br /&gt;sending echo requests from the source to the destination host to establish  the presence of the destination&lt;br /&gt;determining the IP address of the destination host in preparation for  data transfer&lt;br /&gt;requesting the destination to transfer a binary file to the source&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(51, 51, 255);"&gt;synchronizing sequence numbers between source and destination in  preparation for data transfer&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt; &lt;p&gt;&lt;span style=";font-size:100%;" &gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;span style=";font-size:100%;" &gt;25&lt;br /&gt;Which type of address is 192.168.17.111/28?&lt;br /&gt;host address&lt;br /&gt;network address&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(51, 51, 255);"&gt;broadcast address &lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;multicast address&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt; &lt;p&gt;&lt;span style=";font-size:100%;" &gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;span style=";font-size:100%;" &gt;26&lt;br /&gt;A customer reports connectivity problems to an ISP technician. Upon questioning the customer, the technician discovers that all network applications are functioning except for FTP. What should the technician suspect is the problem?&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(51, 51, 255);"&gt;misconfigured firewall &lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;bad port on switch or hub&lt;br /&gt;misconfigured IP addressing on the customer’s workstation&lt;br /&gt;wrong DNS server configured on the customer’s workstation&lt;br /&gt;wrong default gateway configured on the customer’s workstation&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt; &lt;p&gt;&lt;span style=";font-size:100%;" &gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;span style=";font-size:100%;" &gt;27&lt;br /&gt;The show ip route command was executed on one of the routers shown in  the graphic and the following output was displayed:&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt; &lt;p&gt;&lt;span style=";font-size:100%;" &gt;C 192.168.4.0/24 is directly  connected, Serial0/0&lt;br /&gt;R 192.168.5.0/24 [120/1] via 192.168.4.2, 00:00:19, Serial0/0&lt;br /&gt;R 192.168.1.0/24 [120/2] via 192.168.3.1, 00:00:20, Serial0/1&lt;br /&gt;R 192.168.2.0/24 [120/2] via 192.168.3.1, 00:00:20, Serial0/1&lt;br /&gt;C 192.168.3.0/24 is directly connected, Serial0/1&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt; &lt;p&gt;&lt;span style=";font-size:100%;" &gt;From which router was this  command executed?&lt;br /&gt;A&lt;br /&gt;B&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(51, 51, 255);"&gt;C&lt;/span&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(51, 51, 255);"&gt; &lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;D&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt; &lt;p&gt;&lt;span style=";font-size:100%;" &gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;span style=";font-size:100%;" &gt;28&lt;br /&gt;Refer to the exhibit. Which two sets of commands are required to configure passwords for all management ports on a Catalyst 2960 switch? (Choose two.)&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(51, 51, 255);"&gt;ALSwitch(config)# interface vlan 1 &lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(51, 51, 255);"&gt; ALSwitch(config-if)# password cisco &lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(51, 51, 255);"&gt; ALSwitch(config-if)# login &lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;ALSwitch(config)# line vty 0 4&lt;br /&gt;ALSwitch(config-line)# password cisco&lt;br /&gt;ALSwitch(config-line)# login&lt;br /&gt;ALSwitch(config)# line vty 0 15&lt;br /&gt;ALSwitch(config-line)# password cisco&lt;br /&gt;ALSwitch(config-line)# login&lt;br /&gt;ALSwitch(config)# enable secret class&lt;br /&gt;ALSwitch(config)# enable password cisco&lt;br /&gt;ALSwitch(config)# interface fa0/1&lt;br /&gt;ALSwitch(config-if)# password cisco&lt;br /&gt;ALSwitch(config-if)# no shutdown&lt;br /&gt;ALSwitch(config)# line cons 0&lt;br /&gt;ALSwitch(config-line)# password cisco&lt;br /&gt;ALSwitch(config-line)# login&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt; &lt;p&gt;&lt;span style=";font-size:100%;" &gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;span style=";font-size:100%;" &gt;29&lt;br /&gt;A user reports being able to access the Internet but not being able to download e-mail from the mail server at the ISP. What should the user check on the user workstation?&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(51, 51, 255);"&gt;the POP3 and SMTP server settings in the e-mail application &lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;the patch cable connections at the back of the workstation and at  the wall plate&lt;br /&gt;the DHCP settings in the operating system&lt;br /&gt;the IP address, mask, and default gateway values&lt;br /&gt;the NIC drivers&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt; &lt;p&gt;&lt;span style=";font-size:100%;" &gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;span style=";font-size:100%;" &gt;30&lt;br /&gt;Refer to the graphic. Which command will configure a static route on Router A to direct traffic from LAN A that is destined for LAN C?&lt;br /&gt;RouterA(config)# ip route 192.168.4.0 255.255.255.0 192.168.5.2&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(51, 51, 255);"&gt;RouterA(config)# ip route 192.168.4.0 255.255.255.0 192.168.3.2 &lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;RouterA(config)# ip route 192.168.5.0 255.255.255.0 192.168.3.2&lt;br /&gt;RouterA(config)# ip route 192.168.3.0 255.255.255.0 192.168.3.1&lt;br /&gt;RouterA(config)# ip route 192.168.3.2 255.255.255.0 192.168.4.0&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt; &lt;p&gt;&lt;span style=";font-size:100%;" &gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;span style=";font-size:100%;" &gt;31&lt;br /&gt;Which subnet masks could be used when subnetting a Class B IP address?  (Choose two.)&lt;br /&gt;255.255.255.240&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(51, 51, 255);"&gt;255.255.192.0 &lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(51, 51, 255);"&gt; 255.255.0.0 &lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;255.192.0.0&lt;br /&gt;240.0.0.0&lt;br /&gt;255.0.0.0&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt; &lt;p&gt;&lt;span style=";font-size:100%;" &gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;span style=";font-size:100%;" &gt;32&lt;br /&gt;Refer to the exhibit. The network administrator has configured the RTA and RTB interfaces. In order to allow hosts that are attached to RTA to reach the server that is attached to RTB, a static route from RTA to the server LAN and a default route from RTB back to RTA need to be configured. Which two commands will the administrator use to accomplish these tasks on the two routers? (Choose two.)&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(51, 51, 255);"&gt;RTA(config)# ip route 10.16.10.5 255.255.255.252 10.16.10.6 &lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;RTA(config)# ip route 0.0.0.0 0.0.0.0 10.16.10.6&lt;br /&gt;&lt;u&gt;RTA(config)# ip route 10.16.10.96 255.255.255.252 10.16.10.6&lt;/u&gt;&lt;br /&gt;RTB(config)# ip route 10.16.10.6 255.255.255.248 10.16.10.6&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(51, 51, 255);"&gt;RTB(config)# ip route 0.0.0.0 0.0.0.0 S0/0/1 &lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;u&gt;RTB(config)# ip route 0.0.0.0 0.0.0.0 10.16.10.6&lt;/u&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt; &lt;p&gt;&lt;span style=";font-size:100%;" &gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;span style=";font-size:100%;" &gt;33&lt;br /&gt;How do port filtering and access lists help provide network security?&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(51, 51, 255);"&gt;They prevent specified types of traffic from reaching specified network  destinations.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(51, 51, 255);"&gt; &lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;They alert network administrators to various type of denial of service  attacks as they occur.&lt;br /&gt;They prevent viruses, worms, and Trojans from infecting host computers  and servers.&lt;br /&gt;They enable encryption and authentication of confidential data communications.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt; &lt;p&gt;&lt;span style=";font-size:100%;" &gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;span style=";font-size:100%;" &gt;34&lt;br /&gt;Refer to the exhibit. The network administrator of the building in the graphic needs to choose the type of cable best suited to add ServerB to the network. Which cable type is the best choice?&lt;br /&gt;STP&lt;br /&gt;UTP&lt;br /&gt;coaxial&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(51, 51, 255);"&gt;fiber optic&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt; &lt;p&gt;&lt;span style=";font-size:100%;" &gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;span style=";font-size:100%;" &gt;35&lt;br /&gt;What is used by a routing protocol to determine the best path to include  in the routing table?&lt;br /&gt;Convergence time&lt;br /&gt;Default distance&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(51, 51, 255);"&gt;Metric &lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Type of router&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt; &lt;p&gt;&lt;span style=";font-size:100%;" &gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;span style=";font-size:100%;" &gt;36&lt;br /&gt;Refer to the exhibit. Which IP addresses could be assigned to the hosts  in the diagram? (Choose two.)&lt;br /&gt;192.168.65.31&lt;br /&gt;192.168.65.32&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(51, 51, 255);"&gt;192.168.65.35 &lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(51, 51, 255);"&gt; 192.168.65.60 &lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;192.168.65.63&lt;br /&gt;192.168.65.64&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt; &lt;p&gt;&lt;span style=";font-size:100%;" &gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;span style=";font-size:100%;" &gt;37&lt;br /&gt;Given the network 192.168.25.0 shown in the graphic, which subnet mask  would accommodate the number of hosts in each subnet?&lt;br /&gt;255.255.0.0&lt;br /&gt;255.255.224.0&lt;br /&gt;255.255.255.0&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(51, 51, 255);"&gt;255.255.255.224 &lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;255.255.255.240&lt;br /&gt;255.255.255.248&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt; &lt;p&gt;&lt;span style=";font-size:100%;" &gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;span style=";font-size:100%;" &gt;38&lt;br /&gt;Which two protocols allow network devices to report their status and events to a centralized network management device? (Choose two.)&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(51, 51, 255);"&gt;Syslog &lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Telnet&lt;br /&gt;HTTP&lt;br /&gt;HTTPS&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(51, 51, 255);"&gt;SNMP&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt; &lt;p&gt;&lt;span style=";font-size:100%;" &gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;span style=";font-size:100%;" &gt;39&lt;br /&gt;What is true regarding the differences between NAT and PAT?&lt;br /&gt;PAT uses the word “overload” at the end of the access-list statement  to share a single registered address.&lt;br /&gt;Static NAT allows an unregistered address to map to multiple registered  addresses.&lt;br /&gt;Dynamic NAT allows hosts to receive the same global address each time  external access is required.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(51, 51, 255);"&gt;PAT uses unique source port numbers to distinguish between translations.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt; &lt;p&gt;&lt;span style=";font-size:100%;" &gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;span style=";font-size:100%;" &gt;40&lt;br /&gt;Refer to the exhibit. The graphic shows the output of a command issued on router RTB. According to the output, what two statements are true of router RTB? (Choose two.)&lt;br /&gt;The router is connected to a router named Boise.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(51, 51, 255);"&gt;Router RTB is connected to a Cisco 1841 router. &lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Router RTB is directly connected to two other routers.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(51, 51, 255);"&gt;The IP address of the router interface connected to router RTB is  192.168.2.6. &lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;The RTB router is connected to two Cisco devices by Fast Ethernet  links.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt; &lt;p&gt;&lt;span style=";font-size:100%;" &gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;span style=";font-size:100%;" &gt;41&lt;br /&gt;Refer to the exhibit. The network administrator uses the command below  to configure a default route to the ISP network :&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt; &lt;p&gt;&lt;span style=";font-size:100%;" &gt;RTB(config)# ip route 0.0.0.0  0.0.0.0 10.1.1.6&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt; &lt;p&gt;&lt;span style=";font-size:100%;" &gt;A ping issued from the ISP is successful to router RTB. However, ping echo request packets arrive at a host that is attached to the Fa0/0 interface of RTB, and the replies do not make it back to the ISP router. What will fix this problem?&lt;br /&gt;The ISP must be configured to forward packets from the 192.168.1.0 network.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(51, 51, 255);"&gt;The ip route command needs to be edited so that the next hop address  is 10.1.1.5.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(51, 51, 255);"&gt; &lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;The ip route command needs to be edited so that the 192.168.1.1 address  is the next hop address.&lt;br /&gt;The ip route command should be removed from the RTB router configuration.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt; &lt;p&gt;&lt;span style=";font-size:100%;" &gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;span style=";font-size:100%;" &gt;42&lt;br /&gt;A network technician is using a network management station to gather data about the performance of devices and links within the ISP. Which application layer protocol makes this possible?&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(51, 51, 255);"&gt;SNMP &lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;FTP&lt;br /&gt;DHCP&lt;br /&gt;SMTP&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt; &lt;p&gt;&lt;span style=";font-size:100%;" &gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;span style=";font-size:100%;" &gt;43&lt;br /&gt;What are two purposes of DNS? (Choose two.)&lt;br /&gt;to dynamically assign IP addressing information to network hosts&lt;br /&gt;to simplify the administration of host and default gateway addressing  on client computers&lt;br /&gt;to assign TCP port numbers to hosts as part of the data transfer process&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(51, 51, 255);"&gt;to resolve human-readable domain names to numeric IP addresses&lt;br /&gt;to replace the static HOSTS file with a more practical dynamic system&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt; &lt;p&gt;&lt;span style=";font-size:100%;" &gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;span style=";font-size:100%;" &gt;44&lt;br /&gt;A hacker attempts to reach confidential information that is stored on a server inside the corporate network. A network security solution inspects the entire packet, determines that it is a threat, and blocks the packet from entering the inside network. Which security measure protected the network?&lt;br /&gt;an IDS&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(51, 51, 255);"&gt;an IPS &lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;a host-based firewall&lt;br /&gt;Anti-X software&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt; &lt;p&gt;&lt;span style=";font-size:100%;" &gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;span style=";font-size:100%;" &gt;45&lt;br /&gt;How many host addresses may be assigned on each subnetwork when using the 130.68.0.0 network address with a subnet mask of 255.255.248.0?&lt;br /&gt;30&lt;br /&gt;256&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(51, 51, 255);"&gt;2046 &lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;2048&lt;br /&gt;4094&lt;br /&gt;4096&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt; &lt;p&gt;&lt;span style=";font-size:100%;" &gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;span style=";font-size:100%;" &gt;46&lt;br /&gt;In an IPv4 environment, what information is used by the router to forward data packets from one interface of a router to another?&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(51, 51, 255);"&gt;destination network address &lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;source network address&lt;br /&gt;source MAC address&lt;br /&gt;well known port destination address&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt; &lt;p&gt;&lt;span style=";font-size:100%;" &gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;span style=";font-size:100%;" &gt;47&lt;br /&gt;A small tire retailer requires a low-cost WAN connection to its headquarters in order to manage its inventory and process customer sales in real time. Which WAN connection type is best suited to its needs?&lt;br /&gt;Sonet&lt;br /&gt;T3&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(51, 51, 255);"&gt;dialup &lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;DSL&lt;br /&gt;leased line&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt; &lt;p&gt;&lt;span style=";font-size:100%;" &gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;span style=";font-size:100%;" &gt;48&lt;br /&gt;The command copy tftp running-config has been entered on the router.  What will this command do?&lt;br /&gt;copy the configuration in RAM to a server&lt;br /&gt;copy the configuration file from a server to RAM&lt;br /&gt;copy the configuration file in NVRAM to RAM&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(51, 51, 255);"&gt;copy the configuration file in NVRAM to a server&lt;/span&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(51, 51, 255);"&gt; &lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;copy the configuration file from a server to NVRAM&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt; &lt;p&gt;&lt;span style=";font-size:100%;" &gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;span style=";font-size:100%;" &gt;49&lt;br /&gt;Refer to the exhibit. The network administrator needs to configure the Fa0/0 interface of RTB so that hosts from RTA can connect to the server that is attached to RTB. Which two commands will the administrator use to accomplish this task? (Choose two.)&lt;br /&gt;RTB# ip address 192.168.102.98 255.255.255.248&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(51, 51, 255);"&gt;RTB(config-if)# ip address 192.168.102.99 255.255.255.252 &lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;RTB(config)# ip address 192.168.102.97 255.255.255.252&lt;br /&gt;RTB(config)# no shutdown&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(51, 51, 255);"&gt;RTB(config-if)# no shutdown &lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;RTB(config-if)# ip address 192.168.102.97 255.255.255.252&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt; &lt;p&gt;&lt;span style=";font-size:100%;" &gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;span style=";font-size:100%;" &gt;50&lt;br /&gt;Refer to the exhibit. A NOC technician at an ISP enters the command shown. What are two reasons to use this command? (Choose two.)&lt;br /&gt;to map the path to 192.168.1.7&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(51, 51, 255);"&gt;to test reachability to 192.168.1.7 &lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;to locate connectivity problems along the route to 192.168.1.7&lt;br /&gt;to identify the ISPs that interconnect the NOC with the remote host  with the address 192.168.1.7&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(51, 51, 255);"&gt;to measure the time that packets take to reach 192.168.1.7 and return  to the technician’s workstation &lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt; &lt;/div&gt;&lt;/div&gt;&lt;/div&gt;&lt;div class="blogger-post-footer"&gt;&lt;img width='1' height='1' src='https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/tracker/4098964652719354601-1554435964410685400?l=ccna-exam-modules.blogspot.com' alt='' /&gt;&lt;/div&gt;&lt;img src="http://feeds.feedburner.com/~r/40Ccna-exam-modules/~4/Tubv0zV3HOc" height="1" width="1"/&gt;</description><app:edited xmlns:app="http://www.w3.org/2007/app">2009-08-17T20:00:17.280-07:00</app:edited><thr:total xmlns:thr="http://purl.org/syndication/thread/1.0">0</thr:total><feedburner:origLink>http://ccna-exam-modules.blogspot.com/2009/08/40-ccna-4-designing-and-supporting_4269.html</feedburner:origLink></item><item><title>4.0 CCNA 4: Designing and Supporting Computer Networks:Module 9</title><link>http://feedproxy.google.com/~r/40Ccna-exam-modules/~3/0-guiqTGaq4/40-ccna-4-designing-and-supporting_7886.html</link><category>4.0 CCNA4disc</category><author>noreply@blogger.com (amor)</author><pubDate>Mon, 17 Aug 2009 19:56:38 PDT</pubDate><guid isPermaLink="false">tag:blogger.com,1999:blog-4098964652719354601.post-3000005685653708800</guid><description>1. Which two statements describe factors that influence the layout of a proposal? (Choose two.)&lt;br /&gt;&lt;p&gt;• Proposal layouts are required to use sans serif typefaces.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(51, 51, 255);"&gt;• &lt;/span&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(51, 51, 255);"&gt;A specific proposal layout is followed when one is specified in the RFP.&lt;br /&gt;• A designer chooses the layout if a written RFP does not specify an outline.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;• The software that is used to create the proposal dictates the proposal layouts.&lt;br /&gt;• Proposal layouts are required to use a format that is designed by the network engineer.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;br /&gt;2 . What two items are typically included in the executive summary of a proposal? (Choose two.)&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(51, 51, 255);"&gt;• &lt;/span&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(51, 51, 255);"&gt;project scope summary&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;• high-level implementation plan&lt;br /&gt;• quotes for all needed equipment&lt;br /&gt;• technical requirements for the design&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(51, 51, 255);"&gt;• &lt;/span&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(51, 51, 255);"&gt;emphasis on the benefits that meet the goals of the customer&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;br /&gt;3. Which proposal section describes the intended routing protocol, security mechanisms, and addressing for the planned network?&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(51, 51, 255);"&gt;• &lt;/span&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(51, 51, 255);"&gt;logical design &lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;• physical design&lt;br /&gt;• executive summary&lt;br /&gt;• implementation plan&lt;br /&gt;• network requirements&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;br /&gt;4. Which occurrence would indicate a failure of the design phase?&lt;br /&gt;• The incorrect model switches were ordered.&lt;br /&gt;• There is no customer signoff for task completion.&lt;br /&gt;• New requirements are identified after implementation begins.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(51, 51, 255);"&gt;• &lt;/span&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(51, 51, 255);"&gt;The new network capacity is inadequate to support required traffic.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;br /&gt;5. A network installation team is assigned to replace all core switches in an existing data center. No other upgrades are planned. Which kind of installation is this?&lt;br /&gt;• a new installation&lt;br /&gt;• a fork-lift installation&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(51, 51, 255);"&gt;• &lt;/span&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(51, 51, 255);"&gt;a phased installation&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;• a green field installation&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;br /&gt;6. What service is provided Cisco standard warranty?&lt;br /&gt;• software application maintenance&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(51, 51, 255);"&gt;• &lt;/span&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(51, 51, 255);"&gt;replacement of defected hardware&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;• next business day delivery of replacement parts&lt;br /&gt;• access to the Cisco Technical Assistance Center (TAC) 24 hours a day, 7 days a week&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;br /&gt;7. An upgraded version of the Cisco IOS has been purchased. However, the CD arrived damaged. How will this loss be covered?&lt;br /&gt;• a hardware warranty&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(51, 51, 255);"&gt;• &lt;/span&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(51, 51, 255);"&gt;a software warranty&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;• the Cisco SMARTnet Service&lt;br /&gt;• an additional service contract&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;br /&gt;8. A company informs the account manager that the installation of a new edge router at the customer remote branch location cannot be done at the scheduled time because of a large order that the branch office needs to complete. As a result, the end date of the project must be adjusted to accommodate the additional time. What is the action should the account manager take?&lt;br /&gt;• Cancel the order for the new edge router.&lt;br /&gt;• Work with designer to redesign the branch network.&lt;br /&gt;• Instruct the technician to complete the install of the router at on the date in the contract.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(51, 51, 255);"&gt;• &lt;/span&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(51, 51, 255);"&gt;Adjust the timeline documentation to show the company how the delay will affect the&lt;br /&gt;• project completion date.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;br /&gt;9. NetworkingCompany completes the installation of a network upgrade for a retail customer. All of the onsite tests complete successfully and the customer IT staff approves the results of the tests. The manager of the retail store contacts NetworkingCompany to inform the company that the store will not pay for the upgrade until a recently purchased software package is installed and tested on the network. Which two items that are contained in the proposal can the account manager refer to when discussing this issue with the store manager?(Choose two.)&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(51, 51, 255);"&gt;• &lt;/span&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(51, 51, 255);"&gt;the project scope&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;• the bill-of-material&lt;br /&gt;• the project timeline&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(51, 51, 255);"&gt;• &lt;/span&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(51, 51, 255);"&gt;the terms and conditions&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;• the business goals of the customer&lt;br /&gt;• the evaluation of the current network&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;br /&gt;10. The operation of a new branch location network is delayed because a VPN cannot be configured and established between the branch location and the main office. It is determined that the router at the main office does not have enough memory and does not have the correct Cisco IOS version image to support the VPN features. To prevent this delay, this problem should have been identified and corrected during which part of the design project?&lt;br /&gt;• the preparation of the business case&lt;br /&gt;• the prioritizing of the technical goals&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(51, 51, 255);"&gt;• &lt;/span&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(51, 51, 255);"&gt;the characterization of the existing network&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;• the implementation of the approved design&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;br /&gt;11.The NetworkingCompany team is tasked to prepare an implementation schedule for a customer. It is determined that the new firewalls and wireless controllers that are specified in the design cannot be delivered and installed within the agreed upon time frame. The NetworkingCompany informs the customer of the problem. What two options can the NetworkingCompany team take to ensure the success of the project? (Choose two.)&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(51, 51, 255);"&gt;• &lt;/span&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(51, 51, 255);"&gt;plan to add additional staff and resources to shorten the installation time after the new equipment is delivered&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;• eliminate redundancy in the design to reduce the amount of equipment that is needed&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(51, 51, 255);"&gt;• &lt;/span&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(51, 51, 255);"&gt;renegotiate a new time frame with the customer to accommodate the delay&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;• delay the installation of the security devices and controllers until a later time&lt;br /&gt;• redesign the network to use only readily available equipment and software&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;br /&gt;12. AAA Financial Services Company is performing implementation planning for a core switch upgrade. The company has 200 financial software programmers that work billable hours during the week. They have critical, scheduled money transfer transmissions that occur at hourly intervals every night. There are two, two-hour long IT maintenance windows scheduled for software upgrades, one on Saturday and one on Sunday. The bank advertises online banking as available 24 hours on business days and 21 hours on the weekends. However, a network upgrade that is necessary to replace some switches is expected to take four hours. Because of rack constraints, this time includes three hours to remove the old switches before the new switches can be installed and one hour to test the logical configuration. How should the implementation scheduling be handled&lt;br /&gt;• Defer the software upgrades. Use the Saturday window to perform the hardware installation. Use the Sunday window to perform the logical testing.&lt;br /&gt;• Coordinate and publish a separate four-hour downtime during Friday to perform the complete switch installation and testing process. Use the Saturday and Sunday windows to correct any outage problems after the Friday window.&lt;br /&gt;• Coordinate and publish two, four-hour downtimes incorporating the published Saturday and Sunday windows. Defer any software upgrades until the new network is proven to be working&lt;br /&gt;correctly with the old software. Use the Sunday window as a fallback scheduling period if there re problems necessitating backing out of the Saturday window.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(51, 51, 255);"&gt;• &lt;/span&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(255, 0, 0);"&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(51, 51, 255);"&gt;Coordinate and publish an eight-hour downtime incorporating the Saturday window. This ill allow four hours for installation and logical testing, one hour for troubleshooting and decision, and three hours to roll back to the previous configuration if the new switching cannot pass the logical testing. Defer any software upgrades until the new network is proven to be working orrectly with the old software.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(255, 0, 0);"&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/span&gt;13. ncluded in a Bill of Materials (BOM) for a SOHO wired implementation is a Cisco 2811 router, Catalyst 2560 switch, four PCs, three laptops, and a networked printer. Wireless LAN capability will be implemented on this network. Which two equipment types must be added to the BOM to implement this request? (Choose two.)&lt;br /&gt;• DNS server&lt;br /&gt;• LAN switch&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(51, 51, 255);"&gt;• &lt;/span&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(51, 51, 255);"&gt;wireless NICs&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;• DHCP server&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(51, 51, 255);"&gt;• &lt;/span&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(51, 51, 255);"&gt;wireless access points&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;br /&gt;14. A customer has just taken delivery of a Cisco 2811 router and Catalyst 3560 switch. Included with the purchase is the SMARTnet Service. Which two resources are included with SMARTnet Service? (Choose two.)&lt;br /&gt;• signature file updates&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(51, 51, 255);"&gt;• &lt;/span&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(51, 51, 255);"&gt;technical support from TAC&lt;br /&gt;• maintenance releases for OS&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;• software application major releases&lt;br /&gt;• software application maintenance and minor releases&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;br /&gt;15. A Cisco 1841 router has been purchased without an agreement for SMARTnet Service. What two items are guaranteed under the standard warranty? (Choose two.)&lt;br /&gt;• access to TAC&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(51, 51, 255);"&gt;• &lt;/span&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(51, 51, 255);"&gt;replacement of defective physical media&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;• advanced replacement of hardware parts&lt;br /&gt;• access to a renewable standard warranty contract &lt;span style="color: rgb(255, 0, 0);"&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(51, 51, 255);"&gt;• under normal use, replacement of defective hardware&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;br /&gt;16. Upon completion of a proposal, a network design team must sell their ideas to two key stakeholders. Who are these two stakeholders? (Choose two.)&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(51, 51, 255);"&gt;• &lt;/span&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(51, 51, 255);"&gt;customers&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;• licensing boards&lt;br /&gt;• cabling contractors&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(51, 51, 255);"&gt;• &lt;/span&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(51, 51, 255);"&gt;internal management&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;• project implementation team&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;br /&gt;17. What are two important guidelines when creating a slide presentation for a meeting with a customer? (Choose two.)&lt;br /&gt;• Use all capital letters on words and phrases when possible for added emphasis.&lt;br /&gt;• Provide varied background graphics to enhance viewer interest.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(51, 51, 255);"&gt;• &lt;/span&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(51, 51, 255);"&gt;Use contrasting colors for background and text to aid visibility.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;• Change fonts frequently to denote differences in subject matter. &lt;span style="color: rgb(255, 0, 0);"&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(51, 51, 255);"&gt;• Use bulleted text to lead the discussion.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;br /&gt;18. In order to finalize a project proposal, an account manager of a&lt;br /&gt;• networking company creates the terms and conditions section. What are two clauses that should be included in this section? (Choose two.)&lt;br /&gt;• cost summary&lt;br /&gt;• installation steps&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(51, 51, 255);"&gt;• &lt;/span&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(51, 51, 255);"&gt;change order procedures&lt;br /&gt;• problem resolution process&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;• maintenance contract quotation&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;br /&gt;19. Which two items will a systems engineer include in an implementation plan? (Choose two.)&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(51, 51, 255);"&gt;• &lt;/span&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(51, 51, 255);"&gt;references to design documents&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;• the business goals of the customer&lt;br /&gt;• diagrams of the existing traffic flows&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(51, 51, 255);"&gt;• &lt;/span&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(51, 51, 255);"&gt;the steps to install and test the network&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;• cost of each network device and component&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;br /&gt;20. Which statement describes a phased installation into an existing network?&lt;br /&gt;• A phased installation generally takes less time and expense than a green-field installation.&lt;br /&gt;• A phased installation is not suitable for large, multi-site network installations or upgrades.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(51, 51, 255);"&gt;• &lt;/span&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(51, 51, 255);"&gt;A phased installation requires detailed planning in order to avoid disruption of user services. &lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;• A phased installation involves building an entire replacement network and migrating users over to it.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;div class="blogger-post-footer"&gt;&lt;img width='1' height='1' src='https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/tracker/4098964652719354601-3000005685653708800?l=ccna-exam-modules.blogspot.com' alt='' /&gt;&lt;/div&gt;&lt;img src="http://feeds.feedburner.com/~r/40Ccna-exam-modules/~4/0-guiqTGaq4" height="1" width="1"/&gt;</description><app:edited xmlns:app="http://www.w3.org/2007/app">2009-08-17T19:56:38.439-07:00</app:edited><thr:total xmlns:thr="http://purl.org/syndication/thread/1.0">0</thr:total><feedburner:origLink>http://ccna-exam-modules.blogspot.com/2009/08/40-ccna-4-designing-and-supporting_7886.html</feedburner:origLink></item><item><title>4.0 CCNA 4: Designing and Supporting Computer Networks:Module 8</title><link>http://feedproxy.google.com/~r/40Ccna-exam-modules/~3/myQbbol67eI/40-ccna-4-designing-and-supporting_408.html</link><category>4.0 CCNA4disc</category><author>noreply@blogger.com (amor)</author><pubDate>Mon, 17 Aug 2009 19:50:19 PDT</pubDate><guid isPermaLink="false">tag:blogger.com,1999:blog-4098964652719354601.post-8211551054897237639</guid><description>&lt;p&gt;1. Which mechanism is used to create a floating static route?  &lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(51, 51, 255);" &gt;• administrative distance&lt;/span&gt;   &lt;br /&gt;• cost   &lt;br /&gt;• hop count   &lt;br /&gt;• passive interface   &lt;br /&gt; &lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;br /&gt;2. IPSec operates at which layer of the OSI model?   &lt;br /&gt;• application   &lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(51, 51, 255);" &gt;• network&lt;/span&gt;   &lt;br /&gt;• datalink   &lt;br /&gt;• transport   &lt;br /&gt; &lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;3. Which is true regarding Frame Relay LMI?   &lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(51, 51, 255);" &gt;• There are three LMI types standardized by ANSI, ITU-T, and Cisco.&lt;/span&gt;   &lt;br /&gt;• Routers at each end of a Frame Relay virtual circuit must always use the same LMI type.   &lt;br /&gt;• The LMI type must be manually configured.   &lt;br /&gt;• The only function of LMI is to verify the connection between the router and the Frame Relay switch.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p&gt;4. Which statement identifies the IP address design for subinterfaces that are configured for a Frame Relay network?  &lt;br /&gt;• Multipoint configurations require the IP address of each subinterface on each router to be in its own subnet.   &lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(51, 51, 255);" &gt;• Multipoint configurations require IP addresses for each subinterface on each router to be a part of the same subnet&lt;/span&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(51, 51, 255);"&gt;.    &lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;• Point-to-point configurations require IP addresses for each subinterface on each router to be a part of the same subnet.   &lt;br /&gt;• Point-to-point configurations do not require IP addresses on each subinterface on each router.   &lt;br /&gt;• Multipoint configurations do not require IP addresses on each subinterface on each router.   &lt;br /&gt; &lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;br /&gt;5. Which three algorithms can be used to encrypt user data in an IPSec VPN framework? (Choose three.)   &lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(51, 51, 255);" &gt;• 3DES    &lt;br /&gt;• AES&lt;/span&gt;   &lt;br /&gt;• Diffie-Hellman   &lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(51, 51, 255);" &gt;• DES&lt;/span&gt;   &lt;br /&gt;• ESP   &lt;br /&gt;• SHA   &lt;br /&gt; &lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;6. Which flag is set by a Frame Relay switch to inform the receiving station that congestion was experienced?   &lt;br /&gt;• BECN   &lt;br /&gt;• DE   &lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(51, 51, 255);" &gt;• FECN&lt;/span&gt;   &lt;br /&gt;• FCS   &lt;br /&gt; &lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;7. Refer to the exhibit. The complete configuration of a Frame Relay interface on the Chicago router is shown. How does the Chicago router know which DLCI is mapped to the IP address of the remote router?&lt;br /&gt;• DE   &lt;br /&gt;• CIR   &lt;br /&gt;• FECN   &lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(51, 51, 255);" &gt;• Inverse ARP&lt;/span&gt;   &lt;br /&gt; &lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;br /&gt;8. What statement correctly defines the purpose of the split horizon rule?   &lt;br /&gt;• marks the route unreachable in a routing update that is sent to other routers   &lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(51, 51, 255);" &gt;• prevents routers from advertising a network through the interface from which the update came&lt;/span&gt;   &lt;br /&gt;• prevents routers from accepting higher cost routes to networks previously marked as inaccessible before the timer expires   &lt;br /&gt;• limits the number of hops a packet can traverse through the network before it should be discarded   &lt;br /&gt; &lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;br /&gt;9. Which PVC status suggests that the router recognizes the DLCI configured on its interface as being present on the Frame Relay switch, but the PVC associated with the DLCI is not capable of end-to-end communication?&lt;br /&gt;• active   &lt;br /&gt;• deleted   &lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(51, 51, 255);" &gt;• inactive&lt;/span&gt;   &lt;br /&gt;• idle   &lt;br /&gt; &lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;br /&gt;10. Refer to the exhibit. Which router command is used to associate a Layer 2 address with the corresponding Layer 3 address?&lt;br /&gt;• Miller(config-if)#frame-relay map ip 172.16.150.1 110   &lt;br /&gt;• Miller(config-if)#frame-relay map ip 172.16.150.1 112   &lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(51, 51, 255);" &gt;• Miller(config-if)#frame-relay map ip 172.16.150.2 110&lt;/span&gt;   &lt;br /&gt;• Miller(config-if)#frame-relay map ip 172.16.150.2 112   &lt;br /&gt; &lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;br /&gt;11. A network administrator issued the command show frame-relay pvc. The response from the router shows the status of a PVC as deleted. What is the reason for this status?&lt;br /&gt;• The DLCI is using the wrong LMI type.   &lt;br /&gt;• The DLCI is usable but has little activity.   &lt;br /&gt;• The DLCI is programmed in the switch but the circuit is not usable.   &lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(51, 51, 255);" &gt;• The DLCI configured on the CPE device does not match the DLCI.&lt;/span&gt;   &lt;br /&gt; &lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;br /&gt;12. What is one benefit of using a network simulation software package?   &lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(51, 51, 255);" &gt;• The network design can be tested before it is actually implemented.&lt;/span&gt;   &lt;br /&gt;• Simulation software packages are quickly updated to support new network technologies and devices.   &lt;br /&gt;• Simulated devices have the same features as actual devices, allowing for detection of all potential problems.   &lt;br /&gt;• Software packages can simulate all possible network traffic conditions, giving an accurate prediction of network performance.&lt;br /&gt; &lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;br /&gt;13. What are two components a network designer considers when planning a VPN? (Choose two.)   &lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(51, 51, 255);" &gt;• encryption algorithm for privacy and security    &lt;br /&gt;• encapsulation protocol to use when creating the VPN tunnel&lt;/span&gt;   &lt;br /&gt;• switching technology to optimize VPN WAN throughput   &lt;br /&gt;• tunneling technology for guarding against data corruption   &lt;br /&gt;• routing protocol on the gateway for optimum performance   &lt;br /&gt; &lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;br /&gt;14. When identifying VPN requirements for endpoint users, what care must be taken to protect the network when remote users log in from unsecured public locations?&lt;br /&gt;• Ensure that the user has VPN client software that allows access to all internal resources.   &lt;br /&gt;• Ensure that the VPN user traffic does not slow down internally sourced traffic on the network.   &lt;br /&gt;• Ensure that there are no obstacles to hamper the users from accessing all internal resources.   &lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color:#ff0000;"&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(51, 51, 255);"&gt;• Ensure that remote users can only access network resources that are appropriate to their job function.     &lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/span&gt;   &lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;br /&gt;15. Which two components are key elements when implementing a VPN? (Choose two.)   &lt;br /&gt;• concentration   &lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(51, 51, 255);" &gt;• encryption&lt;/span&gt;   &lt;br /&gt;• prioritization   &lt;br /&gt;• compression   &lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(51, 51, 255);" &gt;• encapsulation&lt;/span&gt;   &lt;br /&gt; &lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;br /&gt;16. What tool can help ease the configuration of VPN servers on routers?   &lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(51, 51, 255);" &gt;• Cisco SDM&lt;/span&gt;   &lt;br /&gt;• PIX Firewall   &lt;br /&gt;• Cisco VPN Concentrator   &lt;br /&gt;• Cisco Adaptive Security Appliances   &lt;br /&gt; &lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;br /&gt;17. What is used to identify the path to the next frame-relay switch in a Frame Relay network?   &lt;br /&gt;• CIR   &lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(51, 51, 255);" &gt;• DLCI&lt;/span&gt;   &lt;br /&gt;• FECN   &lt;br /&gt;• BECN   &lt;br /&gt; &lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;br /&gt;18. Which two statements are true regarding VPN security? (Choose two.)   &lt;br /&gt;• Users may only establish a VPN connection from secure locations and never from public areas.   &lt;br /&gt;• Users that connect to a network through a VPN do not have to log in to resources on the network.   &lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(51, 51, 255);" &gt;• Users that connect to a network through a VPN are are considered trusted users on the network.    &lt;br /&gt;• Users may establish a VPN connection from unsecure locations such as airports and hotel lobbies.&lt;/span&gt;   &lt;br /&gt;• Users that connect to a network through a VPN should have access to all the resources on the network.   &lt;br /&gt; &lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;br /&gt;19. Refer to the exhibit. What is placed in the address field of a frame that will travel from the Orlando office to the DC office?&lt;br /&gt;• MAC address of the Orlando router   &lt;br /&gt;• MAC address of the DC router   &lt;br /&gt;• 192.168.1.25   &lt;br /&gt;• 192.168.1.26   &lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(51, 51, 255);" &gt;• DLCI 100&lt;/span&gt;   &lt;br /&gt;• DLCI 200   &lt;br /&gt; &lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;br /&gt;20. Two directly connected routers are able to ping each other through the Serial 0/0/0 interfaces. A network administrator changes the encapsulation on one router to PPP, and the other is left at the default value. What statement would appear in the output of the show interfaces command issued on one of the routers?&lt;br /&gt;• Serial 0/0/0 is up, line protocol is up   &lt;br /&gt;• Serial 0/0/0 is down, line protocol is down   &lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(51, 51, 255);" &gt;• Serial 0/0/0 is up, line protocol is down&lt;/span&gt;   &lt;br /&gt;• Serial 0/0/0 is down, line protocol is up   &lt;br /&gt;• Serial 0/0/0 is administratively down, line protocol is down   &lt;br /&gt; &lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;br /&gt;21. Refer to the exhibit. What statement is true about the configuration shown for R2?   &lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(51, 51, 255);" &gt;• R2 is configured as the Frame Relay switch.&lt;/span&gt;   &lt;br /&gt;• R2 is configured as the main site in a multipoint Frame Relay WAN prototype.   &lt;br /&gt;• R2 is configured as the main site in a point-to-point Frame Relay WAN prototype.   &lt;br /&gt;• R2 is configured as a remote site in a multipoint Frame Relay WAN prototype.   &lt;br /&gt;• R2 is configured as a remote site in a point-to-point Frame Relay WAN prototype.   &lt;br /&gt; &lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;br /&gt;22. A company uses serial interfaces on its border router to connect to branch offices through WAN connections. The security policy dictates that the encapsulation should use PPP with authentication protocol CHAP. Which statement is true about the configuration requirement of CHAP?&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(51, 51, 255);" &gt;• Both the username and password are case sensitive.&lt;/span&gt;   &lt;br /&gt;• Neither the username nor the password is case sensitive.   &lt;br /&gt;• The username is case sensitive but the password is not case sensitive.   &lt;br /&gt;• The password is case sensitive but the username is not case sensitive.   &lt;br /&gt; &lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;br /&gt;23. Which two statements about split tunnels are true? (Choose two.)   &lt;br /&gt;• Local LAN printing will use the VPN tunnel.   &lt;br /&gt;• The traffic load on the VPN server is increased.   &lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(51, 51, 255);" &gt;• Traffic to the corporate network will be encrypted.&lt;/span&gt;   &lt;br /&gt;• There is a reduced security risk to the corporate network.   &lt;br /&gt;• All traffic travels across the VPN tunnel from client to server.   &lt;br /&gt;• Traffic to public web sites and general Internet navigation is not encrypted.   &lt;br /&gt; &lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;br /&gt;24. An IP address has been assigned to the S0/0/0 interface of a new Cisco router. The administrator wishes to quickly test basic connectivity with the serial interface of an adjoining Cisco router via the use of the default WAN protocol. Which WAN protocol will be used for this test?&lt;br /&gt;• PPP   &lt;br /&gt;• Frame Relay   &lt;br /&gt;• DSL   &lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(51, 51, 255);" &gt;• HDLC&lt;/span&gt;   &lt;br /&gt;• ATM&lt;br /&gt; &lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;br /&gt;25. Which two statements about split tunnels are true? (Choose two.)   &lt;br /&gt;• Local LAN printing will use the VPN tunnel.   &lt;br /&gt;• The traffic load on the VPN server is increased.   &lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(51, 51, 255);" &gt;• Traffic to the corporate network will be encrypted.&lt;/span&gt;   &lt;br /&gt;• There is a reduced security risk to the corporate network.   &lt;br /&gt;• All traffic travels across the VPN tunnel from client to server.   &lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(51, 51, 255);" &gt;• Traffic to public web sites and general Internet navigation is not encrypted.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;div class="blogger-post-footer"&gt;&lt;img width='1' height='1' src='https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/tracker/4098964652719354601-8211551054897237639?l=ccna-exam-modules.blogspot.com' alt='' /&gt;&lt;/div&gt;&lt;img src="http://feeds.feedburner.com/~r/40Ccna-exam-modules/~4/myQbbol67eI" height="1" width="1"/&gt;</description><app:edited xmlns:app="http://www.w3.org/2007/app">2009-08-17T19:50:19.845-07:00</app:edited><thr:total xmlns:thr="http://purl.org/syndication/thread/1.0">0</thr:total><feedburner:origLink>http://ccna-exam-modules.blogspot.com/2009/08/40-ccna-4-designing-and-supporting_408.html</feedburner:origLink></item><item><title>4.0 CCNA 4: Designing and Supporting Computer Networks:Module 7</title><link>http://feedproxy.google.com/~r/40Ccna-exam-modules/~3/c4U_gQnIKYo/40-ccna-4-designing-and-supporting_8612.html</link><category>4.0 CCNA4disc</category><author>noreply@blogger.com (amor)</author><pubDate>Mon, 17 Aug 2009 19:39:41 PDT</pubDate><guid isPermaLink="false">tag:blogger.com,1999:blog-4098964652719354601.post-1279819417336023512</guid><description>1. A network engineer has decided to pilot test a portion of a new network design rather than rely on a prototype for proof-of-concept. What are two advantages of pilot testing a design concept?(Choose two.)&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(51, 51, 255);" &gt;• The test network experiences real-world network traffic.&lt;/span&gt;  &lt;br /&gt;• Users within the enterprise are not affected by the test.  &lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(51, 51, 255);" &gt;• Network response can be tested in unplanned and unpredictable situations.&lt;/span&gt;  &lt;br /&gt;• Unlikely failure conditions can be conveniently tested.  &lt;br /&gt;• Network response can be tested in a highly controlled simulated environment.  &lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;2. While preparing a network test plan document, a network designer records all initial and modified device configurations. Which section of the document typically contains this information?&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(51, 51, 255);" &gt;• Appendix&lt;/span&gt;  &lt;br /&gt;• Test Procedures  &lt;br /&gt;• Test Description  &lt;br /&gt;• Actual Results and Conclusions  &lt;br /&gt;• Anticipated Results and Success Criteria  &lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;3. Refer to the exhibit. A network designer creates a test plan that includes the specification shown. In which section of the test plan would this specification be found?&lt;br /&gt;• Test Description  &lt;br /&gt;• Test Procedures  &lt;br /&gt;• Design and Topology Diagram  &lt;br /&gt;• Actual Results and Conclusions  &lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(51, 51, 255);" &gt;• Anticipated Results and Success Criteria&lt;/span&gt;  &lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;4. What OSI model Layer 2 security measure can a network engineer implement when prototyping network security?  &lt;br /&gt;• a firewall at the network edge  &lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(51, 51, 255);" &gt;• port security at the access design layer&lt;/span&gt;  &lt;br /&gt;• port security at the distribution design layer  &lt;br /&gt;• IP access control lists at the access design layer  &lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;5. How do designers decide which network functions need to be included in the prototype test?  &lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(51, 51, 255);" &gt;• They select the functions that align with the business goals.&lt;/span&gt;  &lt;br /&gt;• They select the functions that occur at the network core.  &lt;br /&gt;• They select the functions that do not exist in the existing network.  &lt;br /&gt;• They select the functions from a list of generic network operations.  &lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;6. Refer to the exhibit. During prototype testing of the Cisco network shown, connectivity must be verified. Assuming all connections are working and CDP is enabled on all devices and interfaces, on which device was the command issued?&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(51, 51, 255);" &gt;• R1&lt;/span&gt;  &lt;br /&gt;• S1  &lt;br /&gt;• R3  &lt;br /&gt;• S2  &lt;br /&gt;• R5  &lt;br /&gt;• S3  &lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;7. Refer to the exhibit. During prototyping, Layer 2 functionality is being tested. Based on the output shown, which two pieces of information can be determined? (Choose two.)&lt;br /&gt;• Switch1 is the root bridge.  &lt;br /&gt;• Interface Fa0/2 on Switch1 has no role in the operation of spanning tree.  &lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color:#ff0000;"&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(51, 51, 255);"&gt;• Interface Fa0/2 on Switch1 is the alternate port used to reach the root bridge.    &lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(51, 51, 255);"&gt;• Based on the entries in the "Role" column, it can be concluded that RSTP has been implemented&lt;/span&gt;.&lt;/span&gt;  &lt;br /&gt;• Interface Fa0/1 on Switch1 is the forwarding port selected for the entire spanning-tree topology.  &lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;8. What Rapid Spanning Tree Protocol (RSTP) state is given to the forwarding port elected for every switched Ethernet LAN segment?&lt;br /&gt;• root  &lt;br /&gt;• backup  &lt;br /&gt;• alternate  &lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(51, 51, 255);" &gt;• designated&lt;/span&gt;  &lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;9. Refer to the exhibit. During prototype testing, verification of VLAN connectivity is being performed. Based on the information shown, what command produced the output?&lt;br /&gt;• show spanning-tree  &lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(51, 51, 255);" &gt;• show interfaces trunk&lt;/span&gt;  &lt;br /&gt;• show cdp neighbors  &lt;br /&gt;• show interfaces  &lt;br /&gt;• show ip interface brief  &lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;10. Switch port Fa0/24 was previously configured as a trunk, but now it is to be used to connect a host to the network. How should the network administrator reconfigure switch port Fa0/24?&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(51, 51, 255);" &gt;• Use the switchport mode access command from interface configuration mode.&lt;/span&gt;  &lt;br /&gt;• Enter the switchport nonegotiate command from interface configuration mode.  &lt;br /&gt;• Administratively shut down and re-enable the interface to return it to the default.  &lt;br /&gt;• Enter the no switchport mode trunk command in interface configuration mode.  &lt;br /&gt;• Use the switchport access vlan vlan number command from interface configuration mode  &lt;br /&gt;• to remove the port from the trunk and add it to a specific VLAN.  &lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;11. Refer to the exhibit. The redundant paths are of equal bandwidth and EIGRP is the routing protocol in use. Which statement describes the data flow from Server to PC2?&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(51, 51, 255);" &gt;• EIGRP load balances across the R3 to R1 and R3 to R2 links.&lt;/span&gt;  &lt;br /&gt;• EIGRP load balances across the R1 to Switch3 and R2 to Switch3 paths.  &lt;br /&gt;• EIGRP load balances across the Switch1 to Switch3 and Switch1 to Switch2 paths.  &lt;br /&gt;• EIGRP does not load balance in this topology.  &lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;12. A network designer needs to determine if a proposed IP addressing scheme allows efficient route summarization and provides the appropriate amount of scalability to a design. What is useful for validating a proposed hierarchical IP addressing scheme?&lt;br /&gt;• NBAR  &lt;br /&gt;• a pilot network  &lt;br /&gt;• a route summary  &lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(51, 51, 255);" &gt;• a network simulator&lt;/span&gt;  &lt;br /&gt;• a physical topology ma  &lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;13. In the router command encapsulation dot1q 10, what does the number 10 represent?  &lt;br /&gt;• the metric used for a particular route  &lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(51, 51, 255);" &gt;• the number of the VLAN associated with the encapsulated subinterface&lt;/span&gt;  &lt;br /&gt;• the priority number given to the device for the election process  &lt;br /&gt;• the number that must match the Fast Ethernet subinterface number  &lt;br /&gt;• the number used to program the router for unequal cost path load balancing  &lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;14. Refer to the exhibit. The users on the 192.168.10.192 network are not allowed Internet access. The network design calls for an extended ACL to be developed and tested. Where should the ACL be placed for the least effect on other network traffic?&lt;br /&gt;• inbound on Fa0/0 of R3  &lt;br /&gt;• outbound on Fa0/0 of R3   &lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(51, 51, 255);" &gt;• inbound on Fa0/1 of R3&lt;/span&gt;  &lt;br /&gt;• outbound on Fa0/1 of R3  &lt;br /&gt;• inbound on Fa0/1 of R2  &lt;br /&gt;• outbound on S0/0 of R2  &lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;15. Refer to the exhibit. What two measures can be taken to address the areas of weakness circled in the network design? (Choose two.)&lt;br /&gt;• Provide redundant connections to all end users.  &lt;br /&gt;• Add another core switch to increase redundancy.  &lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(51, 51, 255);" &gt;• Add a switch in the server block connecting the server farm to each core switch.&lt;/span&gt;  &lt;br /&gt;• Add an additional switch to the DMZ and direct links from the new switch to the core switches.  &lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(51, 51, 255);" &gt;• Provide a redundant firewall router connecting to a second ISP, the core switches, and the DMZ.&lt;/span&gt;  &lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;16. Why is it important to record baseline measurements of a prototype network?  &lt;br /&gt;• Test results show security weaknesses after the baseline tests are run.  &lt;br /&gt;• The baseline is the point at which the network is operating at its fullest potential.  &lt;br /&gt;• Baseline measurements define a point at which network traffic has exceeded the designed capabilities of the network.  &lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(51, 51, 255);" &gt;• Test results are compared to the baseline to see how the test conditions increase processor use or decrease available bandwidth.&lt;/span&gt;  &lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;17. Refer to the exhibit. A network administrator has been given the task of creating a design for a temporary classroom building that is to be set up outside an overcrowded school. In testing the prototype, it is found that the student PC cannot ping the teacher PC. All the switch interfaces are active and connected properly, as is interface Fa0/0 of the router. Given that only the commands shown have bee added to the router configuration, what is the source of the problem?&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(51, 51, 255);" &gt;• The IP settings on the student PC are incorrect.&lt;/span&gt;  &lt;br /&gt;• The default gateway on the teacher PC is misconfigured.  &lt;br /&gt;• The router Fa0/0 interface has not been configured as a VLAN trunk.  &lt;br /&gt;• The Fa0/0 physical interface has not been configured with an IP address and subnet mask.  &lt;br /&gt;• The administrator forgot to configure a routing protocol to allow the ping packets to reach the teacher PC subnet.  &lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;18. Refer to the exhibit. Why are interfaces Fa0/11, Fa0/23, and Fa0/24 not shown in this switch output?  &lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(51, 51, 255);" &gt;• Interfaces Fa0/11, Fa0/23, and Fa0/24 are trunks.&lt;/span&gt;  &lt;br /&gt;• Interfaces Fa0/11, Fa0/23, and Fa0/24 are shutdown.  &lt;br /&gt;• Interfaces Fa0/11, Fa0/23, and Fa0/24 are blocking.  &lt;br /&gt;• Interfaces Fa0/11, Fa0/23, and Fa0/24 failed diagnostics  &lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;19. Refer to the exhibit. A network technician is performing an initial installation of a new switch in the east wing. The technician removes the switch from the box, makes the connections to the network, and adds the configuration shown. The technician notifies the network administrator that the switch has been installed. When the network administrator at the home office attempts to telnet to the switch from host 192.168.0.1, the connection fails. What action should the network technician take?&lt;br /&gt;• Add an enable password to the switch.  &lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(51, 51, 255);" &gt;• Add a default gateway to the switch configuration.&lt;/span&gt;  &lt;br /&gt;• Configure the switch with an IP access list to permit the host connection.  &lt;br /&gt;• Enable the physical interfaces of the switch with the no shutdown command.  &lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;20. Refer to the exhibit. After all the interfaces have stabilized, what is the spanning-tree state of all the enabled interfaces of SW11?&lt;br /&gt;• discarding  &lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(51, 51, 255);" &gt;• forwarding&lt;/span&gt;  &lt;br /&gt;• learning  &lt;br /&gt;• listening&lt;div class="blogger-post-footer"&gt;&lt;img width='1' height='1' src='https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/tracker/4098964652719354601-1279819417336023512?l=ccna-exam-modules.blogspot.com' alt='' /&gt;&lt;/div&gt;&lt;img src="http://feeds.feedburner.com/~r/40Ccna-exam-modules/~4/c4U_gQnIKYo" height="1" width="1"/&gt;</description><app:edited xmlns:app="http://www.w3.org/2007/app">2009-08-17T19:39:41.518-07:00</app:edited><thr:total xmlns:thr="http://purl.org/syndication/thread/1.0">0</thr:total><feedburner:origLink>http://ccna-exam-modules.blogspot.com/2009/08/40-ccna-4-designing-and-supporting_8612.html</feedburner:origLink></item><item><title>4.0 CCNA 4: Designing and Supporting Computer Networks:Module 6</title><link>http://feedproxy.google.com/~r/40Ccna-exam-modules/~3/3CodQiRHHvI/40-ccna-4-designing-and-supporting_5936.html</link><category>4.0 CCNA4disc</category><author>noreply@blogger.com (amor)</author><pubDate>Mon, 17 Aug 2009 18:01:11 PDT</pubDate><guid isPermaLink="false">tag:blogger.com,1999:blog-4098964652719354601.post-6091660305049034018</guid><description>1. A network engineer researched whether there are mechanisms available to help with the transition from an IPv4 addressing structure to IPv6. What three options did the engineer find?(Choose three.)&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(51, 51, 255);" &gt;• A protocol translation mechanism allows communication between the IPv4 and IPv6 networks.&lt;/span&gt;   &lt;br /&gt;• A packet analyzer determines the addressing structure and converts it to the appropriate IPv4 or IPv6 scheme.   &lt;br /&gt;• New Core devices that support IPV6 must be purchased.   &lt;br /&gt;• A protocol converter changes IPv4 packets into IPv6 packets and vice versa.   &lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(51, 51, 255);" &gt;• A dual-stack network design allows both IPv4 and IPv6 addressing to be used on all network devices.    &lt;br /&gt;• Tunneling allows IPv4 packets to be encapsulated so that they can traverse IPv6 networks and vice versa.&lt;/span&gt;   &lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;2. When should the command no auto-summary be used?   &lt;br /&gt;• with RIP version 1, to enable classless routing   &lt;br /&gt;• with RIP version 2, to enable classless routing   &lt;br /&gt;• with RIP version 1, when discontigous networks exist   &lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(51, 51, 255);" &gt;• with RIP version 2, when discontigous networks exist&lt;/span&gt;   &lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;3. Refer to the exhibit. What must an administrator do on R3 to ensure that update packets are sent with subnet mask information?&lt;br /&gt;• Add the commands:   &lt;br /&gt;  R3(config-router)# auto-summary&lt;br /&gt;  R3(config-router)# no version 2   &lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(51, 51, 255);" &gt;• Add the commands:    &lt;br /&gt;  R3(config-router)# version 2&lt;br /&gt;  R3(config-router)# no auto-summary&lt;/span&gt;   &lt;br /&gt;• Change the network statement on R3:   &lt;br /&gt;  R3(config)# network 10.10.4.0   &lt;br /&gt;• Add the command:   &lt;br /&gt;  R3(config)# ip route 0.0.0.0 0.0.0.0 s0/0   &lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;4. What best describes a discontiguous network?   &lt;br /&gt;• combines several classfull networking address   &lt;br /&gt;• contains more than one route to a destination   &lt;br /&gt;• implements more than one routing protocol   &lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(51, 51, 255);" &gt;• separated from the rest of the hierarchical group by another network&lt;/span&gt;   &lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;5. Refer to the exhibit. A company has decided to add a new workgroup. If the subnetting scheme for the network uses contiguous blocks of addresses, what subnet is assigned to WGROUP3?&lt;br /&gt;• 172.16.3.12/29   &lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(51, 51, 255);" &gt;• 172.16.3.16/29&lt;/span&gt;   &lt;br /&gt;• 172.16.3.20/29   &lt;br /&gt;• 172.16.3.24/29   &lt;br /&gt;• 172.16.3.32/29   &lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;6. A network administrator is using the 10.0.0.0/8 network for the company. The administrator must create a masking scheme to support 750 users at the main office and 620 users at the remote office. What mask should be assigned to the 10.0.0.0/8 network to preserve the most addresses?&lt;br /&gt;• 255.255.255.0   &lt;br /&gt;• /19   &lt;br /&gt;• /20   &lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(51, 51, 255);" &gt;• 255.255.252.0&lt;/span&gt;   &lt;br /&gt;• /23   &lt;br /&gt;• /21   &lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;7. What is another format for the IPv6 address 1080:0000:0000:0000:0000:0000:1267:01A2?   &lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(51, 51, 255);" &gt;• 1080::1267:01A2&lt;/span&gt;   &lt;br /&gt;• 1080:0:0:0:0:1267:01A2   &lt;br /&gt;• 1080::0:1267:01A2   &lt;br /&gt;• 1080:::::1267.01A2   &lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;8. How many bits make up an IPv6 address?   &lt;br /&gt;• 32   &lt;br /&gt;• 48   &lt;br /&gt;• 64   &lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(51, 51, 255);" &gt;• 128&lt;/span&gt;   &lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;9. After activating IPv6 traffic forwarding, configuring IPv6 addresses, and globally configure RIPng, what is the remaining step to activate RIPng?&lt;br /&gt;• Enter the ipv6 router rip name command and then use network statements to activate RIPng on the interfaces.   &lt;br /&gt;• Enter the ipv6 router rip name command and then specify which interfaces run RIPng, which are passive, and which only receive.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(51, 51, 255);" &gt;• Enter the interface mode for each IPv6 interface and enable RIPng with the ipv6 rip name enable command.&lt;/span&gt;   &lt;br /&gt;• Enter the interface mode for each IPv6 interface and enable the multicast group FF02::9, and then activate RIPng globally using the ipv6 router rip name command.&lt;br /&gt;• Enter the router rip command, and then activate RIPng using the version command.   &lt;br /&gt;• RIPng then automatically runs on all IPv6 interfaces.   &lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;10. Refer to the exhibit. The IT management has determined that the new subnet for WGROUP3 needs to be broken down into four more subnets. What would the subnet mask be for the four newly created subnets within WGROUP3?&lt;br /&gt;• 255.255.128.0   &lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(51, 51, 255);" &gt;• 255.255.192.0&lt;/span&gt;   &lt;br /&gt;• 255.255.224.0   &lt;br /&gt;• 255.255.248.0   &lt;br /&gt;• 255.255.252.0   &lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;11. Refer to the exhibit. What is the first usable IP address that can be assigned to the WGROUP3 switch?   &lt;br /&gt;• 172.16.50.96/27   &lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color:#ff0000;"&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(51, 51, 255);"&gt;• 172.16.50.97/27     &lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/span&gt;• 172.16.50.98/27   &lt;br /&gt;• 172.16.50.99/27   &lt;br /&gt;• 255.255.255.0   &lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;12. Refer to the exhibit. Which set of router commands is required to turn on unequal-cost load sharing so that RTRA selects the path A-B-E and the lowest cost path A-C-E to the Internet?&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(51, 51, 255);" &gt;• RTRA(config)# router eigrp 1    &lt;br /&gt;  RTRA(config-router)# variance 2&lt;/span&gt;   &lt;br /&gt;• RTRA(config)# router eigrp 1   &lt;br /&gt;  RTRA(config-router)# variance 1   &lt;br /&gt;• RTRA(config)# router eigrp 1   &lt;br /&gt;  RTRA(config-router)# maximum-paths 2   &lt;br /&gt;• RTRA(config)# router eigrp 1   &lt;br /&gt;  RTRA(config-router)# maximum-paths 1   &lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;13. Refer to the exhibit. Assuming that the default EIGRP configuration is running on both routers, which statement is true about Router A reaching the 2.2.2.0/24 network?&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(51, 51, 255);" &gt;• The no auto-summary command needs to be issued to disable automatic summarization.&lt;/span&gt;   &lt;br /&gt;• The network 2.2.2.0 command needs to be issued to ensure that Router A recognizes the 2.2.2.0 network.   &lt;br /&gt;• EIGRP supports VLSM and automatically recognizes the 2.2.2.0 network.   &lt;br /&gt;• EIGRP does not support VLSM; therefore it cannot be used with discontiguous networks.   &lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;14. Refer to the exhibit. The network administrator wants router RTA to send only the summarized route of 10.10.0.0/16 to RTC. Which configuration accomplishes this?&lt;br /&gt;• RTA(config)# interface s0/0&lt;br /&gt;  RTA(config-if)# ip summary-address eigrp 101 10.10.0.0 255.255.0.0&lt;br /&gt;  RTA(config-if)# exit   &lt;br /&gt;  RTA(config)# router eigrp 101&lt;br /&gt;  RTA(config-router)# no auto-summary   &lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(51, 51, 255);" &gt;• RTA(config)# interface s0/1    &lt;br /&gt;  RTA(config-if)# ip summary-address eigrp 101 10.10.0.0 255.255.0.0     &lt;br /&gt;  RTA(config-if)# exit     &lt;br /&gt;  RTA(config)# router eigrp 101     &lt;br /&gt;  RTA(config-router)# no auto-summary&lt;/span&gt;   &lt;br /&gt;• RTA(config)# interface s0/0   &lt;br /&gt;  RTA(config-if)# ip summary-address eigrp 101 10.10.0.0 255.255.0.0   &lt;br /&gt;• RTA(config)# interface s0/1   &lt;br /&gt;  RTA(config-if)# ip summary-address eigrp 101 10.10.0.0 255.255.0.0   &lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;15. What is a good design practice when developing a hierarchical addressing scheme?   &lt;br /&gt;• Address the nodes in the Access Layer and work toward the Core Layer.   &lt;br /&gt;• Assign addresses to the Core devices before planning the addressing scheme for the server farm.   &lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(51, 51, 255);" &gt;• Determine where statically configured addressing will be implemented.&lt;/span&gt;   &lt;br /&gt;• Determine what percentage of devices are wired and what percentage of devices are wireless.   &lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;16. A network administrator is asked to design a new addressing scheme for a corporate network. Presently, there are 850 users at the head office, 220 users at sales, 425 at manufacturing, and 50 at the research site. Which statement defines the correct VLSM addressing map with minimal waste using the 172.17.0.0/16 network?&lt;br /&gt;• 172.17.0.0/20 head office&lt;br /&gt;  172.17.1.0/21 manufacturing   &lt;br /&gt;  172.17.1.0/22 sales&lt;br /&gt;  172.17.3.0/26 research   &lt;br /&gt;• 172.17.48.0/19 head office&lt;br /&gt;  172.17.16.0/20 manufacturing&lt;br /&gt;  172.17.48.128/25 sales&lt;br /&gt;  172.17.48.0/26 research   &lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(51, 51, 255);" &gt;• 172.17.0.0/22 head office    &lt;br /&gt;  172.17.4.0/23 manufacturing     &lt;br /&gt;  172.17.5.0/24 sales     &lt;br /&gt;  172.17.6.0/26 research&lt;/span&gt;   &lt;br /&gt;• 172.17.2.0/22 head office&lt;br /&gt;  172.17.3.0/23 manufacturing&lt;br /&gt;  172.17.4.0/26 sales&lt;br /&gt;  172.17.4.128/25 research   &lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;16. How would the routes for networks 172.16.1.0/24, 172.16.3.0/24, and 172.16.15.0/24 be summarized?   &lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(51, 51, 255);" &gt;• 172.16.0.0/20&lt;/span&gt;   &lt;br /&gt;• 172.16.0.0/21   &lt;br /&gt;• 172.16.0.0/22   &lt;br /&gt;• 172.16.0.0/24   &lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;17. What two advantages does CIDR provide to a network? (Choose two.)   &lt;br /&gt;• dynamic address assignment   &lt;br /&gt;• automatic route redistribution   &lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(51, 51, 255);" &gt;• reduced routing update traffic    &lt;br /&gt;• easier management of summarization&lt;/span&gt;   &lt;br /&gt;• automatic summarization at classfull boundaries   &lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;18. Which statement describes MD5 authentication for neighbor authentication?   &lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(51, 51, 255);" &gt;• All passwords are sent in clear text when neighbors first learn about each other.&lt;/span&gt;   &lt;br /&gt;• Only the initiating router sends its password using encrypted text when it first discovers a new router.   &lt;br /&gt;• All routers send their password using encrypted text only when they first learn of each other.   &lt;br /&gt;• All routers send their password using encrypted text each time they exchange update packets.   &lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;19. Refer to the exhibit. What are the broadcast addresses for each subnet?   &lt;br /&gt;• Admin - 172.16.31.0   &lt;br /&gt;  QA - 172.16.1.127&lt;br /&gt;  Development - 172.16.2.255   &lt;br /&gt;  Sales - 172.16.32.255   &lt;br /&gt;• Admin - 172.16.31.255   &lt;br /&gt;  QA - 172.16.1.255   &lt;br /&gt;  Development - 172.16.3.255   &lt;br /&gt;  Sales - 172.16.63.255   &lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(51, 51, 255);"&gt;• Admin - 172.16.31.255    &lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(51, 51, 255);"&gt;   QA - 172.16.1.127 &lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(51, 51, 255);"&gt;   Development - 172.16.3.255    &lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(51, 51, 255);"&gt;   Sales - 172.16.63.255    &lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;• Admin - 172.16.31.0   &lt;br /&gt;  QA - 172.16.1.255&lt;br /&gt;  Development - 172.16.2.255&lt;br /&gt;  Sales - 172.16.32.255   &lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;20. Refer to the exhibit. The IT management is adding three VLANs to the wgroup3 switch. The current subnet will be broken down to support 14 hosts for each of the new VLANs. What will the new subnet mask be for these VLANs?&lt;br /&gt;• 255.255.255.192   &lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(51, 51, 255);" &gt;• 255.255.255.240&lt;/span&gt;   &lt;br /&gt;• 255.255.248.0   &lt;br /&gt;• 255.255.255.224   &lt;br /&gt;• 255.255.240.0   &lt;br /&gt;• 255.255.255.248   &lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;21. An administrator is configuring IPv6 on a router. The steps that have already been completed are:&lt;br /&gt;1. Activate IPv6 traffic forwarding.&lt;br /&gt;2. Configure IPv6 addresses.&lt;br /&gt;3. Globally configure RIPng.   &lt;br /&gt;What is the remaining step to complete the activation of RIPng?   &lt;br /&gt;• Enter the ipv6 router rip name command and then use network statements to activate RIPng on the interfaces.   &lt;br /&gt;• Enter the ipv6 router rip name command and then specify which interfaces run RIPng, which are passive, and which only receive.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(51, 51, 255);" &gt;• Enter the interface mode for each IPv6 interface and enable RIPng with the ipv6 rip name enable command.&lt;/span&gt;   &lt;br /&gt;• Enter the interface mode for each IPv6 interface and enable the multicast group FF02::9, and then activate RIPng globally using the ipv6 router rip name command.&lt;br /&gt;• Enter the router rip command, and then activate RIPng using the version command. RIPng then automatically runs on all IPv6 interfaces.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;22. Which range includes all available networks in the 192.168.8.0/21 network?   &lt;br /&gt;• 192.168.8.0/24 - 192.168.14.0/24   &lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(51, 51, 255);" &gt;• 192.168.8.0/24 - 192.168.15.0/24&lt;/span&gt;   &lt;br /&gt;• 192.168.8.0/24 - 192.168.16.0/24   &lt;br /&gt;• 192.168.8.0/24 - 192.168.17.0/24   &lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;23. Which two are best practices for creating a new IP addressing scheme for a network? (Choose two.)   &lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(51, 51, 255);" &gt;• Plan and allow for significant growth.&lt;/span&gt;   &lt;br /&gt;• Assign addresses to the access layer before any other layer.   &lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(51, 51, 255);" &gt;• Plan the entire addressing scheme before assigning any addresses.&lt;/span&gt;   &lt;br /&gt;• Begin with the access layer network summary addresses and work to the edge.   &lt;br /&gt;• Plan the addressing scheme to meet the current minimum requirement needs.   &lt;br /&gt;• Implement statically assigned addresses to all hosts in the distribution layer first.   &lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;24. Refer to the exhibit. Which subnet will provide sufficient addresses for the Production network with minimal waste?   &lt;br /&gt;• 172.16.0.192/26   &lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(51, 51, 255);" &gt;• 172.16.0.192/27&lt;/span&gt;   &lt;br /&gt;• 172.16.0.224/26   &lt;br /&gt;• 172.16.0.160/26   &lt;br /&gt;• 172.16.0.144/27   &lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;25. A network designer is implementing a new network for a company. The designer is using all new Cisco equipment and has decided to select a hierarchical routing protocol for the network. The designer wishes to minimize traffic from routing updates but also needs fast routing convergence in the event of a topology change. Also, the existing IP addressing scheme requires that the selected protocol support VLSM. Which routing protocol should be chosen?&lt;br /&gt;• BGP   &lt;br /&gt;• RIP v1   &lt;br /&gt;• RIP v2   &lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(51, 51, 255);" &gt;• OSPF&lt;/span&gt;   &lt;br /&gt;• EIGRP&lt;div class="blogger-post-footer"&gt;&lt;img width='1' height='1' src='https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/tracker/4098964652719354601-6091660305049034018?l=ccna-exam-modules.blogspot.com' alt='' /&gt;&lt;/div&gt;&lt;img src="http://feeds.feedburner.com/~r/40Ccna-exam-modules/~4/3CodQiRHHvI" height="1" width="1"/&gt;</description><app:edited xmlns:app="http://www.w3.org/2007/app">2009-08-17T18:01:11.185-07:00</app:edited><thr:total xmlns:thr="http://purl.org/syndication/thread/1.0">0</thr:total><feedburner:origLink>http://ccna-exam-modules.blogspot.com/2009/08/40-ccna-4-designing-and-supporting_5936.html</feedburner:origLink></item><item><title>4.0 CCNA 4: Designing and Supporting Computer Networks:Module 5</title><link>http://feedproxy.google.com/~r/40Ccna-exam-modules/~3/AYuWVYMn8Gc/40-ccna-4-designing-and-supporting_3442.html</link><category>4.0 CCNA4disc</category><author>noreply@blogger.com (amor)</author><pubDate>Mon, 17 Aug 2009 02:21:46 PDT</pubDate><guid isPermaLink="false">tag:blogger.com,1999:blog-4098964652719354601.post-7755594368382988056</guid><description>1. Which rule should be followed when implementing the security requirements of a network design?  &lt;br /&gt;• Always use a common security plan for all business needs.   &lt;br /&gt;• As standard practice, lower access restrictions for users if cost is too high.   &lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(51, 51, 255);" &gt;• Avoid reducing security in order to add additional network capabilities.&lt;/span&gt;   &lt;br /&gt;• When possible, implement an IDS to protect users from spam.   &lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;2. What limitations of the 2960 switch prevent it from providing the services needed in the Distribution layer?   &lt;br /&gt;• It is limited to copper connections.   &lt;br /&gt;• It does not support QoS.   &lt;br /&gt;• It does not support voice VLAN capability.   &lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(51, 51, 255);" &gt;• It does not support route summarization.&lt;/span&gt;   &lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;3. When considering converged network designs, it is important to identify appropriate service demands. What is a concern when preparing a network design to fit this environment?&lt;br /&gt;• business data compensation for sensitivity to noise   &lt;br /&gt;• location and placement of firewalls   &lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(51, 51, 255);" &gt;• voice-level quality of service&lt;/span&gt;   &lt;br /&gt;• security policy requirements   &lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;4. Which three design requirements are implemented at the access layer? (Choose three.)   &lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(51, 51, 255);" &gt;• PoE    &lt;br /&gt;• VLANs&lt;/span&gt;   &lt;br /&gt;• high-density routing   &lt;br /&gt;• packet filtering   &lt;br /&gt;• rapidly converging routing protocols   &lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(51, 51, 255);" &gt;• QoS traffic classification and marking&lt;/span&gt;   &lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;5. Refer to the exhibit. Which statement is true regarding how the ISP router filters traffic?   &lt;br /&gt;• Traffic from the 64.100.0.1 address to any destination on the Internet is denied.   &lt;br /&gt;• Traffic from any source address entering the ISP router interface s0/0/0 is permitted.   &lt;br /&gt;• Only traffic with a source address of 64.100.0.1/30 is allowed into the ISP router interface s0/0/0.   &lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(51, 51, 255);" &gt;• All traffic from the 64.100.0.0/21 network can access the Internet.&lt;/span&gt;   &lt;br /&gt;• Traffic from any source address can access the 64.100.0.0/21 network.   &lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;6. Which two factors should be considered when designing a wireless LAN that provides seamless roaming capabilities? (Choose two.)&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(51, 51, 255);" &gt;• use of a wireless controller to manage IP addressing&lt;/span&gt;   &lt;br /&gt;• type of routing protocols   &lt;br /&gt;• location of existing wired clients   &lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(51, 51, 255);" &gt;• coverage&lt;/span&gt;   &lt;br /&gt;• position of MDF   &lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;7. What are three features of a Catalyst 2960 switch? (Choose three.)   &lt;br /&gt;• network layer functionality   &lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(51, 51, 255);" &gt;• redundant power availability&lt;/span&gt;   &lt;br /&gt;• route summarization   &lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(51, 51, 255);" &gt;• SNMP    &lt;br /&gt;• switch clustering&lt;/span&gt;   &lt;br /&gt;• inter-VLAN routing   &lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;8. A company lists this equipment in their network design:&lt;br /&gt;Two Catalyst 4503 Layer 3 switches&lt;br /&gt;One 5500 security appliance firewall&lt;br /&gt;Two Catalyst 6509 switches&lt;br /&gt;Two lightweight access points&lt;br /&gt;Two Catalyst 2960 switches   &lt;br /&gt;Which two types of devices would be appropriate to use at the access layer to provide end-user connectivity? (Choose two.)   &lt;br /&gt;• Catalyst 4503 switches   &lt;br /&gt;• Cisco 1841 router   &lt;br /&gt;• Catalyst 6509 switches   &lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(51, 51, 255);" &gt;• lightweight access points    &lt;br /&gt;• Catalyst 2960 switches&lt;/span&gt;   &lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;9. Which two statements are true regarding the following extended ACL? (Choose two.)   &lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(51, 51, 255);" &gt;• access-list 101 deny tcp 172.16.3.0 0.0.0.255 any eq 20&lt;br /&gt;  access-list 101 deny tcp 172.16.3.0 0.0.0.255 any eq 21&lt;br /&gt;  access-list 101 permit ip any any&lt;/span&gt;   &lt;br /&gt;• FTP traffic originating from network 172.16.3.0/24 is denied.   &lt;br /&gt;• All traffic is implicitly denied.   &lt;br /&gt;• FTP traffic destined for the 172.16.3.0/24 network is denied.   &lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(51, 51, 255);" &gt;• Telnet traffic originating on network 172.16.3.0/24 is denied.&lt;/span&gt;   &lt;br /&gt;• Web traffic originating from 172.16.3.0 is permitted.   &lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;10. Which statement applies to a large network with thousands of nodes?   &lt;br /&gt;• Each wireless phone is normally in a separate VLAN for security reasons.   &lt;br /&gt;• Multiple firewalls exist throughout the access layer for maximum security protection.   &lt;br /&gt;• Firewalls cannot be implemented in the multilayer switches and routers.   &lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(51, 51, 255);" &gt;• Intrusion detection is more likely to be performed by a separate device rather than integrated into a switch or router&lt;/span&gt;   &lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;11. on campus. The college currently has only wired network device access. Which two devices must be incorporated into the network design to best accommodate roaming for wireless IP phones?(Choose two.)&lt;br /&gt;• voice VLAN capable switch   &lt;br /&gt;• autonomous AP   &lt;br /&gt;• PoE switch   &lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(51, 51, 255);" &gt;• Cisco wireless LAN controller&lt;/span&gt;   &lt;br /&gt;• 2960 switch with 48 100-Mb ports   &lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(51, 51, 255);" &gt;• lightweight access points&lt;/span&gt;   &lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;12. What type of WAN service is Frame Relay?   &lt;br /&gt;• dedicated   &lt;br /&gt;• cell switched   &lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(51, 51, 255);" &gt;• packet switched&lt;/span&gt;   &lt;br /&gt;• circuit switched   &lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;13. Refer to the exhibit. What is an advantage of having two links connected between the two switches shown?   &lt;br /&gt;• provides redundancy in case one of the switches fails   &lt;br /&gt;• provides connectivity to Switch1 when the link to the server fails   &lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(51, 51, 255);" &gt;• provides connectivity when one of the connections between the switches fails&lt;/span&gt;   &lt;br /&gt;• provides power to the other switch when the other switch has lost AC power   &lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;14. What is the function of the access layer in the Cisco three-layer hierarchical internetworking model?   &lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(51, 51, 255);" &gt;• provides QoS classification and marking&lt;/span&gt;   &lt;br /&gt;• implements a fast-converging routing protocol   &lt;br /&gt;• uses routed interconnections between devices   &lt;br /&gt;• aggregates traffic and performs route summarization   &lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;15. When applying network security, what security measure should be implemented first?   &lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(51, 51, 255);" &gt;• securing the network devices&lt;/span&gt;   &lt;br /&gt;• implementing the firewalls or filters at the enterprise edge   &lt;br /&gt;• applying security to resources accessed by internal users   &lt;br /&gt;• applying ACLs to the interfaces of the routers in the internal network   &lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;16. What characteristic of a network supports high availability?   &lt;br /&gt;• VPNs   &lt;br /&gt;• high-bandwidth paths to servers   &lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(51, 51, 255);" &gt;• redundancy&lt;/span&gt;   &lt;br /&gt;• wireless management   &lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;17. What is integrated into a Cisco IP phone to reduce the number of ports needed in the wiring closet?   &lt;br /&gt;• hub   &lt;br /&gt;• router   &lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(51, 51, 255);" &gt;• switch&lt;/span&gt;   &lt;br /&gt;• firewall appliance   &lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;18. Which network design process identifies where to place access points?   &lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(51, 51, 255);" &gt;• site survey&lt;/span&gt;   &lt;br /&gt;• risk assessment   &lt;br /&gt;• scalability design   &lt;br /&gt;• network protocol analysis   &lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;19. Using expandable, modular network devices is a key element of what network design criteria?   &lt;br /&gt;• availability   &lt;br /&gt;• performance   &lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(51, 51, 255);" &gt;• scalability&lt;/span&gt;   &lt;br /&gt;• security   &lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;20. What is a primary function of a wireless LAN controller?   &lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(51, 51, 255);" &gt;• tuning each AP channel for optimal coverage&lt;/span&gt;   &lt;br /&gt;• providing PoE to the wireless clients   &lt;br /&gt;• distributing VLAN information to the wireless clients   &lt;br /&gt;• serving as the point of connection between wireless clients and the wired LAN   &lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;21. What characteristic in a routing protocol allows it to support the network design criteria for availability?   &lt;br /&gt;• CIDR support   &lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(51, 51, 255);" &gt;• fast convergence&lt;/span&gt;   &lt;br /&gt;• timed updates   &lt;br /&gt;• VLSM suppor   &lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;22. A network designer is evaluating the network security implementation for an organization. The designer recommends adding network security devices in front of the server farm, although network security devices have been deployed in the Enterprise Edge for two years. What type of attack can be effectively prevented with this recommendation?&lt;br /&gt;• virus attack   &lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color:#ff0000;"&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(51, 51, 255);"&gt;• internal attack     &lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/span&gt;• Internet attack   &lt;br /&gt;• phishing attack   &lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;23. Refer to the exhibit. The branch office needs constant access to the servers in the enterprise headquarters. Therefore, a backup Frame Relay link is added. A network&lt;br /&gt;• administrator is configuring the routers in the branch office to make sure that when the backup Frame Relay link is used, only the traffic to access the enterprise headquarters is allowed. Which statement is true about the routing configuration on branch office edge routers?&lt;br /&gt;• The command ip route 0.0.0.0 0.0.0.0 serial 0/0 50 should be configured on BE2.   &lt;br /&gt;• The command ip route 128.107.0.0 255.255.0.0 serial 0/0 50 should be configured on BE1.   &lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(51, 51, 255);" &gt;• The command ip route 128.107.0.0 255.255.0.0 serial 0/0 50 should be configured on BE2.&lt;/span&gt;   &lt;br /&gt;• The command ip route 192.135.250.0 255.255.255.0 serial 0/0 50 should be configured on BE1.   &lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;24. An automobile sales company is establishing a new, small sales showroom in a downtown area. To update the inventory database, the new sales office will need a WAN connection to the headquarters that is located in the suburban area. The WAN connection should be around a 4 Mb/s connection. Which WAN service will provide the most economical approach to meet the requirement?&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(51, 51, 255);" &gt;• DSL&lt;/span&gt;   &lt;br /&gt;• ATM   &lt;br /&gt;• T1 line   &lt;br /&gt;• Frame Relay   &lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;25. A network designer is selecting a WAN technology for connections between the headquarters of an organization and its branch offices. In this context, what is one advantage of choosing Frame Relay over a T1 line?&lt;br /&gt;• more secure   &lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(51, 51, 255);" &gt;• flexible bandwidth&lt;/span&gt;   &lt;br /&gt;• shared media across the link   &lt;br /&gt;• efficiency with fixed length packet size&lt;div class="blogger-post-footer"&gt;&lt;img width='1' height='1' src='https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/tracker/4098964652719354601-7755594368382988056?l=ccna-exam-modules.blogspot.com' alt='' /&gt;&lt;/div&gt;&lt;img src="http://feeds.feedburner.com/~r/40Ccna-exam-modules/~4/AYuWVYMn8Gc" height="1" width="1"/&gt;</description><app:edited xmlns:app="http://www.w3.org/2007/app">2009-08-17T02:21:46.077-07:00</app:edited><thr:total xmlns:thr="http://purl.org/syndication/thread/1.0">0</thr:total><feedburner:origLink>http://ccna-exam-modules.blogspot.com/2009/08/40-ccna-4-designing-and-supporting_3442.html</feedburner:origLink></item><item><title>4.0 CCNA 4: Designing and Supporting Computer Networks:Module 4</title><link>http://feedproxy.google.com/~r/40Ccna-exam-modules/~3/0d2UxbgqHZY/40-ccna-4-designing-and-supporting_8812.html</link><category>4.0 CCNA4disc</category><author>noreply@blogger.com (amor)</author><pubDate>Mon, 17 Aug 2009 01:58:34 PDT</pubDate><guid isPermaLink="false">tag:blogger.com,1999:blog-4098964652719354601.post-6489824658511461338</guid><description>1. In addition to the technical considerations, what other major factor is used to evaluate the success of a network installation?&lt;br /&gt;• final project costs   &lt;br /&gt;• maintenance costs   &lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(51, 51, 255);" &gt;• user satisfaction&lt;/span&gt;   &lt;br /&gt;• statistics describing the performance of network devices   &lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;2. Which two network applications are most affected by network congestion and delays? (Choose two.)   &lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(51, 51, 255);" &gt;• IP telephony    &lt;br /&gt;• live video webcasts&lt;/span&gt;   &lt;br /&gt;• audio file downloads   &lt;br /&gt;• online banking services   &lt;br /&gt;• file archival and retrieval   &lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;3. What two Cisco tools can be used to analyze network application traffic? (Choose two.)   &lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(51, 51, 255);" &gt;• NBAR    &lt;br /&gt;• NetFlow&lt;/span&gt;   &lt;br /&gt;• AutoQoS   &lt;br /&gt;• Wireshark   &lt;br /&gt;• Custom Queuing   &lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;4. In network design, which technology can be implemented to prioritize traffic based on its importance and technical requirements?&lt;br /&gt;• STP   &lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color:#ff0000;"&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(51, 51, 255);"&gt;• QoS     &lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/span&gt;• RTP   &lt;br /&gt;• TCP   &lt;br /&gt;• VPN   &lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;5. What are two characteristics of voice over IP traffic? (Choose two.)   &lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(51, 51, 255);" &gt;• Voice packets tend to be small.    &lt;br /&gt;• Voice packets must be processed in real time.&lt;/span&gt;   &lt;br /&gt;• Voice packets can effectively use TCP reliability features.   &lt;br /&gt;• Voice traffic can survive packet drops and retransmission delays.   &lt;br /&gt;• Voice packets must be converted to analog before being sent across the IP network.   &lt;br /&gt;• Voice packets automatically receive a higher priority value than other types of packets.   &lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;6. What are two things that a network designer can do to determine current and anticipated network traffic flows? (Choose two.)&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(51, 51, 255);" &gt;• Survey end users to obtain customer input.&lt;/span&gt;   &lt;br /&gt;• Upgrade the Cisco IOS software in all networking devices to optimize traffic flow.   &lt;br /&gt;• Limit the analysis to host-to-server traffic because host-to-host traffic is unimportant.   &lt;br /&gt;• Run a network traffic analysis to determine which applications are in use and by whom.   &lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(51, 51, 255);" &gt;• Conduct an inventory of all networking devices that includes model numbers and memory configurations&lt;/span&gt;   &lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;7. A company that has a traditional telephone system wants to convert to IP telephony. Which two factors should be considered for the design? (Choose two.)&lt;br /&gt;• Digital communications systems have greater noise than analog systems when processing voice traffic.   &lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color:#ff0000;"&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(51, 51, 255);"&gt;• Voice-enabled routers or a server must be used for call control and signaling.&lt;/span&gt;    &lt;br /&gt;&lt;/span&gt;• Voice to IP conversions can cause router overhead.   &lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(51, 51, 255);" &gt;• Power to the phones can be supplied through properly equipped patch panels or switches.&lt;/span&gt;   &lt;br /&gt;• The cost to combine voice and data VLANs can be a considerable amount.   &lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;8. Several web and email servers have recently been installed as part of an enterprise network. The security administrator has been asked to provide a summary of security features that can be implemented to help prevent unauthorized traffic from being sent into or out of sensitive internal networks. Which three features should the security administrator recommend? (Choose three.)&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color:#ff0000;"&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(51, 51, 255);"&gt;• firewalls     &lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/span&gt;• priority queuing   &lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(51, 51, 255);" &gt;• access control lists    &lt;br /&gt;• intrusion detection systems&lt;/span&gt;   &lt;br /&gt;• DHCP   &lt;br /&gt;• 128-bit WEP   &lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;9. The design of an IP telephony system needs to meet the technical requirements to provide a connection to the PSTN as well as provide high-quality voice transmissions using the campus network. Which two elements directly affect the ability of the design to meet these requirements?(Choose two.)&lt;br /&gt;• voice-enabled firewall   &lt;br /&gt;• PoE switches and patch panels   &lt;br /&gt;• redundant backbone connectivity   &lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(51, 51, 255);" &gt;• voice-enabled router at the enterprise edge    &lt;br /&gt;• separate voice and data VLANs with QoS implemented&lt;/span&gt;   &lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;10. When implementing VoIP services, which two design considerations should be followed?(Choose two.)   &lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(51, 51, 255);" &gt;• Confirm that network jitter is minimal.&lt;/span&gt;   &lt;br /&gt;• Use TCP to reduce delays and dropped packets.   &lt;br /&gt;• Establish priority queuing to ensure that large data packets are sent uninterrupted.   &lt;br /&gt;• Disable real-time protocols to reduce queuing strategy demands.   &lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(51, 51, 255);" &gt;• Ensure that packet delays do not exceed 150 ms.&lt;/span&gt;   &lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;11. What design strategy should be followed when designing a network that uses video on demand?   &lt;br /&gt;• implement the appropriate routing protocol to ensure that data segments arrive in order   &lt;br /&gt;• implement different QoS queues based on the type of video traffic being distributed   &lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(51, 51, 255);" &gt;• install servers to store the data in a centrally located server farm&lt;/span&gt;   &lt;br /&gt;• configure queuing in the core routers to ensure high availability   &lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;12. When implementing QoS in traffic queues, what is the first step the designer should take to ensure that traffic is properly prioritized?&lt;br /&gt;• define QoS policies   &lt;br /&gt;• define traffic classes   &lt;br /&gt;• determine traffic patterns   &lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(51, 51, 255);" &gt;• identify traffic requirements&lt;/span&gt;   &lt;br /&gt;• identify networking equipment   &lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;13. Which two statements are characteristics of file transfer traffic flows? (Choose two.)   &lt;br /&gt;• RTP should be used.   &lt;br /&gt;• Traffic is predictable.   &lt;br /&gt;• Packets are small in size.   &lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(51, 51, 255);" &gt;• Transfers are throughput intensive.    &lt;br /&gt;• Response-time requirements are low.&lt;/span&gt;   &lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;14. Which two items can be determined by diagramming internal traffic flow? (Choose two.)   &lt;br /&gt;• the type of ISP services needed   &lt;br /&gt;• the capabilities of end-user devices   &lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(51, 51, 255);" &gt;• the areas where network congestion may occur&lt;/span&gt;   &lt;br /&gt;• the location of VPN servers used to connect teleworkers   &lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(51, 51, 255);" &gt;• locations where high-bandwidth connections are required&lt;/span&gt;   &lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;15. Which two traffic types are examples of external traffic flows? (Choose two.)   &lt;br /&gt;• A user in the IT department telnets to the core layer router.   &lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(51, 51, 255);" &gt;• A user in marketing connects to the web server of a competitor.&lt;/span&gt;   &lt;br /&gt;• A user in the IT department telnets into the access layer switch.   &lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(51, 51, 255);" &gt;• A user in the services department logs in to a web-based email program.&lt;/span&gt;   &lt;br /&gt;• A user in accounting connects to an FTP server that is connected to the access layer switch.   &lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;16. Which service can be provided by the NetFlow Cisco utility?   &lt;br /&gt;• network planning and mapping   &lt;br /&gt;• IDS and IPS capabilities   &lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(51, 51, 255);" &gt;• peak usage times and traffic routing&lt;/span&gt;   &lt;br /&gt;• network billing and accounting application   &lt;br /&gt;• security and user account restrictions   &lt;br /&gt;• source and destination UDP port mapping   &lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;17. Refer to the exhibit. If ACL 150 identifies only voice traffic from network 192.168.10.0/24 and no other traffic, which queue will voice traffic from other networks use?&lt;br /&gt;• high   &lt;br /&gt;• normal   &lt;br /&gt;• medium   &lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(51, 51, 255);" &gt;• default&lt;/span&gt;   &lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;18. Refer to the exhibit. After configuring QoS, a network administrator issues the command show queueing interface s0/1. What two pieces of information can an administrator learn from the output of this command? (Choose two.)&lt;br /&gt;• queue traffic definitions   &lt;br /&gt;• priority list protocol assignments   &lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(51, 51, 255);" &gt;• type of queuing being implemented    &lt;br /&gt;• number of packets placed in each queue&lt;/span&gt;   &lt;br /&gt;• queuing defaults that have been changed   &lt;br /&gt;• queuing has not been applied to this interface   &lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;19. An analysis of network protocols reveals that RTP and RTCP are being used. What uses these protocols?   &lt;br /&gt;• IDS   &lt;br /&gt;• VPN   &lt;br /&gt;• WLAN   &lt;br /&gt;• firewall   &lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(51, 51, 255);" &gt;• real-time video&lt;/span&gt;   &lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;20. A company is considering adding voice and video to the data networks. Which two statements are true if voice and video are added? (Choose two.)&lt;br /&gt;• PoE switches must be purchased.   &lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(51, 51, 255);" &gt;• More UDP-based traffic flows will be evident.&lt;/span&gt;   &lt;br /&gt;• Response times will be increased even if QoS is implemented.   &lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(51, 51, 255);" &gt;• QoS will most likely be implemented to prioritize traffic flows.&lt;/span&gt;   &lt;br /&gt;• VPNs will most likely be implemented to protect the voice traffic.   &lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;21. Refer to the exhibit. Which option correctly matches the terms on top with its definition on the bottom?   &lt;br /&gt;• A=1, B=3, C=2, D=4   &lt;br /&gt;• A=2, B=1, C=4, D=3   &lt;br /&gt;• A=2, B=4, C=1, D=3   &lt;br /&gt;• A=3, B=2, C=4, D=1   &lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(51, 51, 255);" &gt;• A=4, B=3, C=1, D=2&lt;/span&gt;   &lt;br /&gt;• A=4, B=2, C=3, D=1   &lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;22. A database server is configured to purge all data that is 60 days old. Ten data items that are 60 days old are to be purged. However, there is a failure halfway through the transaction, and the entire transaction is voided. What type of transaction action occurred?&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(51, 51, 255);" &gt;• atomic&lt;/span&gt;   &lt;br /&gt;• consistent   &lt;br /&gt;• durable   &lt;br /&gt;• isolated   &lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;23. What is the primary goal of QoS?   &lt;br /&gt;• classification of traffic   &lt;br /&gt;• filtering and queuing voice traffic   &lt;br /&gt;• reducing bandwidth requirements   &lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(51, 51, 255);" &gt;• providing priority service to selected traffic&lt;/span&gt;   &lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;24. Which technology provides a mechanism for implementing QoS at Layer 2?   &lt;br /&gt;• ToS   &lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(51, 51, 255);" &gt;• CoS&lt;/span&gt;   &lt;br /&gt;• DSCP   &lt;br /&gt;• IP precedence   &lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;25. A customer purchases tickets online and pays using a credit card, but the system goes down before the transaction is complete. What transaction type retains a record of this transaction after the system failure so that the customer will still receive the tickets and the credit card account will be debited accordingly?&lt;br /&gt;• atomic   &lt;br /&gt;• consistent   &lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(51, 51, 255);" &gt;• durable&lt;/span&gt;   &lt;br /&gt;• isolated   &lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;26. Refer to the exhibit. The network design documents include requirements to prevent switching loops, to provide link-specific failover, and to provide Layer 3 recovery. Which two protocols would be needed to provide the support? (Choose two.)&lt;br /&gt;• HDLC   &lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(51, 51, 255);" &gt;• HSRP&lt;/span&gt;   &lt;br /&gt;• PPP   &lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color:#ff0000;"&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(51, 51, 255);"&gt;• RSTP     &lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/span&gt;• VTP   &lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;27. network design must minimize latency to support real-time streaming applications. Which two protocols enable control and scalability of the network resources and minimize latency by incorporating QoS mechanisms? (Choose two.)&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(51, 51, 255);" &gt;• RTCP&lt;/span&gt;   &lt;br /&gt;• HSRP   &lt;br /&gt;• RSTP   &lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(51, 51, 255);" &gt;• RTP&lt;/span&gt;   &lt;br /&gt;• RPC   &lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;28. Which two major differences are associated with IP telephony when compared to traditional telephony that uses a PBX? (Choose two.)&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(51, 51, 255);" &gt;• manages phones centrally&lt;/span&gt;   &lt;br /&gt;• utilizes centralized call routing   &lt;br /&gt;• creates peer-to-peer relationships between phones   &lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(51, 51, 255);" &gt;• requires a separate infrastructure to support data transfer&lt;/span&gt;   &lt;br /&gt;• requires significant manual configuration when adding, moving, or changing phones   &lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;29. When QoS is implemented in a converged network, which two factors can be controlled to improve performance? (Choose two.)&lt;br /&gt;• link speed   &lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(51, 51, 255);" &gt;• delay&lt;/span&gt;   &lt;br /&gt;• packet routing   &lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(51, 51, 255);" &gt;• jitter&lt;/span&gt;   &lt;br /&gt;• packet addressing&lt;div class="blogger-post-footer"&gt;&lt;img width='1' height='1' src='https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/tracker/4098964652719354601-6489824658511461338?l=ccna-exam-modules.blogspot.com' alt='' /&gt;&lt;/div&gt;&lt;img src="http://feeds.feedburner.com/~r/40Ccna-exam-modules/~4/0d2UxbgqHZY" height="1" width="1"/&gt;</description><app:edited xmlns:app="http://www.w3.org/2007/app">2009-08-17T01:58:34.983-07:00</app:edited><thr:total xmlns:thr="http://purl.org/syndication/thread/1.0">0</thr:total><feedburner:origLink>http://ccna-exam-modules.blogspot.com/2009/08/40-ccna-4-designing-and-supporting_8812.html</feedburner:origLink></item><item><title>4.0 CCNA 4: Designing and Supporting Computer Networks:Module 3</title><link>http://feedproxy.google.com/~r/40Ccna-exam-modules/~3/rOakVyEyB08/40-ccna-4-designing-and-supporting_2372.html</link><category>4.0 CCNA4disc</category><author>noreply@blogger.com (amor)</author><pubDate>Mon, 17 Aug 2009 01:46:43 PDT</pubDate><guid isPermaLink="false">tag:blogger.com,1999:blog-4098964652719354601.post-770802637059540034</guid><description>1. It is important to identify the details of network sections and devices that will be affected or involved in a new design. This information is included in which section of the Network Design Requirements Document?&lt;br /&gt;• Project Goal   &lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(51, 51, 255);" &gt;• Project Scope&lt;/span&gt;   &lt;br /&gt;• Technical Requirements   &lt;br /&gt;• Current State of the Network   &lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;2. Which two pieces of information does the network designer need to determine if the Cisco IOS of a router requires an upgrade? (Choose two.)&lt;br /&gt;• amount of NVRAM installed   &lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(51, 51, 255);" &gt;• model number of the router&lt;/span&gt;   &lt;br /&gt;• number of interfaces and installed HWICs   &lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(51, 51, 255);" &gt;• installed Cisco IOS feature set and version&lt;/span&gt;   &lt;br /&gt;• error statistics for each interface   &lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;3. Which three pieces of information need to be considered when selecting the proper Cisco IOS version for an upgrade? (Choose three.)&lt;br /&gt;• processor ID   &lt;br /&gt;• interface type   &lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(51, 51, 255);" &gt;• amount of DRAM&lt;/span&gt;   &lt;br /&gt;• bootstrap version   &lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(51, 51, 255);" &gt;• device make and model    &lt;br /&gt;• size of system flash memory&lt;/span&gt;   &lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;4. What are two practices a network technician should follow when installing a new interface card in a router? (Choose two.)&lt;br /&gt;• Be sure the interface card faceplate does not touch the chassis rear panel.   &lt;br /&gt;• Do not tighten the captive screws until the router has been powered on and recognizes the card.   &lt;br /&gt;• Store the blank faceplate inside the card slot to be used if the card is removed.   &lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(51, 51, 255);" &gt;• Handle the interface card by the edges to avoid static discharge.    &lt;br /&gt;• Push the interface card into place until the edge connector is seated securely&lt;/span&gt;   &lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;5. The new serial interface card for the router arrives and the network technician reads that it is hotswappable. What does this mean?&lt;br /&gt;• The card cannot be installed while the router is powered on because static discharge could damage the card.   &lt;br /&gt;• The card cannot be installed until the router is powered off and completely cooled down.   &lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(51, 51, 255);" &gt;• The card can be installed while the router is powered on if the router supports this technology.&lt;/span&gt;   &lt;br /&gt;• The card is a replacement and must be installed in the same slot as the card it is replacing.   &lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;6. Refer to the exhibit. A network administrator issues the command shown to gain knowledge about a poorly documented network. Which two pieces of information can the network administrator discover from the command output? (Choose two.)&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(51, 51, 255);" &gt;• One connected device has router capability.&lt;/span&gt;   &lt;br /&gt;• The entire network contains a total of five Cisco devices with CDP enabled.   &lt;br /&gt;• None of the directly connected network devices have been configured with an IP address.   &lt;br /&gt;• Device EDGE_2811 is connected to port Fast Ethernet 0/0 on device C3750-24_MDF.   &lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(51, 51, 255);" &gt;• Five Cisco devices with CDP enabled are directly connected to device C3750-24_MDF&lt;/span&gt;   &lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;7. Refer to the exhibit. Which of the three Cisco IOS images shown will load into RAM?   &lt;br /&gt;• The router selects an image depending on the value of the configuration register.   &lt;br /&gt;• The router selects the third Cisco IOS image because it is the most recent IOS image.   &lt;br /&gt;• The router selects the second Cisco IOS image because it is the smallest IOS image.   &lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(51, 51, 255);" &gt;• The router selects an image depending on the boot system command in the configuration.&lt;/span&gt;   &lt;br /&gt;• The router selects the third Cisco IOS image because it contains the advipservicesk9 image.   &lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;8. An administrator wants to download a new Cisco IOS software version to the local router. Which command performs this task?&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(51, 51, 255);" &gt;• copy tftp flash&lt;/span&gt;   &lt;br /&gt;• copy flash run   &lt;br /&gt;• copy start tftp   &lt;br /&gt;• copy flash tftp   &lt;br /&gt;• copy tftp start   &lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;9. Refer to the exhibit. The top of the output shows the Cisco Feature Navigator regarding a Cisco IOS image that the administrator wants to install on a router. Below it is the output from the show version command for that router. Which statement is true regarding the capacity of the router to run this Cisco IOS image?&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(51, 51, 255);" &gt;• There is not enough DRAM and flash.&lt;/span&gt;   &lt;br /&gt;• There is enough DRAM and flash.   &lt;br /&gt;• There is enough DRAM but not enough flash.   &lt;br /&gt;• There is enough flash but not enough DRAM.   &lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;10. Which two items are objectives of a WLAN design site survey? (Choose two.)   &lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(51, 51, 255);" &gt;• identify coverage areas    &lt;br /&gt;• determine primary AP locations&lt;/span&gt;   &lt;br /&gt;• determine what AP equipment should be purchased   &lt;br /&gt;• determine how many users will access the WLAN   &lt;br /&gt;• identify the bottleneck of the LAN infrastructure   &lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;11. Refer to the exhibit. Which two actions improve the weaknesses of the topology shown, assuming that each access layer segment is in its own subnet? (Choose two.)&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(51, 51, 255);" &gt;• Implement redundant links to each server by adding additional NICs.&lt;/span&gt;   &lt;br /&gt;• Implement a reduntant link from all access layer switches to Admin, Dist, and Server Farm.   &lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(51, 51, 255);" &gt;• Implement a backup firewall with a link to a secondary ISP and implement a redundant link to the DMZ.&lt;/span&gt;   &lt;br /&gt;• Implement reduntant links from the existing firewall to all access layer switches.   &lt;br /&gt;• Implement redundant links from the DMZ to Admin and Dist.   &lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;12. A company is beginning to analyze their new Cisco IOS upgrade requirements. What is one of the router components that a network administrator must consider when selecting a new Cisco IOS version?&lt;br /&gt;• processor type   &lt;br /&gt;• storage space in NVRAM   &lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(51, 51, 255);" &gt;• interfaces and modules to be supported&lt;/span&gt;   &lt;br /&gt;• compatibility of the bootstrap version with the new Cisco IOS software   &lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;13. An employee at a company notices that the wireless signal strength indicator on his laptop fluctuates from good to low. The network administrator decides to do a site survey of that area. Which three factors need to be included in the survey? (Choose three.)&lt;br /&gt;• type and model number of the WNIC of the laptop   &lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(51, 51, 255);" &gt;• number of users in the area    &lt;br /&gt;• location of the AP&lt;/span&gt;   &lt;br /&gt;• list of MAC addresses filtered by the AP   &lt;br /&gt;• number of simultaneous applications running on the laptop of the employee   &lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(51, 51, 255);" &gt;• location of walls and filing cabinets in the office&lt;/span&gt;   &lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;14. The new network design for AnyCompany must include support of voice and video traffic. Before upgrading, the network designer checks whether the existing devices can support the new requirements. Which three items does the designer need to check? (Choose three.)&lt;br /&gt;• number of routers and switches owned by AnyCompany   &lt;br /&gt;• routers that will support extra ASICs and WWICs   &lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(51, 51, 255);" &gt;• size of DRAM and flash on each device    &lt;br /&gt;• routers that will support HWICs and VWICs&lt;/span&gt;   &lt;br /&gt;• system bootstrap version on each router and switch   &lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(51, 51, 255);" &gt;• modules supported on the loaded Cisco IOS&lt;/span&gt;   &lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;15. A new Cisco IOS version has been copied into flash from a TFTP server. When a reload is issued to upgrade the Cisco IOS, the router freezes part of the way through the loading process. What could be the problem?&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(51, 51, 255);" &gt;• There is enough flash but not enough RAM in the router.&lt;/span&gt;   &lt;br /&gt;• The new HWIC cards have not been installed yet.   &lt;br /&gt;• The TFTP server needs to be present during a reload.   &lt;br /&gt;• The new Cisco IOS should have been loaded into NVRAM.   &lt;br /&gt;• The new bootstrap version is not compatible with the original version on the router.   &lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;16. Refer to the exhibit. A network designer has no documentation and is attempting to create a logical diagram of the network using the output from show commands. What can be determined from the output shown?&lt;br /&gt;• The device with the ID of ISP is a router on the Internet.   &lt;br /&gt;• The attached switch is a VTP server in the Toronto domain.   &lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(51, 51, 255);" &gt;• The designer cannot telnet to the attached switch.&lt;/span&gt;   &lt;br /&gt;• The Cisco router IOS supports enterprise-level voice and video technologies.   &lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;17. A production router is reloaded and finishes with a Router&gt; prompt. What three facts can be determined? (Choose three.)&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(51, 51, 255);" &gt;• POST occurred normally.&lt;/span&gt;   &lt;br /&gt;• The boot process was interrupted.   &lt;br /&gt;• There is not enough RAM or flash on this router.   &lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(51, 51, 255);" &gt;• A full version of the Cisco IOS was located and loaded.    &lt;br /&gt;• A configuration file was not located in NVRAM or from a TFTP server.&lt;/span&gt;   &lt;br /&gt;• The router did not locate the Cisco IOS in flash, so it defaulted to ROM.   &lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;18. During a site survey, the network designer noticed that people were accessing the company wireless network from the parking lot. What should be done to stop the wireless signal from radiating out into the parking lot?&lt;br /&gt;• change the channel on the wireless AP   &lt;br /&gt;• connect the wireless AP to a firewall   &lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(51, 51, 255);" &gt;• change the type of antenna attached to the AP&lt;/span&gt;   &lt;br /&gt;• move the wireless AP to a secure VLAN   &lt;br /&gt;• move the wireless AP to a port on a Layer 3 switch   &lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;19. A network design project includes a review of the existing network. What is the purpose of this phase of the project?   &lt;br /&gt;• eliminate the need for a site survey   &lt;br /&gt;• shorten the timeframe of the project   &lt;br /&gt;• lower the cost of the project by removing redundant links and devices   &lt;br /&gt;• determine if the number of applications used within the company can be reduced   &lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(51, 51, 255);" &gt;• To determine what existing network devices require upgrades to meet the new&lt;/span&gt;   &lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;20. Refer to the exhibit. Based upon the Cisco IOS file naming convention, what is represented by the value ipvoicek9 listed in the IOS filename?&lt;br /&gt;• version   &lt;br /&gt;• file format   &lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(51, 51, 255);" &gt;• feature set&lt;/span&gt;   &lt;br /&gt;• hardware platform   &lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;21. Refer to the exhibit. What two items can be determined from the output? (Choose two.)   &lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(51, 51, 255);" &gt;• R2 is a Cisco 2600 device.&lt;/span&gt;   &lt;br /&gt;• R2 has 22 MB of RAM installed.   &lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(51, 51, 255);" &gt;• The version of the IOS is 12.3.&lt;/span&gt;   &lt;br /&gt;• Over 8 MB of NVRAM is installed.   &lt;br /&gt;• A new 36 MB IOS file can be installed on the device.   &lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;22. During a wireless site survey, a consultant is determining the hours of peak usage and the estimated number of users in each location. The consultant is currently in what step of the site survey process?&lt;br /&gt;• the defining of customer requirements   &lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(51, 51, 255);" &gt;• the identification of coverage areas&lt;/span&gt;   &lt;br /&gt;• the determining of preliminary AP locations   &lt;br /&gt;• the measurement of signal strength   &lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;23. Refer to the exhibit. The network administrator is attempting to install a new version of the IOS on R2. Based on the exhibited output, what are two possible reasons that the transfer failed?(Choose two.)&lt;br /&gt;• The administrator did not enable TFTP on R2.   &lt;br /&gt;• There is not enough flash available to store the new IOS.   &lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(51, 51, 255);" &gt;• Connectivity between R2 and the TFTP server was not verified.&lt;/span&gt;   &lt;br /&gt;• The copy command was incorrectly entered.   &lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color:#ff0000;"&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(51, 51, 255);"&gt;• The administrator did not verify that the TFTP server is running&lt;/span&gt;.    &lt;br /&gt;&lt;/span&gt;  &lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;24. In which section of the Network Design Requirements document would a network consulting team detail names and IP addresses of important networking components and servers, provide network diagrams and topologies, and define strengths and weaknesses of the network?&lt;br /&gt;• network requirements   &lt;br /&gt;• project scope   &lt;br /&gt;• overall project goal   &lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(51, 51, 255);" &gt;• state of the network&lt;/span&gt;&lt;div class="blogger-post-footer"&gt;&lt;img width='1' height='1' src='https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/tracker/4098964652719354601-770802637059540034?l=ccna-exam-modules.blogspot.com' alt='' /&gt;&lt;/div&gt;&lt;img src="http://feeds.feedburner.com/~r/40Ccna-exam-modules/~4/rOakVyEyB08" height="1" width="1"/&gt;</description><app:edited xmlns:app="http://www.w3.org/2007/app">2009-08-17T01:46:43.282-07:00</app:edited><thr:total xmlns:thr="http://purl.org/syndication/thread/1.0">0</thr:total><feedburner:origLink>http://ccna-exam-modules.blogspot.com/2009/08/40-ccna-4-designing-and-supporting_2372.html</feedburner:origLink></item><item><title>4.0 CCNA 4: Designing and Supporting Computer Networks:Module 2</title><link>http://feedproxy.google.com/~r/40Ccna-exam-modules/~3/trySFRJnx68/40-ccna-4-designing-and-supporting_16.html</link><category>4.0 CCNA4disc</category><author>noreply@blogger.com (amor)</author><pubDate>Mon, 17 Aug 2009 01:43:19 PDT</pubDate><guid isPermaLink="false">tag:blogger.com,1999:blog-4098964652719354601.post-7571730833378727399</guid><description>1. During an evaluation of the currently installed network, the IT staff performs a gap analysis to determine whether the existing network infrastructure can support the desired new features. At which stage of the Cisco Lifecycle Services approach does this activity occur?&lt;br /&gt;• Prepare Phase   &lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(51, 51, 255);" &gt;• Plan Phase&lt;/span&gt;   &lt;br /&gt;• Design Phase   &lt;br /&gt;• Implement Phase   &lt;br /&gt;• Operate Phase   &lt;br /&gt;• Optimize Phase   &lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;2. Which stage of the Cisco Lifecycle Services strategy is usually completed before an organization issues a Request For Proposal (RFP) or Request For Quotation (RFQ)?&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(51, 51, 255);" &gt;• Prepare Phase&lt;/span&gt;   &lt;br /&gt;• Plan Phase   &lt;br /&gt;• Design Phase   &lt;br /&gt;• Implement Phase   &lt;br /&gt;• Operate Phase   &lt;br /&gt;• Optimize Phase   &lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;3. What is the purpose of SNMP?   &lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(51, 51, 255);" &gt;• to facilitate the exchange of information between devices and the NMS&lt;/span&gt;   &lt;br /&gt;• to monitor and control managed network devices   &lt;br /&gt;• to report user logins to a monitoring station   &lt;br /&gt;• to verify traffic throughout the network and keep a log of all activity   &lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;4. During an analysis of a customer network, several possible opportunities for network improvement are identified. At which stage of the Cisco Lifecycle Services does this process occur?&lt;br /&gt;• Prepare Phase   &lt;br /&gt;• Plan Phase   &lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(51, 51, 255);" &gt;• Design Phase&lt;/span&gt;   &lt;br /&gt;• Implement Phase   &lt;br /&gt;• Optimize Phase   &lt;br /&gt;• Operate Phase   &lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;5. What provides the initial data for the Optimize Phase?   &lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(51, 51, 255);" &gt;• performance monitoring&lt;/span&gt;   &lt;br /&gt;• business goals   &lt;br /&gt;• technical goals   &lt;br /&gt;• RFP   &lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;6. Which two statements are true regarding the response to an RFQ?(Choose two.)   &lt;br /&gt;• The response should be brief.   &lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(51, 51, 255);" &gt;• it should strictly conform to the formatting requirements specified by the RFQ.&lt;/span&gt;   &lt;br /&gt;• Only the items that the contracting company will be addressing should be answered.   &lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(51, 51, 255);" &gt;• The response helps the customer compare pricing with other potential contractors.&lt;/span&gt;   &lt;br /&gt;• The response is more complicated than a response to a RFP.   &lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;7. What are two disadvantages of using a bottom-up approach instead of a top-down approach to network design? (Choose two.)   &lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(51, 51, 255);" &gt;• It can result in an inappropriate network design.&lt;/span&gt;   &lt;br /&gt;• A new design cannot be implemented right away.   &lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(51, 51, 255);" &gt;• It does not take into account the business goals of the company.&lt;/span&gt;   &lt;br /&gt;• This approach is not commonly practiced and is therefore not as well known.   &lt;br /&gt;• It requires tedious and time-consuming meetings with the customer to develop an understanding of the organization.   &lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;8. What is a business constraint that may impact the WAN design of a company?   &lt;br /&gt;• company policy regarding specific operating systems on LAN devices   &lt;br /&gt;• current monitoring protocols implemented on end-user devices   &lt;br /&gt;• non-availability of end users during implementation   &lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color:#ff0000;"&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(51, 51, 255);"&gt;• company policy requiring the use of specific vendor networking equipment due to partnerships &lt;/span&gt;   &lt;br /&gt;&lt;/span&gt;  &lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;9. What is the purpose of preparing a business case?   &lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(51, 51, 255);" &gt;• to justify the financial investment in implementing the technology change&lt;/span&gt;   &lt;br /&gt;• to provide an example of a previous job done in the RFP   &lt;br /&gt;• to define the technical requirements of the network   &lt;br /&gt;• to define timelines and critical milestones   &lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;10. What is the purpose of creating a prioritized list of technical requirements?   &lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(51, 51, 255);" &gt;• defines the project scope&lt;/span&gt;   &lt;br /&gt;• determines the business profitability   &lt;br /&gt;• creates a feasibility report for analysis   &lt;br /&gt;• identifies existing and new user groups   &lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;11. A network engineer is analyzing the network of a potential client company to identify problems and determine whether a network upgrade or addition is needed. Which role in the sales team is this engineer assuming?&lt;br /&gt;• post-sales field engineer   &lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(51, 51, 255);" &gt;• pre-sales engineer&lt;/span&gt;   &lt;br /&gt;• account manager   &lt;br /&gt;• network designer   &lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;12. Which two statements best describe the responsibilities of an account manager? (Choose two.)   &lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(51, 51, 255);" &gt;• acts as the primary point of contact between the company and the client    &lt;br /&gt;• directs the sales teams and support personnel&lt;/span&gt;   &lt;br /&gt;• provides technical support to critical clients   &lt;br /&gt;• selects the equipment and technologies to be used for the client solution   &lt;br /&gt;• acts as the network design lead   &lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;13. What is the purpose of system-level acceptance testing?   &lt;br /&gt;• To develop an installation plan for the newly designed network   &lt;br /&gt;• to train end users and support personnel on the newly installed network   &lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(51, 51, 255);" &gt;• to check that the newly installed network meets the business goals and design requirements&lt;/span&gt;   &lt;br /&gt;• to justify the financial investment required to implement the technology change   &lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;14. What is a purpose of establishing a network baseline?   &lt;br /&gt;• It provides a statistical average for network performance.   &lt;br /&gt;• It manages the performance of network devices.   &lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(51, 51, 255);" &gt;• It creates a point of reference for future network evaluations.&lt;/span&gt;   &lt;br /&gt;• It checks the security configuration of network devices.   &lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;15. When should a network baseline be performed within the stages of the Cisco Lifecycle Services?   &lt;br /&gt;• Prepare Phase   &lt;br /&gt;• Plan Phase   &lt;br /&gt;• Design Phase   &lt;br /&gt;• Implement Phase   &lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(51, 51, 255);" &gt;• Operate Phase&lt;/span&gt;   &lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;16. What are two benefits of using a top-down approach instead of a bottom-up approach to network design? (Choose two.)   &lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color:#ff0000;"&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(51, 51, 255);"&gt;• incorporates organizational requirements     &lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/span&gt;• allows for a quick response to a design request   &lt;br /&gt;• requires less time up front to create a network design   &lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(51, 51, 255);" &gt;• clarifies design goals from the perspective of applications and network solutions&lt;/span&gt;   &lt;br /&gt;• facilitates a design by using devices and technologies that are based on previous experience   &lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;17. Which software component is installed on network devices that are managed through SNMP?   &lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(51, 51, 255);" &gt;• management agents&lt;/span&gt;   &lt;br /&gt;• management stations   &lt;br /&gt;• network management protocol   &lt;br /&gt;• Management Information Base (MIB)   &lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;18. A network engineer working for a contracting company is informed of a pre-bid meeting with a potential client. What purpose does the network engineer have for attending the pre-bid meeting?&lt;br /&gt;• to submit request for proposal responses   &lt;br /&gt;• to discuss proposed installation and monitoring plans   &lt;br /&gt;• to perform system-level acceptance tests on the current network   &lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(51, 51, 255);" &gt;• to clarify project scope and timelines not included in the original request for proposal&lt;/span&gt;   &lt;br /&gt;• to create a business case outlining reasons for financial investment in a network upgrade   &lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;19. A major corporation has decided to hire someone to upgrade their network infrastructure. A network consulting company wants the job. What document must the network consulting company obtain to learn about the business goals, the project scope, the requirements for the new network and the expected deliverables?&lt;br /&gt;• Business Case   &lt;br /&gt;• Project Plan   &lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(51, 51, 255);" &gt;• Request for Proposal&lt;/span&gt;   &lt;br /&gt;• Request for Comments   &lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;20. A corporation (client) wants a network upgrade and is putting out a request for services to various network consulting companies (contractors). A RFQ is required. Which statement is true concerning the RFQ?&lt;br /&gt;• sent from the contractors to the client in response to a RFP   &lt;br /&gt;• sent from the client to the contractors along with the RFP to provide more specific technical details   &lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(51, 51, 255);" &gt;• sent from the client to the contractors in place of a RFP when the technical specifications of a project are known&lt;/span&gt;   &lt;br /&gt;• sent from the contractors to the client outlining reasons for financial investments for the network upgrade   &lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;21. Which stage of the Cisco Lifecycle Services involves proactive management to identify and resolve issues before the organization is affected?&lt;br /&gt;• Prepare Phase   &lt;br /&gt;• Plan Phase   &lt;br /&gt;• Design Phase   &lt;br /&gt;• Implement Phase   &lt;br /&gt;• Operate Phase   &lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(51, 51, 255);" &gt;• Optimize Phase&lt;/span&gt;   &lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;22. Why is it important to prioritize business goals when developing network design?   &lt;br /&gt;• to ensure that the least expensive technologies are implemented first   &lt;br /&gt;• to simplify the configuration, administration, and monitoring of the newly  installed network   &lt;br /&gt;• to anticipate the effects of changes and growth of the business   &lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(51, 51, 255);" &gt;• to adhere to the best opportunities to contribute to the success of the business&lt;/span&gt;   &lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;23.  Which two items help identify business goals and priorities before a new network project starts? (Choose two.)   &lt;br /&gt;• installation   &lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(51, 51, 255);" &gt;• motivation    &lt;br /&gt;• profitability&lt;/span&gt;   &lt;br /&gt;• trustworthiness   &lt;br /&gt;• customer satisfaction   &lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;24. A network engineer working for ABC company is writing a response to an RFP for a network upgrade and must create an executive summary. Which statement describes the basic components of an executive summary?&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(51, 51, 255);" &gt;• quick overview of the problem, the recommended solution, and the justification for ABC company doing the job&lt;/span&gt;   &lt;br /&gt;• detailed description of the solution, including but not limited to, timelines, turnover schedule, warranty information, and emergency recovery information&lt;br /&gt;• detailed description of costs including, the cost of software and hardware components, licensing requirements, labor cost, and other applicable fees&lt;br /&gt;• multiple page document containing additional information such as detailed lists of equipment required, diagrams, company background information, and insurance coverage&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;25. In a network management architecture, which statement best describes a management agent?   &lt;br /&gt;• communication protocol used between a management station and managed device   &lt;br /&gt;• standardized database that a device keeps about itself concerning network performance parameters   &lt;br /&gt;• host with the management application loaded that is used by the administrator to monitor and configure network devices   &lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(51, 51, 255);" &gt;• software running on a managed device to collect network information and allow that device to be managed by a management station&lt;/span&gt;&lt;div class="blogger-post-footer"&gt;&lt;img width='1' height='1' src='https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/tracker/4098964652719354601-7571730833378727399?l=ccna-exam-modules.blogspot.com' alt='' /&gt;&lt;/div&gt;&lt;img src="http://feeds.feedburner.com/~r/40Ccna-exam-modules/~4/trySFRJnx68" height="1" width="1"/&gt;</description><app:edited xmlns:app="http://www.w3.org/2007/app">2009-08-17T01:43:19.532-07:00</app:edited><thr:total xmlns:thr="http://purl.org/syndication/thread/1.0">0</thr:total><feedburner:origLink>http://ccna-exam-modules.blogspot.com/2009/08/40-ccna-4-designing-and-supporting_16.html</feedburner:origLink></item><item><title>4.0 CCNA 4: Designing and Supporting Computer Networks:Module 1</title><link>http://feedproxy.google.com/~r/40Ccna-exam-modules/~3/rOnxavslqzo/40-ccna-4-designing-and-supporting.html</link><category>4.0 CCNA4disc</category><author>noreply@blogger.com (amor)</author><pubDate>Mon, 17 Aug 2009 01:39:28 PDT</pubDate><guid isPermaLink="false">tag:blogger.com,1999:blog-4098964652719354601.post-7742761190168484317</guid><description>1. What are two mechanisms that provide redundancy for server farm implementations? (Choose two.)  &lt;br /&gt;• host intrusion prevention systems   &lt;br /&gt;• virtual private networks   &lt;br /&gt;• network intrusion prevention systems   &lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(51, 51, 255);" &gt;• Rapid Spanning Tree Protocol    &lt;br /&gt;• Hot Standby Routing Protocol&lt;/span&gt;   &lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;2. The ability to connect securely to a private network over a public network is provided by which WAN technology?   &lt;br /&gt;• DSL   &lt;br /&gt;• Frame Relay   &lt;br /&gt;• ISDN   &lt;br /&gt;• PSTN   &lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(51, 51, 255);" &gt;• VPN&lt;/span&gt;   &lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;3. Which three statements describe the functions of the Cisco hierarchical network design model? (Choose three.)   &lt;br /&gt;• Route summarization is not necessary at the core and distribution layers.   &lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(51, 51, 255);" &gt;• The distribution layer is responsible for traffic filtering and isolating failures from the core.    &lt;br /&gt;• Two goals of the core layer are 100 percent uptime and maximizing throughput.     &lt;br /&gt;• The access layer provides a means of connecting end devices to the network.&lt;/span&gt;   &lt;br /&gt;• The distribution layer distributes network traffic directly to end users.   &lt;br /&gt;• The core layer usually employs a star topology.   &lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;4. A network designer is creating a new network. The design must offer enough redundancy to provide protection against a single link or device failure, yet must not be too complex or expensive to implement. What topology would fill these needs?&lt;br /&gt;• star   &lt;br /&gt;• full mesh   &lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(51, 51, 255);" &gt;• partial mesh&lt;/span&gt;   &lt;br /&gt;• extended star   &lt;br /&gt;• hub and spoke   &lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;5. Refer to the exhibit. If the firewall module has been correctly configured using best practices for network security, which statement is true about the security design for the network?&lt;br /&gt;• Servers in the network are not protected from internal attacks.   &lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(51, 51, 255);" &gt;• Servers in the DMZ are protected from internal and external attacks.&lt;/span&gt;   &lt;br /&gt;• Servers in the server farm are protected from internal and external attacks.   &lt;br /&gt;• Traffic from the external networks is not able to access the servers in the DMZ.   &lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;6. Which statement is true about a DMZ in a traditional network firewall design?   &lt;br /&gt;• A DMZ is designed to provide service for external access but not for internal access.   &lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(51, 51, 255);" &gt;• Servers in the DMZ provide limited information that can be accessed from external networks.&lt;/span&gt;   &lt;br /&gt;• User access to the DMZ from the Internet and the internal network usually is treated the same way.   &lt;br /&gt;• All servers in the enterprise network should be located in a DMZ because of enhanced security measures.   &lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;7. What network connection would be most cost efficient while still meeting the security and connectivity needs of this teleworker?&lt;br /&gt;• dedicated leased line connection with a dialup backup link   &lt;br /&gt;• Frame Relay connection with a DSL backup link   &lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(51, 51, 255);" &gt;• DSL VPN connection with a dialup backup link&lt;/span&gt;   &lt;br /&gt;• ATM connection with a DSL VPN backup link   &lt;br /&gt;• DSL connection with no backup link   &lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;8. Refer to the exhibit. The network administrator creates a standard access control list to prohibit traffic from the 192.168.1.0/24 network from reaching the 192.168.2.0/24 network while still permitting Internet access for all networks. On which router interface and in which direction should it be applied?&lt;br /&gt;• interface fa0/0, inbound   &lt;br /&gt;• interface fa0/0, outbound   &lt;br /&gt;• interface fa0/1, inbound   &lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(51, 51, 255);" &gt;• interface fa0/1, outbound&lt;/span&gt;   &lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;9. Refer to the exhibit. The server broadcasts an ARP request for the MAC address of its default gateway. If STP is not enabled, what is the result of this ARP request?&lt;br /&gt;• Router_1 contains the broadcast and replies with the MAC address of the next-hop router.   &lt;br /&gt;• Switch_A replies with the MAC address of the Router_1 E0 interface.   &lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(51, 51, 255);" &gt;• Switch_A and Switch_B continuously flood the message onto the network.&lt;/span&gt;   &lt;br /&gt;• Switch_B forwards the broadcast request and replies with the Router_1 address.   &lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;10. What are two best practices in wireless LAN design to ensure secure wireless access to the corporate network? (Choose two.)&lt;br /&gt;• Configure APs for broadcast SSID.   &lt;br /&gt;• Place APs as far apart as possible.   &lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(51, 51, 255);" &gt;• Use a separate WLAN for employees.    &lt;br /&gt;• Configure WPA.&lt;/span&gt;   &lt;br /&gt;• Use wireless routers in all IDFs.   &lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;11. In a well-designed, high-availability network, which device significantly affects the most users if a failure occurs?   &lt;br /&gt;• desktop PC of the user   &lt;br /&gt;• large switch in the network core layer   &lt;br /&gt;• large switch in the network distribution layer   &lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(51, 51, 255);" &gt;• small workgroup switch in the network access layer&lt;/span&gt;   &lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;12. Which two statements are true regarding network convergence? (Choose two.)   &lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color:#ff0000;"&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(51, 51, 255);"&gt;• In a large network, using the EIGRP or OSPF routing protocols rather than RIPv2 may improve convergence time.     &lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/span&gt;• Using STP at the core layer improves convergence time by allowing the use of  redundant links between devices.   &lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(51, 51, 255);" &gt;• Route summarization improves convergence time by minimizing the size of the routing table.&lt;/span&gt;   &lt;br /&gt;• A full mesh topology improves convergence time by allowing load balancing.   &lt;br /&gt;• ACLs can be configured to improve convergence time.   &lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;13. Centralizing servers in a data center server farm can provide which benefit over a distributed server environment?   &lt;br /&gt;• It keeps client-to-server traffic local to a single subnet.   &lt;br /&gt;• Servers located in a data center require less bandwidth.   &lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(51, 51, 255);" &gt;• It is easier to filter and prioritize traffic to and from the data center.&lt;/span&gt;   &lt;br /&gt;• Server farms are not subject to denial of service attacks.   &lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;14. Refer to the exhibit. What effect does the ACL shown have on network traffic, assuming that it is correctly applied to the interface?&lt;br /&gt;• All traffic to network 172.16.0.0 is denied.   &lt;br /&gt;• All TCP traffic is denied to and from network 172.16.0.0.   &lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(51, 51, 255);" &gt;• All Telnet traffic from the 172.16.0.0 network to any destination is denied.&lt;/span&gt;   &lt;br /&gt;• All port 23 traffic to the 172.16.0.0 network is denied.   &lt;br /&gt;• All traffic from the 172.16.0.0 network is denied to any other network.   &lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;15. Which Cisco IOS function can be configured at the distribution layer to filter unwanted traffic and provide traffic management?&lt;br /&gt;• virus protection   &lt;br /&gt;• spyware protection   &lt;br /&gt;• VPNs   &lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(51, 51, 255);" &gt;• access control lists&lt;/span&gt;   &lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;16. What kind of ACL inspects outbound UDP, TCP, and ICMP traffic and allows inbound access only to traffic that belongs to these established sessions?&lt;br /&gt;• dynamic ACL   &lt;br /&gt;• time-based ACL   &lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(51, 51, 255);" &gt;• reflexive ACL&lt;/span&gt;   &lt;br /&gt;• lock and key ACL   &lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;17. Which three functions are performed at the distribution layer of the hierarchical network model? (Choose three.)   &lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(51, 51, 255);" &gt;• summarizing routes from the access layer&lt;/span&gt;   &lt;br /&gt;• allowing end users to access the local network   &lt;br /&gt;• providing the gateway of last resort for core layer devices   &lt;br /&gt;• preserving bandwidth at the access layer by filtering network functions   &lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(51, 51, 255);" &gt;• isolating network problems to prevent them from affecting the core layer    &lt;br /&gt;• utilizing redundant links for load balancing to increase available bandwidth&lt;/span&gt;   &lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;18. Refer to the exhibit. Which two devices are part of the access design layer? (Choose two.)   &lt;br /&gt;• Edge2   &lt;br /&gt;• ISP4   &lt;br /&gt;• BR4   &lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(51, 51, 255);" &gt;• FC-AP&lt;/span&gt;   &lt;br /&gt;• FC-CPE-1   &lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(51, 51, 255);" &gt;• FC-ASW-2&lt;/span&gt;   &lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;19. What is true about implementing a centralized server farm topology?   &lt;br /&gt;• requires direct cabling from the MPOE to enhance the performance of servers   &lt;br /&gt;• requires the addition of high-capacity switches to each workgroup   &lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(51, 51, 255);" &gt;• provides defined entry and exit points so that filtering and securing traffic is easier&lt;/span&gt;   &lt;br /&gt;• allows for placement of workgroup servers at the access layer   &lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;20. Refer to the exhibit. What happens when Host 1 attempts to send data?   &lt;br /&gt;• Frames from Host 1 are dropped, but no other action is taken.   &lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(51, 51, 255);" &gt;• Frames from Host 1 cause the interface to shut down, and a log message is sent.&lt;/span&gt;   &lt;br /&gt;• Frames from Host 1 are forwarded, but a log message is sent.   &lt;br /&gt;• Frames from Host 1 are forwarded, and the mac-address table is updated.   &lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;21. Which two considerations are valid when designing access layer security?(Choose two.)   &lt;br /&gt;• In a large wireless network, the most efficient method to secure the WLAN is MAC address filtering.   &lt;br /&gt;• DoS attacks are normally launched against end-user PCs and can be mitigated by installing personal firewalls on all company PCs.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(51, 51, 255);" &gt;• SSH is more secure than Telnet to administer network devices.    &lt;br /&gt;• Disabling unused ports on the switches helps prevent unauthorized access to the network.&lt;/span&gt;   &lt;br /&gt;• All Telnet passwords are at least 6 characters long.   &lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;22. What address can be used to summarize only networks 172.16.0.0/24, 172.16.1.0/24, 172.16.2.0/24, and 172.16.3.0/24?   &lt;br /&gt;• 172.16.0.0/21   &lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(51, 51, 255);" &gt;• 172.16.0.0/22&lt;/span&gt;   &lt;br /&gt;• 172.16.0.0 255.255.255.248   &lt;br /&gt;• 172.16.0.0 255.255.254.0   &lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;23. Which two items in a physical WLAN design can be identified through a site survey? (Choose two.)   &lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(51, 51, 255);" &gt;• the types of antennas that are required&lt;/span&gt;   &lt;br /&gt;• the encryption techniques that are required   &lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(51, 51, 255);" &gt;• the access point hardware that is required&lt;/span&gt;   &lt;br /&gt;• the different levels of access that are required   &lt;br /&gt;• the connection reliability that is required   &lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;24. Refer to the exhibit. Which two statements correctly describe the benefits of the network access layer design that is shown? (Choose two.)&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(51, 51, 255);" &gt;• If host A sends a broadcast message, only hosts in VLAN10 receive the broadcast frame.&lt;/span&gt;   &lt;br /&gt;• If host A attempts to transmit data at the same time as another host, only hosts in VLAN10 are affected by the collision.   &lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(51, 51, 255);" &gt;• Segmenting all voice traffic on a separate VLAN facilitates the implementation of QoS.&lt;/span&gt;   &lt;br /&gt;• VLANs improve network performance by facilitating the use of route summarization.   &lt;br /&gt;• VLANs at the access layer help guarantee network availability by facilitating load balancing.   &lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;25. What are three ways to ensure that an unwanted user does not connect to a wireless network and view the data? (Choose three.)&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(51, 51, 255);" &gt;• Disable SSID broadcasting.&lt;/span&gt;   &lt;br /&gt;• Configure filters to restrict IP addresses.   &lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(51, 51, 255);" &gt;• Use authentication between clients and the wireless device.&lt;/span&gt;   &lt;br /&gt;• Use NetBIOS name filtering between clients and the wireless device.   &lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color:#ff0000;"&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(51, 51, 255);"&gt;• Configure strong encryption such as WPA.     &lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/span&gt;• Use a WEP compression method.&lt;div class="blogger-post-footer"&gt;&lt;img width='1' height='1' src='https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/tracker/4098964652719354601-7742761190168484317?l=ccna-exam-modules.blogspot.com' alt='' /&gt;&lt;/div&gt;&lt;img src="http://feeds.feedburner.com/~r/40Ccna-exam-modules/~4/rOnxavslqzo" height="1" width="1"/&gt;</description><app:edited xmlns:app="http://www.w3.org/2007/app">2009-08-17T01:39:28.490-07:00</app:edited><thr:total xmlns:thr="http://purl.org/syndication/thread/1.0">0</thr:total><feedburner:origLink>http://ccna-exam-modules.blogspot.com/2009/08/40-ccna-4-designing-and-supporting.html</feedburner:origLink></item><item><title>4.0 CCNA 3: Introducing Routing and Switching in the Enterprise:Final</title><link>http://feedproxy.google.com/~r/40Ccna-exam-modules/~3/12R6KOzFZe0/40-ccna-3-introducing-routing-and_5801.html</link><category>4.0 CCNA3disc</category><author>noreply@blogger.com (amor)</author><pubDate>Mon, 17 Aug 2009 01:33:48 PDT</pubDate><guid isPermaLink="false">tag:blogger.com,1999:blog-4098964652719354601.post-8122103136801823545</guid><description>1. In which VTP mode can a switch create VLANs, ignore VTP messages, and not pass local VLAN information to other VTP domain members?&lt;br /&gt;• client&lt;br /&gt;• server&lt;br /&gt;• pruning&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(51, 51, 255);"&gt;• transparent&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;2. What are two characteristics of an extended ACL? (Choose two.)&lt;br /&gt;• IP is used to specify TCP traffic only.&lt;br /&gt;• IP is used to specify TCP and UDP traffic only.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(51, 51, 255);"&gt;• IP is used to specify all TCP/IP protocols including TCP, UDP, ICMP and routing protocols.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;• Traffic can be filtered on source address only.&lt;br /&gt;• Traffic can be filtered on source and destination address only.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(51, 51, 255);"&gt;• Traffic can be filtered on source and destination address, protocol, and specific port number.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;3. Which two statements are true regarding a PPP connection between two Cisco routers? (Choose two.)&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(51, 51, 255);"&gt;• LCP tests the quality of the link.&lt;br /&gt;• LCP manages compression on the link&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;• Only a single NCP is allowed between the two routers.&lt;br /&gt;• NCP terminates the link when data exchange is complete.&lt;br /&gt;• With CHAP authentication, the routers exchange plain text passwords.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;4. Assuming VLSM is not being used, what impact will adding the command ip route 172.16.64.0 255.255.240.0 serial0/0 have on a router that is already operational in a network?&lt;br /&gt;• All packets with a destination address between 172.16.64.1 and 172.16.80.254 will be forwarded out serial0/0.&lt;br /&gt;• All packets with a destination address between 172.16.64.1 and 172.16.255.254 will be forwarded out serial0/0.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(51, 51, 255);"&gt;• All packets with a destination address between 172.16.64.1 and 172.16.79.254 will be forwarded out serial0/0.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;• All packets with a destination address between 172.16.0.1 and 172.16.64.254 will be forwarded out serial0/0.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;5.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;a href="http://lh5.ggpht.com/amnaj.suksamai/SP8JQV14KkI/AAAAAAAAAg4/evTLUwK9Gp4/8%5B8%5D.jpg"&gt;&lt;img alt="8" src="http://lh4.ggpht.com/amnaj.suksamai/SP8JVSbj8YI/AAAAAAAAAg8/hCRj_g65aR8/8_thumb%5B4%5D.jpg" border="0" width="485" height="265" /&gt;&lt;/a&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Refer to the exhibit. The network is using OSPF as the routing protocol. A network administrator issues the show ip ospf neighbor command to check the status of operation. Which statement is true?&lt;br /&gt;• RB has the lowest priority value.&lt;br /&gt;• RC and RD have the lowest router IDs on the network.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(51, 51, 255);"&gt;• RA has established adjacencies with all neighbor routers.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;• RA and RB cannot form an adjacency because they are stuck in the 2-way state.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;6. A sales representative is preparing to send sensitive information to corporate headquarters from a hotel room using the Internet. Prior to the trip, the IT staff made the necessary provisions to allow secure Internet access. What solution was implemented for the sales representative?&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(51, 51, 255);"&gt;• VPN&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;• Frame Relay&lt;br /&gt;• PPP with CHAP authentication&lt;br /&gt;• PPP with PAP authentication&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;7.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;a href="http://lh3.ggpht.com/amnaj.suksamai/SP8FU9oQgUI/AAAAAAAAAew/t7MYiZFuN-4/1%5B4%5D.jpg"&gt;&lt;img alt="1" src="http://lh6.ggpht.com/amnaj.suksamai/SP8FYycvrpI/AAAAAAAAAe0/s1_cLiLmBjI/1_thumb%5B2%5D.jpg" border="0" width="485" height="225" /&gt;&lt;/a&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Refer to the exhibit. A network administrator noticed that the VLAN configuration changes at SW2 did not propagate to SW3. On the basis of the partial output of the show vtp status command, what is the possible cause of the problem?&lt;br /&gt;• VTP V2 mode is disabled.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(51, 51, 255);"&gt;• SW3 is configured as transparent mode.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;• The number of existing VLANs does not match.&lt;br /&gt;• The configuration revision number does not match.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;8.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;a href="http://lh4.ggpht.com/amnaj.suksamai/SP8JaHSkvdI/AAAAAAAAAhA/uCgb6vqQJuQ/1%5B9%5D.jpg"&gt;&lt;img alt="1" src="http://lh4.ggpht.com/amnaj.suksamai/SP8JeV83BbI/AAAAAAAAAhE/A36EMGVoqyE/1_thumb%5B5%5D.jpg" border="0" width="485" height="316" /&gt;&lt;/a&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Refer to the exhibit. Because of continuing instability of one of the serial links in the OSPF network, a network administrator configures router ASBR as shown. Which two statements will be a result of this configuration? (Choose two.)&lt;br /&gt;• Traffic intended for destinations across unstable serial links will be forwarded by ASBR even when the links are down&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(51, 51, 255);"&gt;• A summary route of 192.168.0.0/22 will be advertised to the ISP router.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;• Serial links in range 192.168.0.0 255.255.252.0 will be forced into a passive state.&lt;br /&gt;• Networks connected to the unstable serial links will be placed in an unreachable state.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(51, 51, 255);"&gt;• Negative effects of route flapping will be reduced.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;9. Which two criteria are used by STP to select a root bridge? (Choose two.)&lt;br /&gt;• memory size&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(51, 51, 255);"&gt;• bridge priority&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;• number of ports&lt;br /&gt;• switch location&lt;br /&gt;• switching speed&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(51, 51, 255);"&gt;• base MAC address&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;10. A company is using a Class B IP addressing scheme and expects to need as many as 150 networks. What is the correct subnet mask to use with the network configuration?&lt;br /&gt;• 255.255.0.0&lt;br /&gt;• 255.255.240.0&lt;br /&gt;• 255.255.254.0&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(51, 51, 255);"&gt;• 255.255.255.0&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;• 255.255.255.128&lt;br /&gt;• 255.255.255.192&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;11.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;a href="http://lh4.ggpht.com/amnaj.suksamai/SP8JhP3IzNI/AAAAAAAAAhI/mI5YI9gMQSU/4%5B7%5D.jpg"&gt;&lt;img alt="4" src="http://lh5.ggpht.com/amnaj.suksamai/SP8Jj-rGiFI/AAAAAAAAAhM/sdiyIx-WB2s/4_thumb%5B3%5D.jpg" border="0" width="358" height="178" /&gt;&lt;/a&gt;&lt;br /&gt;What is the term for the value 2172416 that is highlighted in the output of the show ip eigrp topology command?&lt;br /&gt;• feasible distance of the successor&lt;br /&gt;• reported distance of the successor&lt;br /&gt;• feasible distance of the feasible successor&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(51, 51, 255);"&gt;• reported distance of the feasible successor&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;12.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;a href="http://lh3.ggpht.com/amnaj.suksamai/SP8FcwxIhCI/AAAAAAAAAe4/K4oPmOpDdI4/16%5B3%5D.jpg"&gt;&lt;img alt="16" src="http://lh4.ggpht.com/amnaj.suksamai/SP8Fgx-xhQI/AAAAAAAAAe8/KRAb6PpNHiw/16_thumb%5B1%5D.jpg" border="0" width="476" height="251" /&gt;&lt;/a&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Refer to the exhibit. RIPv2 is configured in the network shown. Hosts in the network have access to all internal networks but do not have Internet access. On which router should the commands, shown in the exhibit, be added to provide Internet access for all hosts in the network?&lt;br /&gt;• R1&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(51, 51, 255);"&gt;• R2&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;• R3&lt;br /&gt;• ISP&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;13. What do companies gain from the services performed at the enterprise edge?&lt;br /&gt;• faster communication with server farms&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(51, 51, 255);"&gt;• stronger security against malicious attacks&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;• faster communication with Internet destinations&lt;br /&gt;• enhanced performance and reliability through VLANs and redundant trunk links&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;14.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;a href="http://lh6.ggpht.com/amnaj.suksamai/SP8Jnl0wOBI/AAAAAAAAAhQ/Z-1nPUHKp-E/11%5B8%5D.jpg"&gt;&lt;img alt="11" src="http://lh6.ggpht.com/amnaj.suksamai/SP8JrXlB5GI/AAAAAAAAAhU/0Z0KPs80VZc/11_thumb%5B4%5D.jpg" border="0" width="485" height="255" /&gt;&lt;/a&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Refer to the exhibit. A network administrator wishes to deny Internet access to all R2 LAN hosts, while allowing these hosts to reach all other devices on the company networks. Where the ACL shown in the exhibit should be placed to meet these requirements?&lt;br /&gt;• R2: Fa0/0 inbound&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(51, 51, 255);"&gt;• R1: S0/1/0 outbound&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;• R1: S0/0/1 inbound&lt;br /&gt;• R2: S0/0/1 outbound&lt;br /&gt;• R2: Fa0/0 outbound&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;15.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;a href="http://lh3.ggpht.com/amnaj.suksamai/SP8FkzWASHI/AAAAAAAAAfA/2X9NhETMeiA/6%5B3%5D.jpg"&gt;&lt;img alt="6" src="http://lh6.ggpht.com/amnaj.suksamai/SP8FosckPvI/AAAAAAAAAfE/VD5DRVS0b6E/6_thumb%5B1%5D.jpg" border="0" width="480" height="221" /&gt;&lt;/a&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Refer to the exhibit. In what sequence (from first to last) does an OSPF router check the parameters listed when selecting the DR?&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(51, 51, 255);"&gt;• C, B, A, D&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;• D, C, B, A&lt;br /&gt;• A, B, C, D&lt;br /&gt;• A, C, B, D&lt;br /&gt;• B, C, A, D&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;16. What two statements are true regarding EIGRP tables? (Choose two.)&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(51, 51, 255);"&gt;• A feasible successor route can be found in the topology table.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;• A successor route can only be found in the routing table.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(51, 51, 255);"&gt;• The topology table shows whether a route is in the passive or active state.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;• The routing table shows the amount of time elapsed since a router adjacency was formed.&lt;br /&gt;• The neighbor table shows all adjacent Cisco devices.&lt;br /&gt;• Administrative distance is shown as a column in the neighbor table.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;17.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;a href="http://lh6.ggpht.com/amnaj.suksamai/SP8Jv-4_D-I/AAAAAAAAAhY/XTvJN718CMU/10%5B8%5D.jpg"&gt;&lt;img alt="10" src="http://lh3.ggpht.com/amnaj.suksamai/SP8J0cjWBNI/AAAAAAAAAhc/76RkLOOYlAA/10_thumb%5B4%5D.jpg" border="0" width="440" height="288" /&gt;&lt;/a&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Refer to the exhibit. Assuming that all three routers are configured with the EIGRP routing protocol and sharing information, what information can be gathered from the show command output?&lt;br /&gt;• Router B has EIGRP adjacencies with both router A and C.&lt;br /&gt;• Router B has a fully converged topology table.&lt;br /&gt;• Router B has not formed an adjacency with router A.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(51, 51, 255);"&gt;• Router B has not formed an adjacency with router C.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;18. Which three statements are true about RSTP? (Choose three.)&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(51, 51, 255);"&gt;• RSTP can fall back to STP to provide support for legacy equipment.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;• RSTP and STP have the same number of port states.&lt;br /&gt;• Like PortFast and UplinkFast, RSTP is a proprietary protocol.&lt;br /&gt;• RSTP takes up to 50 seconds to converge.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(51, 51, 255);"&gt;• RSTP requires a point-to-point, full-duplex connection.&lt;br /&gt;• RSTP views all ports that are not discarding as part of an active topology.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;19.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;a href="http://lh6.ggpht.com/amnaj.suksamai/SP8FqwuXh3I/AAAAAAAAAfI/7061DJOUq1g/15%5B2%5D.jpg"&gt;&lt;img alt="15" src="http://lh4.ggpht.com/amnaj.suksamai/SP8FtOCUs_I/AAAAAAAAAfM/spPxs2ADk14/15_thumb.jpg" border="0" width="377" height="72" /&gt;&lt;/a&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Refer to the exhibit. A network support technician has been asked to set an IP address on one of the FastEthernet interfaces on a new router. What is causing the interface to reject the address?&lt;br /&gt;• The IP address is already in use.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(51, 51, 255);"&gt;• The technician is using a network address.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;• The technician is using the wrong subnet mask for /26&lt;br /&gt;• The technician must enable VLSM on the interface.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;20.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;a href="http://lh6.ggpht.com/amnaj.suksamai/SP8FyL-K9II/AAAAAAAAAfQ/fknZbIq2n7o/8%5B3%5D.jpg"&gt;&lt;img alt="8" src="http://lh5.ggpht.com/amnaj.suksamai/SP8F2GB5gCI/AAAAAAAAAfU/NXZDidcqR68/8_thumb%5B1%5D.jpg" border="0" width="460" height="206" /&gt;&lt;/a&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Refer to the exhibit. A network administrator enters the command ip route 10.10.4.16 255.255.255.248 s0/0/1 into the router. What will be the result of this configuration?&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(51, 51, 255);"&gt;• A static route pointing to 10.10.4.16/29 is placed into the routing table.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;• A static route to 10.10.4.16/29 is placed into the routing table if interface FastEthernet0/1 goes down.&lt;br /&gt;• A static route pointing to 10.10.4.16/29 is only placed into the routing table if the route to 10.10.4.0 is removed.&lt;br /&gt;• A static route is not placed into the routing table because a RIP route that includes the destination network already exists.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;21.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;a href="http://lh4.ggpht.com/amnaj.suksamai/SP8F7SJD43I/AAAAAAAAAfY/5wRZMFvx4KM/10%5B4%5D.jpg"&gt;&lt;img alt="10" src="http://lh6.ggpht.com/amnaj.suksamai/SP8F_OZmzAI/AAAAAAAAAfc/1Bz1tmro3L8/10_thumb%5B2%5D.jpg" border="0" width="485" height="197" /&gt;&lt;/a&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Refer to the exhibit. R1 is connected to the Internet through its serial 0/0/0 interface. Hosts on the 192.168.100.0/24 LAN on R1 cannot communicate with hosts on the Internet. What two NAT configuration issues might explain this failure? (Choose two.)&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(51, 51, 255);"&gt;• The ip nat pool command has not been applied correctly.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;• The inside interface has not been defined on R1.&lt;br /&gt;• The access list does not include the group of IP addresses that are supported by the inside network.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(51, 51, 255);"&gt;• The ip address that is assigned to the serial 0/0/0 interface is incorrect&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;• The outside interface has not been defined on R1.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;22.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;a href="http://lh5.ggpht.com/amnaj.suksamai/SP8J6BT1PqI/AAAAAAAAAhg/eYumGHSHHa4/5%5B7%5D.jpg"&gt;&lt;img alt="5" src="http://lh5.ggpht.com/amnaj.suksamai/SP8KADCp_0I/AAAAAAAAAhk/R64NXt6WywI/5_thumb%5B3%5D.jpg" border="0" width="440" height="298" /&gt;&lt;/a&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Refer to the exhibit. R1 and R2 are connected via serial interfaces. Both interfaces show that there is Layer 2 connectivity between them. The administrator verifies that CDP is operational; however, pings between the two interfaces are unsuccessful. What is the cause of this connectivity problem?&lt;br /&gt;• no set loopback&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(51, 51, 255);"&gt;• incorrect subnet mask on R2&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;• incompatible bandwidth&lt;br /&gt;• incorrect IP address on R1&lt;br /&gt;• incompatible encapsulation&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;23. Which two statements describe how the information contained in a BPDU is used by a switch? (Choose two.)&lt;br /&gt;• to set the duplex mode of a redundant link&lt;br /&gt;• to activate looped paths throughout the network&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(51, 51, 255);"&gt;• to determine the root bridge&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;• to prevent loops by sharing routing tables between connected switches&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(51, 51, 255);"&gt;• to determine which ports are placed in forwarding mode&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;24. When MD5 authentication is used for OSPF routing protocol authentication, what two facts are known about the key? (Choose two.)&lt;br /&gt;• The key passes between routers in plain text.&lt;br /&gt;• The key is used to help generate an encrypted number for authentication.&lt;br /&gt;• The key passes between routers in encrypted form.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(51, 51, 255);"&gt;• The key is never transmitted.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;• The key can be captured by using a packet sniffer.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;25.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;a href="http://lh5.ggpht.com/amnaj.suksamai/SP8KEA7hrHI/AAAAAAAAAho/gWxdlpFXZEg/9%5B9%5D.jpg"&gt;&lt;img alt="9" src="http://lh4.ggpht.com/amnaj.suksamai/SP8KHidS6tI/AAAAAAAAAhs/vkYX3c39QK4/9_thumb%5B5%5D.jpg" border="0" width="485" height="260" /&gt;&lt;/a&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Refer to the exhibit. If router RTA fails, which statement is true?&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(51, 51, 255);"&gt;• Hosts A and B can reach each other, but cannot reach hosts C and D or the server.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;• No host can reach any other host.&lt;br /&gt;• Hosts A, B, C, and D can reach each other, but cannot reach the server.&lt;br /&gt;• All hosts can reach each other.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;26. Which command should a network administrator issue to disable default summarization in an EIGRP network?&lt;br /&gt;• Router(config-router)# null 0 route&lt;br /&gt;• Router(config-if)# no ip summary-address&lt;br /&gt;• Router(config-router)# no ip summary-address&lt;br /&gt;• Router(config-if)# no auto-summary&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(51, 51, 255);"&gt;• Router(config-router)# no auto-summary&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;27.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;a href="http://lh6.ggpht.com/amnaj.suksamai/SP8KO4gbH1I/AAAAAAAAAhw/P0_QNhEKkiY/3%5B9%5D.jpg"&gt;&lt;img alt="3" src="http://lh3.ggpht.com/amnaj.suksamai/SP8KV4Z4RpI/AAAAAAAAAh0/5Pq-W_iffB4/3_thumb%5B5%5D.jpg" border="0" width="427" height="471" /&gt;&lt;/a&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Refer to the exhibit. Users on the 172.30.20.0/24 network are unable to access any of the servers located on the 192.168.0.0/23 network. Given the network topology and OSPF configuration, what two problems exist in this network? (Choose two.)&lt;br /&gt;• There is a routing loop occurring between all three routers.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(51, 51, 255);"&gt;• There is a network statement missing.&lt;br /&gt;• Network 172.30.20.0 has an incorrect wildcard mask.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;• The OSPF Area configuration is incorrect.&lt;br /&gt;• /23 is an invalid subnet mask for the 192.168.0.0 network.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;28.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;a href="http://lh6.ggpht.com/amnaj.suksamai/SP8GCGKGCxI/AAAAAAAAAfg/RGmAHko61nE/11%5B3%5D.jpg"&gt;&lt;img alt="11" src="http://lh6.ggpht.com/amnaj.suksamai/SP8GE9wnegI/AAAAAAAAAfk/tZmzcpUuBmA/11_thumb%5B1%5D.jpg" border="0" width="248" height="327" /&gt;&lt;/a&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Refer to the exhibit. Which IP addressing scheme would be correct for the network?&lt;br /&gt;• H1-172.18.0.10/16&lt;br /&gt;H2-172.18.0.11/16&lt;br /&gt;H3-172.18.0.12/16&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(51, 51, 255);"&gt;• H1-172.18.0.10/16&lt;br /&gt;H2-172.19.0.10/16&lt;br /&gt;H3-172.18.0.11/16&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;• H1-172.18.0.10/16&lt;br /&gt;H2-172.18.0.11/16&lt;br /&gt;H3-172.19.0.11/16&lt;br /&gt;• H1-172.18.0.10/16&lt;br /&gt;H2-172.19.0.11/16&lt;br /&gt;H3-172.19.0.11/16&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;29.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;a href="http://lh6.ggpht.com/amnaj.suksamai/SP8GH4hHKhI/AAAAAAAAAfo/mLTugxh4850/14%5B4%5D.jpg"&gt;&lt;img alt="14" src="http://lh5.ggpht.com/amnaj.suksamai/SP8GKc1c9qI/AAAAAAAAAfs/MQaaOcVxPv8/14_thumb%5B2%5D.jpg" border="0" width="485" height="202" /&gt;&lt;/a&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Refer to the exhibit. An administrator is adding a new router to the network. The IP address 192.168.13.6/30 has been assigned to the connecting serial interface on R2. What IP address must the administrator assign to the serial interface of the new router?&lt;br /&gt;• 192.168.13.4/30&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(51, 51, 255);"&gt;• 192.168.13.5/30&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;• 192.168.13.7/30&lt;br /&gt;• 192.168.13.58/30&lt;br /&gt;• 192.168.13.61/27&lt;br /&gt;• 192.168.13.63/27&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;30. After comparing a previous baseline to current network statistics, the network engineer has discovered a significant increase in unwarranted traffic to the extranet. Which two steps simplify administration and control the unwanted traffic? (Choose two.)&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(51, 51, 255);"&gt;• define an ACL at the distribution layer to isolate packets&lt;br /&gt;• add an ACL at the router in the enterprise edge to block the traffic&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;• deploy a Layer 3 switch to contain broadcasts&lt;br /&gt;• connect remote locations directly to the intranet&lt;br /&gt;• configure all hosts with the same default gateway to eliminate unnecessary broadcasts&lt;br /&gt;• deploy one core ISP router to reduce the delay in path determination&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;31. Which statement is accurate about the CIR in Frame Relay?&lt;br /&gt;• It is important to purchase a CIR that matches the highest bandwidth requirements of the enterprise.&lt;br /&gt;• The CIR can be no lower than the port speed of the local loop.&lt;br /&gt;• The CIR defines the contracted maximum rate available from the service provider on the Frame Relay circuit&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(51, 51, 255);"&gt;• It is possible to burst over the CIR if bandwidth is available.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;32. A sales representative is using a wireless connection to make a VoIP call. Which protocol will be used to transport the voice packets?&lt;br /&gt;• TCP&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(51, 51, 255);"&gt;• UDP&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;• PPP&lt;br /&gt;• HDLC&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;33. A network administrator wants to deny responses to ping requests. Which ACL statement denies ping responses while not affecting other traffic?&lt;br /&gt;• access-list 123 deny tcp any any eq 80&lt;br /&gt;• access-list 123 deny tcp any any eq 20&lt;br /&gt;• access-list 123 deny tcp any any eq 21&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(51, 51, 255);"&gt;• access-list 123 deny icmp any any echo-reply&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;• access-list 101 deny tcp any any established&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;34. Why would a network administrator want to limit the size of failure domains when designing a network?&lt;br /&gt;• to eliminate the effects of Ethernet collisions&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(51, 51, 255);"&gt;• to reduce the impact of a key device or service failure&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;• to reduce the impact of Internet congestion on critical traffic&lt;br /&gt;• to eliminate the need to block broadcast packets at the edge of the local network&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;35. What are two benefits of implementing VLANs in an enterprise network? (Choose two.)&lt;br /&gt;• eliminates the need for a Layer 3 device&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(51, 51, 255);"&gt;• provides segmentation of broadcast domains&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;• allows for the propagation of broadcasts from one local network to another&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(51, 51, 255);"&gt;• allows for the logical grouping of devices despite physical location&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;• prevents issues such as broadcast storms by ensuring a loop free environment&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;36. Which three IP addresses are valid host addresses in the 10.200.0.0/20 network? (Choose three.)&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(51, 51, 255);"&gt;• 10.200.11.69&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;• 10.200.16.1&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(51, 51, 255);"&gt;• 10.200.0.255&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;• 10.201.0.55&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(51, 51, 255);"&gt;• 10.200.15.240&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;• 10.200.30.29&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;37.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;a href="http://lh3.ggpht.com/amnaj.suksamai/SP8GN1SMqXI/AAAAAAAAAfw/8AKFOO1Odec/5%5B3%5D.jpg"&gt;&lt;img alt="5" src="http://lh5.ggpht.com/amnaj.suksamai/SP8GRV8Qh5I/AAAAAAAAAf0/E2_Wr0QrJxM/5_thumb%5B1%5D.jpg" border="0" width="436" height="299" /&gt;&lt;/a&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Refer to the exhibit. Assuming that the RIPv1 routing protocol is enabled and that all networks are being advertised, which statement is true?&lt;br /&gt;• All packets from H1 that are destined to H2 will arrive at H2.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(51, 51, 255);"&gt;• None of the packets from H1 that are destined to H2 will arrive at H2.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;• Approximately half the traffic from H1 that is destined to H2 will reach R3.&lt;br /&gt;• Some of the packets from H1 that are destined to H2 will be sent to the switch that is connected to network 192.168.3.64/26.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;38.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;a href="http://lh3.ggpht.com/amnaj.suksamai/SP8GWwOEplI/AAAAAAAAAf4/tXx4MHZ7ilc/2%5B4%5D.jpg"&gt;&lt;img alt="2" src="http://lh6.ggpht.com/amnaj.suksamai/SP8GapigYbI/AAAAAAAAAf8/lcnLrhde31o/2_thumb%5B2%5D.jpg" border="0" width="485" height="138" /&gt;&lt;/a&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Refer to the exhibit. Which route will appear in the routing table?&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(51, 51, 255);"&gt;• R 10.10.4.0/24 [120/1] via 10.10.10.1, 00:00:12, FastEthernet0/1&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;• R 10.10.4.0/24 [120/1] via 10.10.20.1, 00:00:12, FastEthernet0/0&lt;br /&gt;• R 10.10.4.0/24 [120/2] via 10.10.20.1, 00:00:12, FastEthernet0/0&lt;br /&gt;• R 10.10.4.0/24 [120/3] via 10.10.30.1, 00:00:12, FastEthernet1/0&lt;br /&gt;• R 10.10.4.0/24 [120/1] via 10.10.30.1, 00:00:12, FastEthernet1/0&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;39.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;a href="http://lh3.ggpht.com/amnaj.suksamai/SP8Kdn8lFwI/AAAAAAAAAh4/c2Ka1-SR9Nk/13%5B9%5D.jpg"&gt;&lt;img alt="13" src="http://lh6.ggpht.com/amnaj.suksamai/SP8KizVH-rI/AAAAAAAAAh8/MbyEDxRh2SE/13_thumb%5B5%5D.jpg" border="0" width="485" height="318" /&gt;&lt;/a&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Refer to the exhibit. Server7 has been added to the server farm network. The hosts can ping Servers 2 and 3 and Server2 and Server3 can ping each other. Server7 cannot ping the other servers connected to the switch. What is the cause of this problem?&lt;br /&gt;• The Fa0/1 port on the switch should be in access mode.&lt;br /&gt;• The switch IP address is not on the same subnet as Server7.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(51, 51, 255);"&gt;• The switch port used for Server7 is not in the same VLAN as Server2 and Server3.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;• The Fa0/0 interface of the router has not been configured for subinterfaces to support inter-VLAN routing.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;40. What will be the two wildcard masks required in an extended access list statement that blocks traffic to host 192.168.5.45 from the 172.16.240.0/27 network? (Choose two.)&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(51, 51, 255);"&gt;• 0.0.0.0&lt;/span&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(51, 51, 255);"&gt; 5 &lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;• 255.255.240.0&lt;br /&gt;• 255.255.255.255&lt;br /&gt;• 0.0.31.255&lt;br /&gt;• 255.255.255.240&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(51, 51, 255);"&gt;• 0.0.0.31&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;41. If a modem is being used to connect to an ISP, which WAN connection type is being used?&lt;br /&gt;• leased line&lt;br /&gt;• cell switched&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(51, 51, 255);"&gt;• circuit switched&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;• packet switched&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;42.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;a href="http://lh6.ggpht.com/amnaj.suksamai/SP8GfxR7oNI/AAAAAAAAAgA/8id8xl0cgXo/3%5B5%5D.jpg"&gt;&lt;img alt="3" src="http://lh5.ggpht.com/amnaj.suksamai/SP8GjOLF1vI/AAAAAAAAAgE/NYT5g3iu91k/3_thumb%5B3%5D.jpg" border="0" width="485" height="253" /&gt;&lt;/a&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Refer to the exhibit. A network administrator must manually summarize all IP addresses on the POP router for the ISP. Which one is the correct summary address?&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(51, 51, 255);"&gt;• 192.168.0.0/22&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;• 192.168.0.0/23&lt;br /&gt;• 192.168.0.0/24&lt;br /&gt;• 192.168.0.0/25&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;43.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;a href="http://lh6.ggpht.com/amnaj.suksamai/SP8Kl6E_3uI/AAAAAAAAAiA/KqiaABz3cTo/2%5B8%5D.jpg"&gt;&lt;img alt="2" src="http://lh5.ggpht.com/amnaj.suksamai/SP8KpE6hYqI/AAAAAAAAAiE/kEfds3HrkrQ/2_thumb%5B4%5D.jpg" border="0" width="375" height="237" /&gt;&lt;/a&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Refer to the exhibit. OSPF is enabled and the network has completely converged. Which two routers will be designated as DROTHER routers? (Choose two.)&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(51, 51, 255);"&gt;• R1&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;• R2&lt;br /&gt;• R3&lt;br /&gt;• R4&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;44.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;a href="http://lh4.ggpht.com/amnaj.suksamai/SP8KwB6YJFI/AAAAAAAAAiI/XI1qeVN3lTM/7%5B8%5D.jpg"&gt;&lt;img alt="7" src="http://lh5.ggpht.com/amnaj.suksamai/SP8K29HWFeI/AAAAAAAAAiM/_sw14ZJ0o3Q/7_thumb%5B4%5D.jpg" border="0" width="464" height="324" /&gt;&lt;/a&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Refer to the exhibit. What two conclusions can be drawn from the displayed output? (Choose two.)&lt;br /&gt;• A packet with a destination IP address of 172.20.1.14 will exit the router via the Serial 0/1/0n interface.&lt;br /&gt;• The default administrative distance for EIGRP has been changed.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(51, 51, 255);"&gt;• Network 172.20.1.4 can be reached through two possible routes of equal cost.&lt;br /&gt;• The addresses on this network were created using VLSM.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;• The router connected to Serial 0/1/1 is advertising four separate routes through EIGRP to this router.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;45.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;a href="http://lh3.ggpht.com/amnaj.suksamai/SP8GojSpNjI/AAAAAAAAAgI/7hv3jDSl1_c/4%5B3%5D.jpg"&gt;&lt;img alt="4" src="http://lh4.ggpht.com/amnaj.suksamai/SP8GuEXkNkI/AAAAAAAAAgM/ZdAC-Yqa2X0/4_thumb%5B1%5D.jpg" border="0" width="289" height="281" /&gt;&lt;/a&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Refer to the exhibit. What two pieces of information can be gathered from the output of this command? (Choose two.)&lt;br /&gt;• 172.16.16.0/20 is a manually summarized route.&lt;br /&gt;• All subnets are being advertised because default summarization was disabled.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(51, 51, 255);"&gt;• The output verifies that EIGRP is advertising only the networks in the same AS.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;• The 172.16.1.0/24 network is directly attached to the router that produced this output.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(51, 51, 255);"&gt;• The Null0 interface indicates that this is not an actual path, but a summary for advertising purposes.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;46.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;a href="http://lh5.ggpht.com/amnaj.suksamai/SP8GycSMebI/AAAAAAAAAgQ/MjccDZotg2s/7%5B4%5D.jpg"&gt;&lt;img alt="7" src="http://lh6.ggpht.com/amnaj.suksamai/SP8G2MjGGlI/AAAAAAAAAgU/BcL2jERFOx0/7_thumb%5B2%5D.jpg" border="0" width="485" height="268" /&gt;&lt;/a&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Refer to the exhibit. What three facts represent the result of DR and BDR elections in this OSPF network? (Choose three.)&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(51, 51, 255);"&gt;• RTC will be the DR of 10.5.0.0/30&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;• RTD will be the BDR of 10.5.0.0/30.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(51, 51, 255);"&gt;• RTD will be the DR of 10.4.0.0/28.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;• RTB will be the BDR of 10.7.0.0/28.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(51, 51, 255);"&gt;• RTB will be the DR of 10.7.0.0/28.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;• RTA will be the BDR of 10.4.0.0/28.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;47.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;a href="http://lh3.ggpht.com/amnaj.suksamai/SP8G-BtvSmI/AAAAAAAAAgY/bCsVtmHL9eY/12%5B4%5D.jpg"&gt;&lt;img alt="12" src="http://lh3.ggpht.com/amnaj.suksamai/SP8HDeQKmPI/AAAAAAAAAgc/uYMUvhQFCxM/12_thumb%5B2%5D.jpg" border="0" width="485" height="224" /&gt;&lt;/a&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Refer to the exhibit. Internet access is crucial for the company network shown. Internet access is provided by two ISPs. ISP1 is the primary provider and ISP2 is the backup provider. The network administrator configures BorderR as the border router so that in normal operations, all Internet traffic goes through ISP1. However, if the link to ISP1 fails, then BorderR will automatically forward Internet traffic to ISP2. The administrator configures two default routes:&lt;br /&gt;BorderR(config)# ip route 0.0.0.0 0.0.0.0 192.168.100.1 200&lt;br /&gt;BorderR(config)# ip route 0.0.0.0 0.0.0.0 172.16.1.1&lt;br /&gt;However, when the administrator issued the show ip route command to verify the configuration, only the second default route is in the routing table. Why is the first default route not showing?&lt;br /&gt;• The first configuration command overwrites the second command.&lt;br /&gt;• The first default route will be installed into the routing table if there is traffic with an IP address that is destined for the 192.168.100.0 network.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(51, 51, 255);"&gt;• This is expected because the link to ISP1 is active. If the link to ISP1 goes down, then the first default route will be installed into the routing table.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;• The first default route cannot be installed into the routing table unless the administrator manually disables the second default route with the no ip route 0.0.0.0 0.0.0.0 172.16.1.1 command.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;48.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;a href="http://lh4.ggpht.com/amnaj.suksamai/SP8HITEHfrI/AAAAAAAAAgg/0WhxegsswhY/17%5B4%5D.jpg"&gt;&lt;img alt="17" src="http://lh5.ggpht.com/amnaj.suksamai/SP8HL9E28zI/AAAAAAAAAgk/dTxZDkpwx9I/17_thumb%5B2%5D.jpg" border="0" width="485" height="253" /&gt;&lt;/a&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Refer to the exhibit. If R4 is announcing all shown internal networks as a summary address to the ISP, which summary address will be most specific?&lt;br /&gt;• 192.168.1.0/22&lt;br /&gt;• 192.168.4.0/21&lt;br /&gt;• 192.168.6.0/23&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(51, 51, 255);"&gt;• 192.168.8.0/21&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;• 192.168.4.0/22&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;49. Which two statements are true about the native VLAN on a switch? (Choose two.)&lt;br /&gt;• It requires a special VLAN ID tag.&lt;br /&gt;• It is unable to be changed to a different VLAN.&lt;br /&gt;• Untagged traffic slows the switching process down&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(51, 51, 255);"&gt;• The native VLAN defaults to VLAN 1 on Cisco Catalyst switches.&lt;br /&gt;• Untagged frames that are received on a trunk become members of this VLAN&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;50.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;a href="http://lh6.ggpht.com/amnaj.suksamai/SP8HUHFCx6I/AAAAAAAAAgo/vpLEBj03ueo/13%5B4%5D.jpg"&gt;&lt;img alt="13" src="http://lh6.ggpht.com/amnaj.suksamai/SP8HalkMlaI/AAAAAAAAAgs/G3c3s9PyLMw/13_thumb%5B2%5D.jpg" border="0" width="485" height="400" /&gt;&lt;/a&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Refer to the exhibit. A company has recently installed a new switch (S2) into their network.After several minutes, the network administrator notices that the new VLAN information is not being propagated to the new switch. Given the show vtp status command output, what is the possible problem that prevents the information from being received by the new switch?&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(51, 51, 255);"&gt;• VTP version mismatch &lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;• VTP domain name mismatch&lt;br /&gt;• VTP revision number mismatch&lt;br /&gt;• Time synchronization problems&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;51.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;a href="http://lh5.ggpht.com/amnaj.suksamai/SP8K8QGMSDI/AAAAAAAAAiQ/wHIbmWx0VI4/6%5B8%5D.jpg"&gt;&lt;img alt="6" src="http://lh3.ggpht.com/amnaj.suksamai/SP8LArjRdMI/AAAAAAAAAiU/84UJky-V7zw/6_thumb%5B4%5D.jpg" border="0" width="485" height="182" /&gt;&lt;/a&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Refer to the exhibit. All routes in the exhibit are available to a router. Which two routes will be placed into the routing table? (Choose two.)&lt;br /&gt;• A&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(51, 51, 255);"&gt;• B&lt;br /&gt;• C&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;• D&lt;br /&gt;• E&lt;br /&gt;• F&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;52.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;a href="http://lh6.ggpht.com/amnaj.suksamai/SP8LH0xn95I/AAAAAAAAAiY/3DESQVKr1vc/12%5B9%5D.jpg"&gt;&lt;img alt="12" src="http://lh4.ggpht.com/amnaj.suksamai/SP8LNOhA-uI/AAAAAAAAAic/2rTIsbzFgrc/12_thumb%5B5%5D.jpg" border="0" width="485" height="312" /&gt;&lt;/a&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Refer to the exhibit. What is the purpose of the command: RouterA(config)# access-list 1 permit 192.168.16.0 0.0.0.255?&lt;br /&gt;• It identifies traffic on all inside interfaces to be translated and given access to the ISP router.&lt;br /&gt;• It identifies traffic from the fa0/1 interface to be translated and given access to the ISP router.&lt;br /&gt;• It allows traffic from the ISP to reach all of the inside interfaces.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(51, 51, 255);"&gt;• It identifies traffic from the fa0/0 interface to be translated and given access to the ISP router&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;• It allows traffic from the ISP router to the fa0/1 interface.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;53. The headquarters of a corporation uses static routes to connect to three branch offices. What are two advantages of using static routes for the WAN connections? (Choose two.)&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(51, 51, 255);"&gt;• Static routes are more secure.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;• Static routes converge faster.&lt;br /&gt;• Static routes have higher administrative distances than dynamic routing protocols.&lt;br /&gt;• The metrics of a static route need adjusting only if the bandwidth of the WAN connection changes.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(51, 51, 255);"&gt;• They are more stable and less susceptible to network changes in the interior gateway protocol.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;54. What are two ways VLAN memberships can be created in an enterprise network? (Choose two.)&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(51, 51, 255);"&gt;• manually configuring the switch ports to be part of a VLAN&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;• allowing the user to choose a specific VLAN through a GUI menu&lt;br /&gt;• configuring the switch to allow VLAN membership based on NetBIOS association&lt;br /&gt;• implementing an access list that specifies which devices are placed into specific VLANs.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(51, 51, 255);"&gt;• associating MAC addresses to specific VLANs in a VLAN management policy server database&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;• manually configuring the host devices to be part of a VLAN&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;55. Which two statements are true about RIPv1 and RIPv2? (Choose two.)&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(51, 51, 255);"&gt;• Both versions broadcast updates on port 520.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;• Both versions send the subnet mask as part of the update.&lt;br /&gt;• By default, both versions will receive RIPv1 and RIPv2 updates.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(51, 51, 255);"&gt;• Both versions support the features of split horizon and poison reverse&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;• By default, both versions automatically summarize routes.&lt;br /&gt;• RIPv1 has a higher AD than RIPv2 has.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;56. Which bandwidth allocation technique minimizes bandwidth waste by reallocating unused time slices to communicating users?&lt;br /&gt;• VPN&lt;br /&gt;• NCP&lt;br /&gt;• TDM&lt;br /&gt;• STP&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(51, 51, 255);"&gt;• STDM&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;57.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;a href="http://lh4.ggpht.com/amnaj.suksamai/SP8HgLj0ZQI/AAAAAAAAAgw/3eLkJjXy2Bs/9%5B4%5D.jpg"&gt;&lt;img alt="9" src="http://lh5.ggpht.com/amnaj.suksamai/SP8Hjtq7gVI/AAAAAAAAAg0/lhhaTix7qas/9_thumb%5B2%5D.jpg" border="0" width="485" height="137" /&gt;&lt;/a&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Refer to the exhibit. What is represented by the Null0 route for the 128.107.0.0 network?&lt;br /&gt;• a child route that is defined&lt;br /&gt;• a parent route that is defined and sourced from a physical interface&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(51, 51, 255);"&gt;• a summary route for advertising purposes, not an actual path&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;• the result of the no auto-summary command on a router&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;58. If an authentication protocol is configured for PPP operation, when is the client or user workstation authenticated?&lt;br /&gt;• prior to link establishment&lt;br /&gt;• during the link establishment phase&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(51, 51, 255);"&gt;• before the network layer protocol configuration begins&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;• after the network layer protocol configuration has ended&lt;div class="blogger-post-footer"&gt;&lt;img width='1' height='1' src='https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/tracker/4098964652719354601-8122103136801823545?l=ccna-exam-modules.blogspot.com' alt='' /&gt;&lt;/div&gt;&lt;img src="http://feeds.feedburner.com/~r/40Ccna-exam-modules/~4/12R6KOzFZe0" height="1" width="1"/&gt;</description><app:edited xmlns:app="http://www.w3.org/2007/app">2009-08-17T01:33:48.163-07:00</app:edited><media:thumbnail url="http://lh4.ggpht.com/amnaj.suksamai/SP8JVSbj8YI/AAAAAAAAAg8/hCRj_g65aR8/s72-c/8_thumb%5B4%5D.jpg" height="72" width="72" /><thr:total xmlns:thr="http://purl.org/syndication/thread/1.0">0</thr:total><feedburner:origLink>http://ccna-exam-modules.blogspot.com/2009/08/40-ccna-3-introducing-routing-and_5801.html</feedburner:origLink></item><item><title>4.0 CCNA 3: Introducing Routing and Switching in the Enterprise:Module 9</title><link>http://feedproxy.google.com/~r/40Ccna-exam-modules/~3/JdwdTJaSTN4/40-ccna-3-introducing-routing-and_9379.html</link><category>4.0 CCNA3disc</category><author>noreply@blogger.com (amor)</author><pubDate>Mon, 17 Aug 2009 01:32:34 PDT</pubDate><guid isPermaLink="false">tag:blogger.com,1999:blog-4098964652719354601.post-1227284452421764444</guid><description>1.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;a href="http://lh5.ggpht.com/amnaj.suksamai/SP7vGAo6s3I/AAAAAAAAAck/aUgGsH5yPtM/1%5B4%5D.jpg"&gt;&lt;img alt="1" src="http://lh4.ggpht.com/amnaj.suksamai/SP7vM0UqW5I/AAAAAAAAAcs/NbhwFhIPngs/1_thumb%5B2%5D.jpg" border="0" width="485" height="526" /&gt;&lt;/a&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Refer to the exhibit. Based on the output shown, to which IP network should the workstations in the Support department belong?&lt;br /&gt;• 192.168.1.0&lt;br /&gt;• 172.16.1.0&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(51, 51, 255);"&gt;• 172.16.3.0&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;• 172.16.5.0&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;2.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;a href="http://lh6.ggpht.com/amnaj.suksamai/SP7vTSXCImI/AAAAAAAAAcw/jK6MRzrJe9M/2%5B4%5D.jpg"&gt;&lt;img alt="2" src="http://lh3.ggpht.com/amnaj.suksamai/SP7vaklmKTI/AAAAAAAAAc0/pcDHFHwRfbY/2_thumb%5B2%5D.jpg" border="0" width="490" height="532" /&gt;&lt;/a&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Refer to the exhibit. A network administrator is doing proactive network maintenance. The administrator pings 192.168.1.100 and compares the results to the baseline data. Based on the comparison of the two pings, what is one possibility?&lt;br /&gt;• There is an ACL applied, making the destination host unreachable.&lt;br /&gt;• There is a malfunctioning NIC on the destination host.&lt;br /&gt;• The sending host is unable to access the network.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(51, 51, 255);"&gt;• There are congestion problems on the network.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;3.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;a href="http://lh6.ggpht.com/amnaj.suksamai/SP7vk7GQXWI/AAAAAAAAAc4/TAnRLMWcFHA/3%5B5%5D.jpg"&gt;&lt;img alt="3" src="http://lh5.ggpht.com/amnaj.suksamai/SP7vq8zTVeI/AAAAAAAAAc8/4SqucyMR4zo/3_thumb%5B3%5D.jpg" border="0" width="485" height="194" /&gt;&lt;/a&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Refer to the exhibit. Given the output generated by the debug ppp negotiation command, which statement is true?&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(51, 51, 255);"&gt;• The line protocol of the local router is now up.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;• The username ’Goleta’ is configured locally.&lt;br /&gt;• The command ppp authentication pap is configured on both routers.&lt;br /&gt;• The local router requested to terminate the session.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;4. What is important to consider while configuring the subinterfaces of a router when implementing inter-VLAN routing?&lt;br /&gt;• The subinterface numbers must match the VLAN ID number.&lt;br /&gt;• The physical interface must have an IP address configured.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(51, 51, 255);"&gt;• The IP address of each subinterface must be the default gateway address for each VLAN subnet.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;• The no shutdown command must be given on each subinterface.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;5.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;a href="http://lh5.ggpht.com/amnaj.suksamai/SP7v0rSIl8I/AAAAAAAAAdA/1-oNrOB0CJo/4%5B4%5D.jpg"&gt;&lt;img alt="4" src="http://lh5.ggpht.com/amnaj.suksamai/SP7v61ULRZI/AAAAAAAAAdE/J4dWwYsOlvo/4_thumb%5B2%5D.jpg" border="0" width="485" height="284" /&gt;&lt;/a&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Refer to the exhibit. A lab technician connects two routers together via a serial cable using the default interface configuration values. The interfaces are up; however, the technician is unable to ping between the two devices. What is the most likely problem?&lt;br /&gt;• The lab technician used the wrong cable to connect the serial ports.&lt;br /&gt;• There is an IP mismatch between the serial ports.&lt;br /&gt;• There is an encapsulation mismatch between the serial ports.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(255, 0, 0);"&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(51, 51, 255);"&gt;• No clock rate has been set on the DCE interface.   &lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;6.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;a href="http://lh4.ggpht.com/amnaj.suksamai/SP7v-gA3ZAI/AAAAAAAAAdI/AZ2Or5Xxiv8/5%5B4%5D.jpg"&gt;&lt;img alt="5" src="http://lh4.ggpht.com/amnaj.suksamai/SP7wCSPALTI/AAAAAAAAAdM/s5aGu00v22A/5_thumb%5B2%5D.jpg" border="0" width="485" height="116" /&gt;&lt;/a&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Refer to the exhibit. Based on the output shown, why is VTP information unable to propagate the network?&lt;br /&gt;• One of the two client mode switches must be reconfigured to Transparent mode.&lt;br /&gt;• Each switch must be synchronized to the network time server.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(51, 51, 255);"&gt;• The VTP domain names are different.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;• VTP passwords must be set.&lt;br /&gt;• The configuration revision numbers are all the same.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;7. The enterprise mail server software recently went through a minor update. A network administrator notices an excessive amount of traffic between a database server and the newly updated mail server, compared to the baseline data. What is the first action the administrator should do to investigate the problem?&lt;br /&gt;• Wait to see if the recent update will stabilize after a while.&lt;br /&gt;• Redo the baseline data to include the minor upgrade.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(51, 51, 255);"&gt;• Check the log to see what software components are producing the excess traffic.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;• Check for viruses and spyware on the database server.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;8.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;a href="http://lh3.ggpht.com/amnaj.suksamai/SP7wGy-NqsI/AAAAAAAAAdQ/EM8J8T4sBc4/6%5B4%5D.jpg"&gt;&lt;img alt="6" src="http://lh3.ggpht.com/amnaj.suksamai/SP7wMMeE7DI/AAAAAAAAAdU/qyBdOlSvz30/6_thumb%5B2%5D.jpg" border="0" width="485" height="214" /&gt;&lt;/a&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Refer to the exhibit. Users are reporting that they cannot access the Internet. Routers R1 and R2 are configured with RIP version 2 as shown. If R2 receives a packet with a destination address on the Internet, how is the packet routed?&lt;br /&gt;• The packet is routed to the ISP router and then to network 10.1.1.0/24.&lt;br /&gt;• The packet is routed to the ISP router and then to the Internet.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(51, 51, 255);"&gt;• The packet is routed to R1 and then forwarded out Fa0/0 on R1.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;• The packet will not be routed because R2 does not have a valid default route.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;9.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;a href="http://lh5.ggpht.com/amnaj.suksamai/SP7wR7fXdpI/AAAAAAAAAdY/vAJE6R-iReU/7%5B4%5D.jpg"&gt;&lt;img alt="7" src="http://lh6.ggpht.com/amnaj.suksamai/SP7wWIKDqTI/AAAAAAAAAdc/nOH7hlooy38/7_thumb%5B2%5D.jpg" border="0" width="485" height="307" /&gt;&lt;/a&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Refer to the exhibit. Both routers are configured using RIPv1. Both routers are sending updates about the directly connected routes. R1 can successfully ping the serial interface of R2. The routing table on R1 does not contain any dynamically learned routes from R2, and the routing table on R2 shows no dynamically learned routes from R1. What is the problem?&lt;br /&gt;• Subnetting is not supported by RIPv1.&lt;br /&gt;• One of the routers needs a clock rate on the serial interface.&lt;br /&gt;• The serial link between the two routers is unstable.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(51, 51, 255);"&gt;• VLSM is not supported by RIPv1.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;10.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;a href="http://lh5.ggpht.com/amnaj.suksamai/SP7wc_drhtI/AAAAAAAAAdg/GoqWHe_c3HM/8%5B4%5D.jpg"&gt;&lt;img alt="8" src="http://lh3.ggpht.com/amnaj.suksamai/SP7wibuniDI/AAAAAAAAAdk/OxtyfEDEkak/8_thumb%5B2%5D.jpg" border="0" width="485" height="353" /&gt;&lt;/a&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Refer to the exhibit. Host 192.168.1.14 is unable to download email from 192.168.2.200. After reviewing the output of the show running-config command, what problem is discovered?&lt;br /&gt;• Access to the SMTP server is denied.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(51, 51, 255);"&gt;• The destination host address in an ACL statement is incorrect.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;• The ACL is applied to the interface in the wrong direction.&lt;br /&gt;• The implicit deny any any is blocking all access to email.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;11. An employee called the help desk to report a laptop that could not access a web-based application on the Internet. The help desk technician asked the employee to open a Windows command prompt and type the ipconfig /all command. Which problem-solving technique did the technician choose?&lt;br /&gt;• top-down&lt;br /&gt;• bottom-up&lt;br /&gt;• substitution&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(51, 51, 255);"&gt;• divide-and-conquer&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;12.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;a href="http://lh4.ggpht.com/amnaj.suksamai/SP7wpODhPLI/AAAAAAAAAdo/_urMRrNPQvY/9%5B3%5D.jpg"&gt;&lt;img alt="9" src="http://lh3.ggpht.com/amnaj.suksamai/SP7wwJM8MEI/AAAAAAAAAds/e2YAghz29Yc/9_thumb%5B1%5D.jpg" border="0" width="454" height="462" /&gt;&lt;/a&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Refer to the exhibit. Based on the network diagram and the output shown, which statement is true?&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(51, 51, 255);"&gt;• The command was entered on router R1.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;• The command was entered on router R2.&lt;br /&gt;• The command was entered on router R3.&lt;br /&gt;• The command could have been entered on either R1 or R2.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;13.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;a href="http://lh3.ggpht.com/amnaj.suksamai/SP7wz3FVZEI/AAAAAAAAAdw/XKAsoAittaw/10%5B3%5D.jpg"&gt;&lt;img alt="10" src="http://lh6.ggpht.com/amnaj.suksamai/SP7w5MYrKOI/AAAAAAAAAd0/XuiEfeeh-mg/10_thumb%5B1%5D.jpg" border="0" width="365" height="356" /&gt;&lt;/a&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Refer to the exhibit. An ACL is configured to prevent access by network 192.168.1.0 to network 192.168.2.0, but it is not working properly. What problem is discovered after observing the output of the show running-config command?&lt;br /&gt;• The protocol type specified in the ACL should be TCP, not IP.&lt;br /&gt;• The source and destination addresses are reversed in the statement.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(51, 51, 255);"&gt;• The ACL is applied to the wrong interface, but the right direction.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;• The ACL is applied to the wrong interface and the wrong direction.&lt;br /&gt;• The permit ip any any statement allows network 192.168.1.0 access.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;14.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;a href="http://lh5.ggpht.com/amnaj.suksamai/SP7w_nV8EoI/AAAAAAAAAd4/PZMc3lU0l0o/11%5B4%5D.jpg"&gt;&lt;img alt="11" src="http://lh3.ggpht.com/amnaj.suksamai/SP7xEiDyPuI/AAAAAAAAAd8/pFSPDnAxBLM/11_thumb%5B2%5D.jpg" border="0" width="485" height="272" /&gt;&lt;/a&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Although all networks are reachable, the network administrator notices abnormal routing behavior after configuring OSPF on each router. According to the partial output from the debug ip ospf events command, which statement is true about the contents of the routing table in RA?&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(51, 51, 255);"&gt;• It will show network 172.16.3.0 learned from RB.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;• It will show network 172.16.3.0 learned from RC.&lt;br /&gt;• It will show two equal routes to network 192.168.1.4/30.&lt;br /&gt;• It will show two equal routes to network 192.168.1.8/30.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;15. A network at a large building failed, causing a severe disruption in business activities. The problem was eventually detected and resolved by replacing a piece of failed network equipment. Investigation led to the conclusion that a network design problem was the main cause of the disruption. Loss of a single piece of equipment should not have been able to cause such a large problem. What two terms best describe this type of design weakness? (Choose two.)&lt;br /&gt;• bottleneck&lt;br /&gt;• limited availability&lt;br /&gt;• limited scalability&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(51, 51, 255);"&gt;• large failure domain&lt;br /&gt;• single point of failure&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;• limited staff capabilities&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;16.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;a href="http://lh3.ggpht.com/amnaj.suksamai/SP7xLPp86eI/AAAAAAAAAeA/SO4ijOquURw/12%5B4%5D.jpg"&gt;&lt;img alt="12" src="http://lh5.ggpht.com/amnaj.suksamai/SP7xQgpU9YI/AAAAAAAAAeE/AiM4HKtJIt8/12_thumb%5B2%5D.jpg" border="0" width="485" height="258" /&gt;&lt;/a&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Refer to the exhibit. The network administrator is troubleshooting the connectivity issue between RA and RB. According to the partial configuration, what is the cause of the problem?&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(51, 51, 255);"&gt;• password mismatch for PPP authentication&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;• username mismatch for PPP authentication&lt;br /&gt;• encapsulation method mismatch for PPP authentication&lt;br /&gt;• authentication method mismatch for PPP authentication&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;17.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;a href="http://lh5.ggpht.com/amnaj.suksamai/SP7xSx6380I/AAAAAAAAAeI/R7DS2HG2UFk/13%5B3%5D.jpg"&gt;&lt;img alt="13" src="http://lh4.ggpht.com/amnaj.suksamai/SP7xVW9wfPI/AAAAAAAAAeM/GI3aRjv_JB0/13_thumb%5B1%5D.jpg" border="0" width="446" height="133" /&gt;&lt;/a&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Refer to the exhibit. ABC Company is using the 172.16.0.0/18 network. It is standard company practice to use the first 50 addresses for switches and servers and assign the last usable address to the router. The remaining addresses are assigned to the hosts. After assigning the addresses, the network technician tests connectivity from the host above and is not able to ping the router. What could be the problem?&lt;br /&gt;• The router was assigned the broadcast address.&lt;br /&gt;• The host is not in the same subnet as the switch and router.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(51, 51, 255);"&gt;• The router interface is in the wrong subnet.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;• The host was assigned a network address.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;18.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;a href="http://lh6.ggpht.com/amnaj.suksamai/SP7xbzf4-OI/AAAAAAAAAeQ/K4zRG6xTe2k/14%5B4%5D.jpg"&gt;&lt;img alt="14" src="http://lh3.ggpht.com/amnaj.suksamai/SP7xilBmyBI/AAAAAAAAAeU/u3hIS2VPb7M/14_thumb%5B2%5D.jpg" border="0" width="485" height="362" /&gt;&lt;/a&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Refer to the exhibit. A network administrator is troubleshooting a problem. No users are able to access the 10.10.2.0/24 network, but are able to access all other networks. Assuming R3 is configured correctly and based on the output shown, what is most likely the problem?&lt;br /&gt;• There is congestion on the 10.10.2.0 network.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(51, 51, 255);"&gt;• The EIGRP process number on R2 is incorrect.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;• The Fa0/0 interface on R2 is shut down.&lt;br /&gt;• The Fa0/0 interface on R2 has an incorrect IP address or subnet mask.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;19.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;a href="http://lh4.ggpht.com/amnaj.suksamai/SP7xobaEbmI/AAAAAAAAAeY/aCH0nkYiHh4/15%5B4%5D.jpg"&gt;&lt;img alt="15" src="http://lh3.ggpht.com/amnaj.suksamai/SP7xtZLbFRI/AAAAAAAAAec/QvfgnEMtiso/15_thumb%5B2%5D.jpg" border="0" width="485" height="308" /&gt;&lt;/a&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Refer to the exhibit. The network administrator correctly configures RTA to perform inter-VLAN routing. Using the show vlan command, the administrator verifies that port Fast Ethernet 0/4 is the first available port in the default VLAN on SW2. The administrator connects RTA to port 0/4 on SW2, but inter-VLAN routing does not work. What could be the possible cause of the problem with the SW2 configuration?&lt;br /&gt;• Port 0/4 is not active.&lt;br /&gt;• Port 0/4 must be a member of VLAN1.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(51, 51, 255);"&gt;• Port 0/4 is configured in access mode.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;• Port 0/4 is configured as a trunk port.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;20.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;a href="http://lh4.ggpht.com/amnaj.suksamai/SP7xyKJV70I/AAAAAAAAAeg/HrghVGRCKHM/16%5B4%5D.jpg"&gt;&lt;img alt="16" src="http://lh6.ggpht.com/amnaj.suksamai/SP7x2WP2WlI/AAAAAAAAAek/egQBxJLILK0/16_thumb%5B2%5D.jpg" border="0" width="485" height="277" /&gt;&lt;/a&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Refer to the exhibit. The network administrator is unable to ping from the console of router R3 to host 10.10.4.63. What is the problem?&lt;br /&gt;• RIPv1 does not support VLSM.&lt;br /&gt;• Router R2 does not have RIP correctly configured.&lt;br /&gt;• Router R3 is missing a network statement for network 10.0.0.0.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(51, 51, 255);"&gt;• There is an addressing problem on the link between routers R2 and R3.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;21.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;a href="http://lh6.ggpht.com/amnaj.suksamai/SP7x6yuAobI/AAAAAAAAAeo/kiEzCW77gS8/17%5B4%5D.jpg"&gt;&lt;img alt="17" src="http://lh5.ggpht.com/amnaj.suksamai/SP7x-_1XkxI/AAAAAAAAAes/mZXoNJ8QI7E/17_thumb%5B2%5D.jpg" border="0" width="485" height="269" /&gt;&lt;/a&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Refer to the exhibit. A network administrator has implemented subnetting using the network 192.168.25.0 and a /28 mask. Workstation 1 is not able to ping with Workstation 2. What is a possible cause for this lack of communication?&lt;br /&gt;• Workstation 1 and Workstation 2 are on the same subnet.&lt;br /&gt;• The serial connections are using addresses from the LAN subnets.&lt;br /&gt;• All hosts in the network must be in the same subnet to communicate.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(51, 51, 255);"&gt;• Workstation 1 is not on the same network that the RTA router LAN interface is on.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;22. Which two statements describe when a network administrator should perform a network baseline? (Choose two.)&lt;br /&gt;• It should be done monthly as a minimum standard.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(51, 51, 255);"&gt;• It should be performed when all switch Cisco IOS versions are upgraded.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;• It should be done when all network printers are upgraded to a new model.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(51, 51, 255);"&gt;• It should be done when the network is performing at normal activity levels.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;• It should be done whenever an SLA has been signed with a new service provider.&lt;div class="blogger-post-footer"&gt;&lt;img width='1' height='1' src='https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/tracker/4098964652719354601-1227284452421764444?l=ccna-exam-modules.blogspot.com' alt='' /&gt;&lt;/div&gt;&lt;img src="http://feeds.feedburner.com/~r/40Ccna-exam-modules/~4/JdwdTJaSTN4" height="1" width="1"/&gt;</description><app:edited xmlns:app="http://www.w3.org/2007/app">2009-08-17T01:32:34.995-07:00</app:edited><media:thumbnail url="http://lh4.ggpht.com/amnaj.suksamai/SP7vM0UqW5I/AAAAAAAAAcs/NbhwFhIPngs/s72-c/1_thumb%5B2%5D.jpg" height="72" width="72" /><thr:total xmlns:thr="http://purl.org/syndication/thread/1.0">0</thr:total><feedburner:origLink>http://ccna-exam-modules.blogspot.com/2009/08/40-ccna-3-introducing-routing-and_9379.html</feedburner:origLink></item><item><title>4.0 CCNA 3: Introducing Routing and Switching in the Enterprise:Module 8</title><link>http://feedproxy.google.com/~r/40Ccna-exam-modules/~3/eiQVwZiColI/40-ccna-3-introducing-routing-and_9598.html</link><category>4.0 CCNA3disc</category><author>noreply@blogger.com (amor)</author><pubDate>Mon, 17 Aug 2009 01:31:23 PDT</pubDate><guid isPermaLink="false">tag:blogger.com,1999:blog-4098964652719354601.post-4907441257950699739</guid><description>1.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;a href="http://lh4.ggpht.com/amnaj.suksamai/SP4CHBTJNpI/AAAAAAAAAa8/TrrAr567aC8/13.jpg"&gt;&lt;img alt="1" src="http://lh3.ggpht.com/amnaj.suksamai/SP4CLQfTeTI/AAAAAAAAAbA/Lq85VWcBG1Q/1_thumb1.jpg" border="0" width="366" height="140" /&gt;&lt;/a&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Refer to the exhibit. A network administrator needs to add the command deny ip 10.0.0.0 0.255.255.255 any log to R3. After adding the command, the administrator verifies the change using the show access-list command. What sequence number does the new entry have?&lt;br /&gt;• 0&lt;br /&gt;• 10, and all other items are shifted down to the next sequence number&lt;br /&gt;• 50&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(51, 51, 255);"&gt;• 60&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;2.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;a href="http://lh5.ggpht.com/amnaj.suksamai/SP4CORQNlcI/AAAAAAAAAbE/utXyYFpGQM0/23.jpg"&gt;&lt;img alt="2" src="http://lh5.ggpht.com/amnaj.suksamai/SP4CRrWAWfI/AAAAAAAAAbI/gzZM_RCxGCk/2_thumb1.jpg" border="0" width="409" height="78" /&gt;&lt;/a&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Refer to the exhibit. What happens if the network administrator issues the commands shown when an ACL called Managers already exists on the router?&lt;br /&gt;• The new commands overwrite the current Managers ACL.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(255, 0, 0);"&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(51, 51, 255);"&gt;• The new commands are added to the end of the current Managers ACL&lt;/span&gt;.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;• The new commands are added to the beginning of the current Managers ACL.&lt;br /&gt;• An error appears stating that the ACL already exists.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;3. Why are inbound ACLs more efficient for the router than outbound ACLs?&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(51, 51, 255);"&gt;• Inbound ACLs deny packets before routing lookups are required.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;• Inbound ACL operation requires less network bandwidth than outbound.&lt;br /&gt;• Inbound ACLs permit or deny packets to LANs, which are typically more efficient than WANs.&lt;br /&gt;• Inbound ACLs are applied to Ethernet interfaces, while outbound ACLs are applied to slower serial interfaces.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;4.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;a href="http://lh3.ggpht.com/amnaj.suksamai/SP4CVyd1-II/AAAAAAAAAbM/rUwc6vFnNks/34.jpg"&gt;&lt;img alt="3" src="http://lh5.ggpht.com/amnaj.suksamai/SP4CZfhVkzI/AAAAAAAAAbQ/-aB3QbLl5oQ/3_thumb2.jpg" border="0" width="485" height="236" /&gt;&lt;/a&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Refer to the exhibit. The network administrator of a company needs to configure the router RTA to allow its business partner (Partner A) to access the web server located in the internal network. The web server is assigned a private IP address, and a static NAT is configured on the router for its public IP address. Finally, the administrator adds the ACL. However, Partner A is denied access to the web server. What is the cause of the problem?&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(51, 51, 255);"&gt;• Port 80 should be specified in the ACL.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;• The public IP address of the server, 209.165.201.5, should be specified as the destination.&lt;br /&gt;• The ACL should be applied on the s0/0 outbound interface.&lt;br /&gt;• The source address should be specified as 198.133.219.0 255.255.255.0 in the ACL.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;5. ACL logging generates what type of syslog message?&lt;br /&gt;• unstable network&lt;br /&gt;• warning&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(51, 51, 255);"&gt;• informational&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;• critical situation&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;6. Which two host addresses are included in the range specified by 172.16.31.64 0.0.0.31? (Choose two.)&lt;br /&gt;• 172.16.31.64&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(51, 51, 255);"&gt;• 172.16.31.77&lt;br /&gt;• 172.16.31.78&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;• 172.16.31.95&lt;br /&gt;• 172.16.31.96&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;7. Traffic from the 64.104.48.0 to 64.104.63.255 range must be denied access to the network. What wildcard mask would the network administrator configure in the access list to cover this range?&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(51, 51, 255);"&gt;• 0.0.15.255&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;• 0.0.47.255&lt;br /&gt;• 0.0.63.255&lt;br /&gt;• 255.255.240.0&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;8. ACLs are used primarily to filter traffic. What are two additional uses of ACLs? (Choose two.)&lt;br /&gt;• specifying source addresses for authentication&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(51, 51, 255);"&gt;• specifying internal hosts for NAT&lt;br /&gt;• identifying traffic for QoS&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;• reorganizing traffic into VLANs&lt;br /&gt;• filtering VTP packets&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;9. What can an administrator do to ensure that ICMP DoS attacks from the outside are mitigated as much as possible, without hampering connectivity tests initiated from the inside out?&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(51, 51, 255);"&gt;• Create an access list permitting only echo reply and destination unreachable packets from the outside.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;• Create an access list denying all ICMP traffic coming from the outside.&lt;br /&gt;• Permit ICMP traffic from only known external sources.&lt;br /&gt;• Create an access list with the established keyword at the end of the line.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;10. What effect does the command reload in 30 have when entered into a router?&lt;br /&gt;• If a router process freezes, the router reloads automatically.&lt;br /&gt;• If a packet from a denied source attempts to enter an interface where an ACL is applied, the router reloads in 30 minutes.&lt;br /&gt;• If a remote connection lasts for longer than 30 minutes, the router forces the remote user off.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(51, 51, 255);"&gt;• A router automatically reloads in 30 minutes.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;11.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;a href="http://lh6.ggpht.com/amnaj.suksamai/SP4CdeF691I/AAAAAAAAAbU/IrCF4xUj_Yw/44.jpg"&gt;&lt;img alt="4" src="http://lh6.ggpht.com/amnaj.suksamai/SP4ChOOXL4I/AAAAAAAAAbY/tZMeG6N_9jg/4_thumb2.jpg" border="0" width="485" height="218" /&gt;&lt;/a&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Refer to the exhibit. The following commands were entered on RTB.&lt;br /&gt;RTB(config)# access-list 4 deny 192.168.20.16 0.0.0.15&lt;br /&gt;RTB(config)# access-list 4 permit any&lt;br /&gt;RTB(config)# interface serial 0/0/0&lt;br /&gt;RTB(config-if)# ip access-group 4 in&lt;br /&gt;Which addresses do these commands block access to RTB?&lt;br /&gt;• 192.168.20.17 to 192.168.20.31&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(51, 51, 255);"&gt;• 192.168.20.16 to 192.168.20.31*&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;• 192.168.20.16 to 192.168.20.32&lt;br /&gt;• 192.168.20.16 to 192.168.20.33&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;12.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;a href="http://lh3.ggpht.com/amnaj.suksamai/SP4Ck2BZfrI/AAAAAAAAAbc/zz17ywFHvBU/54.jpg"&gt;&lt;img alt="5" src="http://lh5.ggpht.com/amnaj.suksamai/SP4Co9XrNlI/AAAAAAAAAbg/mhtyl0XxjAM/5_thumb2.jpg" border="0" width="485" height="215" /&gt;&lt;/a&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Refer to the exhibit. The new security policy for the company allows all IP traffic from the Engineering LAN to the Internet while only web traffic from the Marketing LAN is allowed to the Internet. Which ACL can be applied in the outbound direction of Serial 0/1 on the Marketing router to implement the new security policy?&lt;br /&gt;• access-list 197 permit ip 192.0.2.0 0.0.0.255 any&lt;br /&gt;access-list 197 permit ip 198.18.112.0 0.0.0.255 any eq www&lt;br /&gt;• access-list 165 permit ip 192.0.2.0 0.0.0.255 any&lt;br /&gt;access-list 165 permit tcp 198.18.112.0 0.0.0.255 any eq www&lt;br /&gt;access-list 165 permit ip any any&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(51, 51, 255);"&gt;• access-list 137 permit ip 192.0.2.0 0.0.0.255 any&lt;br /&gt;access-list 137 permit tcp 198.18.112.0 0.0.0.255 any eq www&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;• access-list 89 permit 192.0.2.0 0.0.0.255 any&lt;br /&gt;access-list 89 permit tcp 198.18.112.0 0.0.0.255 any eq www&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;13. Which three statements are true concerning standard and extended ACLs? (Choose three.)&lt;br /&gt;• Extended ACLs are usually placed so that all packets go through the network and are filtered at the destination.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(51, 51, 255);"&gt;• Standard ACLs are usually placed so that all packets go through the network and are filtered at the destination.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;• Extended ACLs filter based on source address only, and must be placed near the destination if other traffic is to flow.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(51, 51, 255);"&gt;• Standard ACLs filter based on source address only, and must be placed near the destination if other traffic is to flow.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(51, 51, 255);"&gt;• Extended ACLs filter with many possible factors, and they allow only desired packets to pass through the network if placed near the source.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;• Standard ACLs filter with many possible factors, and they allow only desired packets to pass through the network if placed near the source.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;14.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;a href="http://lh5.ggpht.com/amnaj.suksamai/SP4CtRZRlOI/AAAAAAAAAbk/83L7Dn873v4/64.jpg"&gt;&lt;img alt="6" src="http://lh6.ggpht.com/amnaj.suksamai/SP4CxB6vCYI/AAAAAAAAAbo/cgVaxtInrD4/6_thumb2.jpg" border="0" width="485" height="222" /&gt;&lt;/a&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Refer to the exhibit. Company policy for the network that is shown indicates the following guidelines:&lt;br /&gt;1) All hosts on the 192.168.3.0/24 network, except host 192.168.3.77, should be able to reach the 192.168.2.0/24 network.&lt;br /&gt;2) All hosts on the 192.168.3.0/24 network should be able to reach the 192.168.1.0/24 network.&lt;br /&gt;3) All other traffic originating from the 192.168.3.0 network should be denied.&lt;br /&gt;Which set of ACL statements meets the stated requirements when they are applied to the Fa0/0 interface of router R2 in the inbound direction?&lt;br /&gt;• access-list 101 deny ip any any&lt;br /&gt;access-list 101 deny ip 192.168.3.77 0.0.0.0 192.168.2.0 0.0.0.255&lt;br /&gt;access-list 101 permit ip 192.168.3.0 0.0.0.255 192.168.2.0 0.0.0.255&lt;br /&gt;access-list 101 permit ip 192.168.3.0 0.0.0.255 192.168.1.0 0.0.0.255&lt;br /&gt;• access-list 101 permit ip 192.168.3.0 0.0.0.255 192.168.2.0 0.0.0.255&lt;br /&gt;access-list 101 deny ip 192.168.3.77 0.0.0.0 192.168.2.0 0.0.0.255&lt;br /&gt;access-list 101 permit ip 192.168.3.0 0.0.0.255 192.168.1.0 0.0.0.255&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(51, 51, 255);"&gt;• access-list 101 deny ip 192.168.3.77 0.0.0.0 192.168.2.0 0.0.0.255&lt;br /&gt;access-list 101 permit ip 192.168.3.0 0.0.0.255 192.168.2.0 0.0.0.255&lt;br /&gt;access-list 101 permit ip 192.168.3.0 0.0.0.255 192.168.1.0 0.0.0.255&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;• access-list 101 permit ip 192.168.3.0 0.0.0.255 192.168.2.0 0.0.0.255&lt;br /&gt;access-list 101 deny ip 192.168.3.77 0.0.0.0 192.168.2.0 0.0.0.255&lt;br /&gt;access-list 101 permit ip 192.168.3.0 0.0.0.255 192.168.1.0 0.0.0.255&lt;br /&gt;access-list 101 permit ip any any&lt;br /&gt;• access-list 101 deny ip 192.168.3.77 0.0.0.0 192.168.2.0 0.0.0.255&lt;br /&gt;access-list 101 permit ip 192.168.3.0 0.0.0.255 192.168.0.0 0.0.255.255&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;15.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;a href="http://lh5.ggpht.com/amnaj.suksamai/SP4C1K32zZI/AAAAAAAAAbs/qMDBPVB1JyA/73.jpg"&gt;&lt;img alt="7" src="http://lh5.ggpht.com/amnaj.suksamai/SP4C4613WSI/AAAAAAAAAbw/v07Z2_nNZdI/7_thumb1.jpg" border="0" width="404" height="247" /&gt;&lt;/a&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Hosts from the Limerick LAN are not allowed access to the Shannon LAN but should be able to access the Internet. Which set of commands will create a standard ACL that will apply to traffic on the Shannon router interface Fa0/0 implementing this security?&lt;br /&gt;• access-list 42 deny 172.19.123.0 0.0.0.255 192.0.2.0 0.0.0.255&lt;br /&gt;access-list 42 permit any&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(51, 51, 255);"&gt;• access-list 56 deny 172.19.123.0 0.0.0.255&lt;br /&gt;access-list 56 permit any&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;• access-list 61 deny 172.19.123.0 0.0.0.0&lt;br /&gt;access-list 61 permit any&lt;br /&gt;• access-list 87 deny ip any 192.0.2.0 0.0.0.255&lt;br /&gt;access-list 87 permit ip any&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;16.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;a href="http://lh4.ggpht.com/amnaj.suksamai/SP4C706WQMI/AAAAAAAAAb0/mixNDNR-YHw/83.jpg"&gt;&lt;img alt="8" src="http://lh4.ggpht.com/amnaj.suksamai/SP4C-1yWsRI/AAAAAAAAAb4/7Z1HkEgBI38/8_thumb1.jpg" border="0" width="370" height="303" /&gt;&lt;/a&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Refer to the exhibit. A network administrator needs to configure an access list that will allow the management host with an IP address of 192.168.10.25/24 to be the only host to remotely access and configure router RTA. All vty and enable passwords are configured on the router. Which group of commands will accomplish this task?&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(51, 51, 255);"&gt;• Router(config)# access-list 101 permit tcp any 192.168.10.25 0.0.0.0 eq telnet&lt;br /&gt;Router(config)# access-list 101 deny ip any any&lt;br /&gt;Router(config)# int s0/0&lt;br /&gt;Router(config-if)# ip access-group 101 in&lt;br /&gt;Router(config-if)# int fa0/0&lt;br /&gt;Router(config-if)#ip access-group 101 in&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;• Router(config)# access-list 10 permit 192.168.10.25 eq telnet&lt;br /&gt;Router(config)# access-list 10 deny any&lt;br /&gt;Router(config)# line vty 0 4&lt;br /&gt;Router(config-line)#access-group 10 in&lt;br /&gt;• Router(config)# access-list 86 permit host 192.168.10.25&lt;br /&gt;Router(config)# line vty 0 4&lt;br /&gt;Router(config-line)# access-class 86 in&lt;br /&gt;• Router(config)# access-list 125 permit tcp 192.168.10.25 any eq telnet&lt;br /&gt;Router(config)# access-list 125 deny ip any any&lt;br /&gt;Router(config)# int s0/0&lt;br /&gt;Router(config-if)# ip access-group 125 in&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;17. Which ACL permits host 10.220.158.10 access to the web server 192.168.3.244?&lt;br /&gt;• access-list 101 permit tcp host 10.220.158.10 eq 80 host 192.168.3.224&lt;br /&gt;• access-list 101 permit tcp 10.220.158.10 0.0.0.0 host 192.168.3.224 0.0.0.0 eq 80&lt;br /&gt;• access-list 101 permit host 10.220.158.10 0.0.0.0 host 192.168.3.224 0.0.0.0 eq 80&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(51, 51, 255);"&gt;• access-list 101 permit tcp 10.220.158.10 0.0.0.0 host 192.168.3.224 eq 80&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;18. Which wildcard mask would match the host range for the subnet 192.16.5.32 /27?&lt;br /&gt;• 0.0.0.32&lt;br /&gt;• 0.0.0.63&lt;br /&gt;• 0.0.63.255&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(51, 51, 255);"&gt;• 0.0.0.31&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;19. A security administrator wants to secure password exchanges on the vty lines on all routers in the enterprise. What option should be implemented to ensure that passwords are not sent in clear text across the public network?&lt;br /&gt;• Use Telnet with an authentication server to ensure effective authentication.&lt;br /&gt;• Apply an access list on the router interfaces to allow only authorized computers.&lt;br /&gt;• Apply an access list on the vty line to allow only authorized computers.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(51, 51, 255);"&gt;• Use only Secure Shell (SSH) on the vty lines.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;20.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;a href="http://lh6.ggpht.com/amnaj.suksamai/SP4DDAwrPLI/AAAAAAAAAb8/g24MAZLK3SA/94.jpg"&gt;&lt;img alt="9" src="http://lh6.ggpht.com/amnaj.suksamai/SP4DGAE7mrI/AAAAAAAAAcA/9xf9k5C-KJE/9_thumb2.jpg" border="0" width="485" height="91" /&gt;&lt;/a&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Refer to the exhibit. An administrator notes a significant increase in the amount of traffic entering the network from the ISP. The administrator clears the access-list counters. After a few minutes, the administrator again checks the access-list table. What can be concluded from the most recent output shown?&lt;br /&gt;• A small amount of HTTP trafic is an indication that the web server was not configured correctly.&lt;br /&gt;• A larger amount of POP3 traffic (compared with SMTP traffic) indicates that there are more POP3 email clients than SMTP clients in the enterprise.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(255, 0, 0);"&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(51, 51, 255);"&gt;• A large amount of ICMP traffic is being denied at the interface, which can be an indication of a DoS attack.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;• A larger amount of email traffic (compared with web traffic) is an indication that attackers mainly targeted the email server.&lt;div class="blogger-post-footer"&gt;&lt;img width='1' height='1' src='https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/tracker/4098964652719354601-4907441257950699739?l=ccna-exam-modules.blogspot.com' alt='' /&gt;&lt;/div&gt;&lt;img src="http://feeds.feedburner.com/~r/40Ccna-exam-modules/~4/eiQVwZiColI" height="1" width="1"/&gt;</description><app:edited xmlns:app="http://www.w3.org/2007/app">2009-08-17T01:31:23.856-07:00</app:edited><media:thumbnail url="http://lh3.ggpht.com/amnaj.suksamai/SP4CLQfTeTI/AAAAAAAAAbA/Lq85VWcBG1Q/s72-c/1_thumb1.jpg" height="72" width="72" /><thr:total xmlns:thr="http://purl.org/syndication/thread/1.0">0</thr:total><feedburner:origLink>http://ccna-exam-modules.blogspot.com/2009/08/40-ccna-3-introducing-routing-and_9598.html</feedburner:origLink></item><item><title>4.0 CCNA 3: Introducing Routing and Switching in the Enterprise:Module 7</title><link>http://feedproxy.google.com/~r/40Ccna-exam-modules/~3/4i6mQ5MIZvI/40-ccna-3-introducing-routing-and_8367.html</link><category>4.0 CCNA3disc</category><author>noreply@blogger.com (amor)</author><pubDate>Mon, 17 Aug 2009 01:30:07 PDT</pubDate><guid isPermaLink="false">tag:blogger.com,1999:blog-4098964652719354601.post-6365956078470228053</guid><description>1. Why are Network Control Protocols used in PPP?&lt;br /&gt;• to establish and terminate data links&lt;br /&gt;• to provide authentication capabilities to PPP&lt;br /&gt;• to manage network congestion and to allow quality testing of the link&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(51, 51, 255);"&gt;• to allow multiple Layer 3 protocols to operate over the same physical link&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;2. What is the data transmission rate for the DS0 standard?&lt;br /&gt;• 44 kb/s&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(51, 51, 255);"&gt;• 64 kb/s&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;• 1.544 Mb/s&lt;br /&gt;• 44.736 Mb/s&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;3. In which two layers of the OSI model are key differences found between a LAN and a WAN. (Choose two.)&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(51, 51, 255);"&gt;• Layer 1&lt;br /&gt;• Layer 2&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;• Layer 3&lt;br /&gt;• Layer 4&lt;br /&gt;• Layer 6&lt;br /&gt;• Layer 7&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;4. Which statement is true about the Cisco implementation of the HDLC protocol?&lt;br /&gt;• It supports authentication.&lt;br /&gt;• It has a universally compatible frame format.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(51, 51, 255);"&gt;• It is the default encapsulation for serial interfaces on Cisco routers.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;• It does not support multiple protocols across a single link.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;5.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;a href="http://lh6.ggpht.com/amnaj.suksamai/SP4DxdcacQI/AAAAAAAAAcE/6VKdQsSU-OA/image%5B4%5D.png"&gt;&lt;img alt="image" src="http://lh4.ggpht.com/amnaj.suksamai/SP4D6IGVi6I/AAAAAAAAAcI/gtOJknMpEA4/image_thumb%5B2%5D.png" border="0" width="485" height="364" /&gt;&lt;/a&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Refer to the exhibit. A network administrator has a connectivity problem between the serial interfaces of Merida and Vargas. What is the cause of the problem?&lt;br /&gt;• Authentication is required on the serial link.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(51, 51, 255);"&gt;• The encapsulation is misconfigured.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;• The IP addresses are on different subnets.&lt;br /&gt;• The serial interface on Vargas is shutdown.&lt;br /&gt;• The loopback interfaces on both routers are not configured.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;6.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;a href="http://lh3.ggpht.com/amnaj.suksamai/SP4D9e1TlaI/AAAAAAAAAcM/wmjNHhsZ7j4/image%5B8%5D.png"&gt;&lt;img alt="image" src="http://lh5.ggpht.com/amnaj.suksamai/SP4EAfQZ9KI/AAAAAAAAAcQ/Tgggrjyptl8/image_thumb%5B4%5D.png" border="0" width="465" height="181" /&gt;&lt;/a&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Refer to the exhibit. What statement is true about the exhibited output?&lt;br /&gt;• LCP is in the process of negotiating a link.&lt;br /&gt;• LCP and NCP are waiting for CHAP authentication to complete.&lt;br /&gt;• LCP negotiation has completed successfully, but NCP negotiation is in progress.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(51, 51, 255);"&gt;• LCP and NCP negotiation is complete, and the data link service is available to carry packets.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;7. Which three statements are true regarding LCP? (Choose three.)&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(51, 51, 255);"&gt;• It is responsible for negotiating link establishment.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;• It negotiates options for Layer 3 protocols running over PPP.&lt;br /&gt;• It uses MD5 encryption while negotiating link-establishment parameters.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(51, 51, 255);"&gt;• It terminates the link upon user request or the expiration of an inactivity timer.&lt;br /&gt;• It can test the link to determine if link quality is sufficient to bring up the link.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;• It monitors the link for congestion and dynamically adjusts the acceptable window size.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;8. Why are Frame Relay paths referred to as virtual?&lt;br /&gt;• Frame Relay PVCs are created and discarded on demand.&lt;br /&gt;• The connections between PVC endpoints act like dialup circuits.&lt;br /&gt;• There are no dedicated circuits to and from the Frame Relay carrier.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(51, 51, 255);"&gt;• The physical circuits inside the Frame Relay cloud do not contain exclusive links for a specific Frame Relay connection.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;9. What best describes the use of a data-link connection identifier (DLCI)?&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(51, 51, 255);"&gt;• an address identifying a virtual circuit&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;• a logical address identifying the DCE device&lt;br /&gt;• an address identifying a Layer 3 service across a Frame Relay network&lt;br /&gt;• a logical address identifying the physical interface between a router and a Frame Relay switch&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;10. What two services allow the router to dynamically map data link layer addresses to network layer addresses Frame Relay network? (Choose two.)&lt;br /&gt;• ARP&lt;br /&gt;• ICMP&lt;br /&gt;• Proxy ARP&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(51, 51, 255);"&gt;• Inverse ARP&lt;br /&gt;• LMI status messages&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;11. Which three statements describe functions of the Point-to-Point Protocol with regards to the OSI model?(Choose three.)&lt;br /&gt;• operates at all layers of the OSI model&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(51, 51, 255);"&gt;• provides a mechanism to multiplex several network layer protocols&lt;br /&gt;• can be configured on both synchronous and asynchronous serial interfaces&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;• uses Layer 3 of the OSI model to establish and maintain a session between devices&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(51, 51, 255);"&gt;• uses the data link layer to configure such options as error detection and compression&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;• uses network control protocols to test and maintain connectivity between devices&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;12. At what physical location does the responsibility for a WAN connection change from the user to the service provider?&lt;br /&gt;• demilitarized zone (DMZ)&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(51, 51, 255);"&gt;• demarcation point&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;• local loop&lt;br /&gt;• cloud&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;13. What does a Frame Relay switch use to inform the sender that there is congestion?&lt;br /&gt;• FECN&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(51, 51, 255);"&gt;• BECN&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;• DE&lt;br /&gt;• FCS&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;14.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;a href="http://lh3.ggpht.com/amnaj.suksamai/SP4EVvNKbDI/AAAAAAAAAcU/FYhPu8youOo/image%5B13%5D.png"&gt;&lt;img alt="image" src="http://lh6.ggpht.com/amnaj.suksamai/SP4Eg4do18I/AAAAAAAAAcY/IznZYbnkg2s/image_thumb%5B7%5D.png" border="0" width="485" height="151" /&gt;&lt;/a&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Refer to the exhibit. What statement is true about the debug output?&lt;br /&gt;• R2 is using PAP instead of CHAP.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(51, 51, 255);"&gt;• The routers have different CHAP passwords configured.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;• The administrator performed a shutdown on the R2 PPP interface during negotiation.&lt;br /&gt;• The Layer 3 protocol negotiation caused the connection failure.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;15. Which two statements describe the function of time-division multiplexing? (Choose two.)&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(51, 51, 255);"&gt;• Multiple data streams share one common channel.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;• Conversations that require extra bandwidth receive any unused time slices.&lt;br /&gt;• Time slots are utilized on a first-come, first-served basis.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(51, 51, 255);"&gt;• Time slots go unused if a sender has nothing to transmit.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;• Priority can be dedicated to one data source.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;16. When customers use credit cards to make purchases at a small business, a modem is heard dialing a telephone number to transfer the transaction data to the central office. What type of WAN serial connection is in use?&lt;br /&gt;• leased line&lt;br /&gt;• point-to-point&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(51, 51, 255);"&gt;• circuit switched&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;• packet switched&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;17. Which best describes data communications equipment (DCE)?&lt;br /&gt;• serves as data source and/or destination&lt;br /&gt;• responsible for negotiating windowing and acknowledgements&lt;br /&gt;• physical devices such as protocol translators and multiplexers&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(51, 51, 255);"&gt;• equipment that forwards data and is responsible for the clocking signal&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;18. Permanent virtual circuits and switched virtual circuits are both part of which option for WAN connectivity?&lt;br /&gt;• leased line&lt;br /&gt;• cell switching&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(51, 51, 255);"&gt;• packet switching&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;• circuit switching&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;19. Which field of a frame uses error detection mechanisms to verify that the frame is not damaged intransit?&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(51, 51, 255);"&gt;• FCS&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;• MTU&lt;br /&gt;• flag&lt;br /&gt;• control&lt;br /&gt;• protocol&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;20. What occurs in the encapsulation process as a data packet moves from a LAN across a WAN?&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(51, 51, 255);"&gt;• The Layer 2 encapsulation changes to a format that is appropriate for the WAN technology.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;• The Layer 3 encapsulation changes to a format that is appropriate for the WAN technology.&lt;br /&gt;• Both Layer 2 and Layer 3 encapsulation change to a technology that is appropriate for the WAN.&lt;br /&gt;• Both Layer 2 and Layer 3 encapsulation remain constant as the data packet travels throughout the network.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;21.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;a href="http://lh3.ggpht.com/amnaj.suksamai/SP4Eow-ZnuI/AAAAAAAAAcc/krbt9ir3BaI/image%5B17%5D.png"&gt;&lt;img alt="image" src="http://lh5.ggpht.com/amnaj.suksamai/SP4ExHQ-zAI/AAAAAAAAAcg/GRKFyAL6Bx0/image_thumb%5B9%5D.png" border="0" width="369" height="297" /&gt;&lt;/a&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Refer to the exhibit. The network administrator is configuring R1 to connect to R2, which is a non-Cisco router. Which encapsulation method will need to be configured for communication to occur?&lt;br /&gt;• HDLC&lt;br /&gt;• HSSI&lt;br /&gt;• ISDN&lt;br /&gt;• IPCP&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(51, 51, 255);"&gt;• PPP&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;22. A company is implementing dialup services for remote workers to connect to the local network. The company uses multiple Layer 3 protocols and requires authentication for security. Which protocol should be used for this remote access?&lt;br /&gt;• LMI&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(51, 51, 255);"&gt;• PPP&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;• HDLC&lt;br /&gt;• Frame Relay&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;23. Which two options can LCP negotiate? (Choose two.)&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(255, 0, 0);"&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(51, 51, 255);"&gt;• compression   &lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(51, 51, 255);"&gt;• authentication    &lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/span&gt;• dynamic flow control&lt;br /&gt;• network layer address for IP&lt;br /&gt;• connection-oriented or connectionless communication methods&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;24. What statement best describes cell switching?&lt;br /&gt;• It uses a dedicated path between endpoints.&lt;br /&gt;• It creates a permanent physical link between two points.&lt;br /&gt;• It uses DLCIs to identify virtual circuits.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(51, 51, 255);"&gt;• It creates fixed-length packets that traverse virtual circuits.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;div class="blogger-post-footer"&gt;&lt;img width='1' height='1' src='https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/tracker/4098964652719354601-6365956078470228053?l=ccna-exam-modules.blogspot.com' alt='' /&gt;&lt;/div&gt;&lt;img src="http://feeds.feedburner.com/~r/40Ccna-exam-modules/~4/4i6mQ5MIZvI" height="1" width="1"/&gt;</description><app:edited xmlns:app="http://www.w3.org/2007/app">2009-08-17T01:30:07.938-07:00</app:edited><media:thumbnail url="http://lh4.ggpht.com/amnaj.suksamai/SP4D6IGVi6I/AAAAAAAAAcI/gtOJknMpEA4/s72-c/image_thumb%5B2%5D.png" height="72" width="72" /><thr:total xmlns:thr="http://purl.org/syndication/thread/1.0">0</thr:total><feedburner:origLink>http://ccna-exam-modules.blogspot.com/2009/08/40-ccna-3-introducing-routing-and_8367.html</feedburner:origLink></item><item><title>4.0 CCNA 3: Introducing Routing and Switching in the Enterprise:Module 6</title><link>http://feedproxy.google.com/~r/40Ccna-exam-modules/~3/j4lA6zT7_AM/40-ccna-3-introducing-routing-and_413.html</link><category>4.0 CCNA3disc</category><author>noreply@blogger.com (amor)</author><pubDate>Mon, 17 Aug 2009 01:29:00 PDT</pubDate><guid isPermaLink="false">tag:blogger.com,1999:blog-4098964652719354601.post-2576481215944209708</guid><description>1.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;a href="http://lh4.ggpht.com/amnaj.suksamai/SP35ingk1xI/AAAAAAAAAZM/1JHuZcF-NgA/1%5B4%5D.jpg"&gt;&lt;img alt="1" src="http://lh6.ggpht.com/amnaj.suksamai/SP35l-2xcwI/AAAAAAAAAZQ/AWicMmKj_TU/1_thumb%5B2%5D.jpg" border="0" width="485" height="123" /&gt;&lt;/a&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Refer to the exhibit. What statement describes the DR/BDR relationship of the HQ router?&lt;br /&gt;• HQ is the DR.&lt;br /&gt;• HQ is the BDR.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(51, 51, 255);"&gt;• HQ is a DROTHER.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;• HQ is a member of an NBMA network.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;2. Which two features are associated with Frame Relay OSPF point-to-multipoint environments? (Choose two.)&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(51, 51, 255);"&gt;• A DR is not elected.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;• The OSPF priority value determines the active DR on the Frame Relay link.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(51, 51, 255);"&gt;• OSPF neighbor routers are statically defined.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;• The link types are identified as broadcast multiaccess.&lt;br /&gt;• The BDR will have a router ID whose value is greater than the DR router ID.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;3.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;a href="http://lh4.ggpht.com/amnaj.suksamai/SP35ukaAq5I/AAAAAAAAAZU/YpQ68fafPHo/2%5B4%5D.jpg"&gt;&lt;img alt="2" src="http://lh3.ggpht.com/amnaj.suksamai/SP350TDYRVI/AAAAAAAAAZY/rknMQAQcX0I/2_thumb%5B2%5D.jpg" border="0" width="485" height="303" /&gt;&lt;/a&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Refer to the exhibit. How was the OSPF default gateway entry for R2 determined?&lt;br /&gt;• Default routes are automatically injected by OSPF into all advertisements.&lt;br /&gt;• A static default gateway route is defined in the configuration of R2.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(51, 51, 255);"&gt;• The default-information originate command is applied on R1.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;• The ISP defines the gateway of last resort and automatically passes it to R1 and R2.&lt;br /&gt;• The ip default-gateway command is applied on R2.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;4. What is always required for OSPF routers to share routing information?&lt;br /&gt;• designated routers&lt;br /&gt;• a backup designated router&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(51, 51, 255);"&gt;• neighbor adjacencies&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;• an NBMA network topology&lt;br /&gt;• links that are configured on the 224.0.0.0 network&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;5.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;a href="http://lh4.ggpht.com/amnaj.suksamai/SP354kckuNI/AAAAAAAAAZc/mngAR3pcgwM/3%5B4%5D.jpg"&gt;&lt;img alt="3" src="http://lh4.ggpht.com/amnaj.suksamai/SP358x9bOCI/AAAAAAAAAZg/NxSW6EUtjRw/3_thumb%5B2%5D.jpg" border="0" width="418" height="334" /&gt;&lt;/a&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Refer to the exhibit. A network administrator has implemented OSPF and the network has converged. If all router interfaces are enabled and functional, what route will OSPF view as lowest cost when moving frames from Host3 to Host1?&lt;br /&gt;• R3 to R4 to R1&lt;br /&gt;• R3 to R1&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(51, 51, 255);"&gt;• R3 to R2 to R1&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;• R3 to R5 to R2 to R1&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;6.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;a href="http://lh6.ggpht.com/amnaj.suksamai/SP36AUa7R7I/AAAAAAAAAZk/Uk40Wz6T0Ok/4%5B3%5D.jpg"&gt;&lt;img alt="4" src="http://lh3.ggpht.com/amnaj.suksamai/SP36DmPH-CI/AAAAAAAAAZo/3kRlzFyQI3g/4_thumb%5B1%5D.jpg" border="0" width="418" height="276" /&gt;&lt;/a&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Refer to the exhibit. Which commands configure router A for OSPF?&lt;br /&gt;• router ospf 1&lt;br /&gt;network 192.168.10.0&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(51, 51, 255);"&gt;• router ospf 1&lt;br /&gt;network 192.168.10.64 0.0.0.63 area 0&lt;br /&gt;network 192.168.10.192 0.0.0.3 area 0&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;• router ospf 1&lt;br /&gt;network 192.168.10.64 255.255.255.192&lt;br /&gt;network 192.168.10.192 255.255.255.252&lt;br /&gt;• router ospf 1&lt;br /&gt;network 192.168.10.0 area 0&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;7.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;a href="http://lh5.ggpht.com/amnaj.suksamai/SP36HNL7OvI/AAAAAAAAAZs/35PXbwsLQhs/5%5B3%5D.jpg"&gt;&lt;img alt="5" src="http://lh6.ggpht.com/amnaj.suksamai/SP36Kuvm2TI/AAAAAAAAAZw/SPEx1cKYtwo/5_thumb%5B1%5D.jpg" border="0" width="431" height="286" /&gt;&lt;/a&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Refer to the exhibit. Which network statement configures the home router to allow all the interfaces to participate in OSPF?&lt;br /&gt;• network 10.0.0.0 0.3.255.255 area 0&lt;br /&gt;• network 10.8.0.0 0.0.0.3 area 0&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(255, 0, 0);"&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(51, 51, 255);"&gt;• network 10.8.0.0 0.3.255.255 area 0   &lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/span&gt;• network 10.10.0.0 0.0.0.3 area 0&lt;br /&gt;• network 10.12.0.0 0.3.255.255 area 0&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;8. Which statement is true regarding OSPF DR and BDR elections?&lt;br /&gt;• A new DR/BDR election occurs each time a new OSPF neighbor is added.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(51, 51, 255);"&gt;• The router with the highest OSPF priority setting wins the election for DR.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;• The default priority value for a router connected to a multi-access network is 0.&lt;br /&gt;• The router with the highest MAC address is elected as the DR when the default priority values are used.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;9.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;a href="http://lh5.ggpht.com/amnaj.suksamai/SP36NuJ5S0I/AAAAAAAAAZ0/NbvoHSLwRHI/6%5B3%5D.jpg"&gt;&lt;img alt="6" src="http://lh5.ggpht.com/amnaj.suksamai/SP36QlEtFoI/AAAAAAAAAZ4/b6TvuIKM6tw/6_thumb%5B1%5D.jpg" border="0" width="488" height="173" /&gt;&lt;/a&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Refer to the exhibit. The network administrator would like only the 172.16.32.0 network advertised to Router1. Which OSPF network command accomplishes this?&lt;br /&gt;• Router2(config-router)# network 172.16.0.0 0.0.0.15 area 0&lt;br /&gt;• Router2(config-router)# network 172.16.0.0 0.0.15.255 area 0&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(51, 51, 255);"&gt;• Router2(config-router)# network 172.16.32.0 0.0.15.255 area 0&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;• Router2(config-router)# network 172.16.32.0 0.0.255.255 area 0&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;10. Which two statements describe the operation of link-state routing protocols? (Choose two.)&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(51, 51, 255);"&gt;• All routers in the same area have identical link-state databases when converged.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;• Routing loops are prevented by running the Diffusing Update Algorithm (DUAL).&lt;br /&gt;• Link-state routers send frequent periodic updates of the entire routing table.&lt;br /&gt;• Reliable Transport Protocol (RTP) is used to deliver and receive LSAs.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(51, 51, 255);"&gt;• Calculating the shortest path for each destination is accomplished with the SPF algorithm.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;11.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;a href="http://lh4.ggpht.com/amnaj.suksamai/SP36VhIUDiI/AAAAAAAAAZ8/2SfImAFEcn0/7%5B4%5D.jpg"&gt;&lt;img alt="7" src="http://lh6.ggpht.com/amnaj.suksamai/SP36aHHo5kI/AAAAAAAAAaA/X326Th140Us/7_thumb%5B2%5D.jpg" border="0" width="485" height="307" /&gt;&lt;/a&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Refer to the exhibit. Routers A, B, and C are part of the existing OSPF network. Router D has been added to the network. All routers are running OSPF and have the indicated priorities applied to the interface. What is the DR/BDR status immediately after router D is added to the existing network?&lt;br /&gt;• An election is forced and router D wins the DR election.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(51, 51, 255);"&gt;• The DR and BDR do not change until the next election.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;• An election is forced and the existing BDR becomes the DR.&lt;br /&gt;• The router with the highest router ID becomes the new BDR.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;12. Which two statements describe the use of OSPF DR/BDR elections? (Choose two.)&lt;br /&gt;• Elections are always optional.&lt;br /&gt;• Elections are required in all WAN networks.&lt;br /&gt;• Elections are required in point-to-point networks.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(51, 51, 255);"&gt;• Elections are required in broadcast multiaccess networks.&lt;br /&gt;• Elections are sometimes required in NBMA networks.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;13.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;a href="http://lh5.ggpht.com/amnaj.suksamai/SP36hs9N-VI/AAAAAAAAAaE/W9GKQvP4DVE/8%5B4%5D.jpg"&gt;&lt;img alt="8" src="http://lh6.ggpht.com/amnaj.suksamai/SP36n9slyJI/AAAAAAAAAaI/CQGwE6xzeyE/8_thumb%5B2%5D.jpg" border="0" width="485" height="277" /&gt;&lt;/a&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Refer to the exhibit. As part of an OSPF network, R1 and R2 are trying to become adjacent neighbors. Although it appears that the two systems are communicating, neither of the routing tables include OSPF routes received from its neighbor. What could be responsible for this situation?&lt;br /&gt;• R1 and R2 are not on the same subnet.&lt;br /&gt;• The Process IDs on each router do not match.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(51, 51, 255);"&gt;• The timer intervals on the routers do not match.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;• The value set for the Transmit Delay time on both routers is too low.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;14.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;a href="http://lh3.ggpht.com/amnaj.suksamai/SP36up37UfI/AAAAAAAAAaM/UXzbT0qX12E/9%5B3%5D.jpg"&gt;&lt;img alt="9" src="http://lh3.ggpht.com/amnaj.suksamai/SP362YH8NaI/AAAAAAAAAaQ/5i6YLxaTGQA/9_thumb%5B1%5D.jpg" border="0" width="461" height="196" /&gt;&lt;/a&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Refer to the exhibit. What is the purpose of the value 128 shown in bold?&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(51, 51, 255);"&gt;• It is the OSPF cost metric.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;• It is the OSPF administrative distance.&lt;br /&gt;• It is the value assigned by the Dijkstra algorithm that designates the distance in hops to the network.&lt;br /&gt;• It is the value assigned to an interface that is used by the DUAL algorithm to determine the metric.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;15.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;a href="http://lh3.ggpht.com/amnaj.suksamai/SP367oVLyyI/AAAAAAAAAaU/fLwJo8iYirk/10%5B4%5D.jpg"&gt;&lt;img alt="10" src="http://lh5.ggpht.com/amnaj.suksamai/SP37AjaFNiI/AAAAAAAAAaY/EcdYz2MHWv0/10_thumb%5B2%5D.jpg" border="0" width="490" height="291" /&gt;&lt;/a&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Refer to the exhibit. What is the purpose of the configuration commands added on router B?&lt;br /&gt;• allows router A to form an adjacency with router B&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(51, 51, 255);"&gt;• provides a stable OSPF router ID on router B&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;• provides a method of testing router traffic&lt;br /&gt;• creates the OSPF adjacency table on router B&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;16.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;a href="http://lh3.ggpht.com/amnaj.suksamai/SP37KX-c97I/AAAAAAAAAac/nDxCJDtv5vc/11%5B4%5D.jpg"&gt;&lt;img alt="11" src="http://lh6.ggpht.com/amnaj.suksamai/SP37O4MhfBI/AAAAAAAAAag/MLDyvUiRNkg/11_thumb%5B2%5D.jpg" border="0" width="485" height="159" /&gt;&lt;/a&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Refer to the exhibit. The command ip route 10.16.1.64 255.255.255.252 s0/0/0 is entered into the router. Why does network 10.16.1.64/30 appear in the routing table in addition to network 10.16.1.64/27?&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(51, 51, 255);"&gt;• The router views 10.16.1.64/30 and 10.16.1.64/27 as two different networks.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;• The static route is used as a backup route for packets destined for 10.16.1.64/27.&lt;br /&gt;• The AD for static routes is lower than the AD for OSPF routes.&lt;br /&gt;• The static route metric is lower than the OSPF metric for the 10.16.1.64/27 network.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;17. What is the primary difference between link-state protocols and distance vector protocols with regard to route calculation?&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(51, 51, 255);"&gt;• Distance vector protocols take existing routes from their neighbors and add to them. Link-state protocols independently calculate full routes.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;• Link-state protocols calculate and pass full routing tables to all routers in their associated areas, and distance vector protocols do not.&lt;br /&gt;• When determining invalid routes, link-state protocols use split horizon for all route computations. Distance vector protocols use reverse poisoning.&lt;br /&gt;• Distance vector protocols require more CPU and RAM for route calculations than link-state protocols require.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;18. What range of networks are advertised in the OSPF updates by the command Router1(config-router)# network 192.168.0.0 0.0.15.255 area 0?&lt;br /&gt;• 192.168.0.0/24 through 192.168.0.15/24&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(51, 51, 255);"&gt;• 192.168.0.0/24 through 192.168.15.0/24&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;• 192.168.15.0/24 through 192.168.31.0/24&lt;br /&gt;• 192.168.15.0/24 through 192.168.255.0/24&lt;br /&gt;• 192.168.16.0/24 through 192.168.255.0/24&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;19.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;a href="http://lh4.ggpht.com/amnaj.suksamai/SP37SsWM99I/AAAAAAAAAak/5LE80M5FbBA/12%5B4%5D.jpg"&gt;&lt;img alt="12" src="http://lh3.ggpht.com/amnaj.suksamai/SP37WdgsqYI/AAAAAAAAAao/yxNoKpQ122A/12_thumb%5B2%5D.jpg" border="0" width="490" height="215" /&gt;&lt;/a&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Refer to the exhibit. When establishing adjacency relationships, which IP address would router A use to send hello packets to router B?&lt;br /&gt;• 10.11.0.1&lt;br /&gt;• 10.11.0.2&lt;br /&gt;• 10.11.0.255&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(255, 0, 0);"&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(51, 51, 255);"&gt;• 224.0.0.5   &lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/span&gt;• 255.255.255.255&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;20.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;a href="http://lh5.ggpht.com/amnaj.suksamai/SP37glhdVOI/AAAAAAAAAas/_OuDox0MVMI/13%5B4%5D.jpg"&gt;&lt;img alt="13" src="http://lh5.ggpht.com/amnaj.suksamai/SP37priBJGI/AAAAAAAAAaw/YGfSy-gaexA/13_thumb%5B2%5D.jpg" border="0" width="485" height="460" /&gt;&lt;/a&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Refer to the exhibit. Which router will be elected the DR and which will become the BDR?&lt;br /&gt;• R1 will be DR and R2 will be BDR.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(51, 51, 255);"&gt;• R1 will be DR and R3 will be BDR.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;• R2 will be DR and R1 will be BDR.&lt;br /&gt;• R2 will be DR and R3 will be BDR.&lt;br /&gt;• R3 will be DR and R2 will be BDR.&lt;br /&gt;• R3 will be DR and R1 will be BDR.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;21. When compared to a distance vector routing protocol, what is a benefit of the hierarchical design approach that is used in large OSPF networks?&lt;br /&gt;• simpler configuration&lt;br /&gt;• reduction of router processing requirements&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(51, 51, 255);"&gt;• isolation of network instability&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;• less complex network planning&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;22. What are two advantages of using a link-state routing protocol instead of a distance vector routing protocol? (Choose two.)&lt;br /&gt;• The topology database eliminates the need for a routing table.&lt;br /&gt;• Frequent periodic updates are sent to minimize the number of incorrect routes in the topological database.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(51, 51, 255);"&gt;• Routers have direct knowledge of all links in the network and how they are connected.&lt;br /&gt;• After the initial LSA flooding, routers generally require less bandwidth to communicate changes in a topology.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;• A link-state routing protocol requires less router processor power.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;23. If a network has converged, what is true about the link-state database held by each router in the same OSPF area?&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(51, 51, 255);"&gt;• Each router has a link-state database containing the same status information.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;• Each router has a different link-state database depending on its position within the network.&lt;br /&gt;• The link-state database is stored in a designated router and is accessed by each router in the area as needed.&lt;br /&gt;• The link-state database in each router only contains information about adjacent routers and the status of their links.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;24.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;a href="http://lh4.ggpht.com/amnaj.suksamai/SP37ynqwXmI/AAAAAAAAAa0/RV1RSrqB6RA/14%5B4%5D.jpg"&gt;&lt;img alt="14" src="http://lh6.ggpht.com/amnaj.suksamai/SP373o3mrrI/AAAAAAAAAa4/zmPUafYA-QY/14_thumb%5B2%5D.jpg" border="0" width="485" height="262" /&gt;&lt;/a&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Refer to the exhibit. RTRC was recently configured and is not sending the proper OSPF routes to RTRB, as shown in the RTRB routing table. Based on the RTRC configuration, what is most likely the problem?&lt;br /&gt;• RTRC interfaces are administratively shut down.&lt;br /&gt;• The OSPF process ID for RTRC does not match the process ID used on RTRB.&lt;br /&gt;• The interface addresses on RTRC overlap with other addresses in the network.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(51, 51, 255);"&gt;• The OSPF routing configuration on RTRC has a missing or incorrect network statement.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;div class="blogger-post-footer"&gt;&lt;img width='1' height='1' src='https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/tracker/4098964652719354601-2576481215944209708?l=ccna-exam-modules.blogspot.com' alt='' /&gt;&lt;/div&gt;&lt;img src="http://feeds.feedburner.com/~r/40Ccna-exam-modules/~4/j4lA6zT7_AM" height="1" width="1"/&gt;</description><app:edited xmlns:app="http://www.w3.org/2007/app">2009-08-17T01:29:00.902-07:00</app:edited><media:thumbnail url="http://lh6.ggpht.com/amnaj.suksamai/SP35l-2xcwI/AAAAAAAAAZQ/AWicMmKj_TU/s72-c/1_thumb%5B2%5D.jpg" height="72" width="72" /><thr:total xmlns:thr="http://purl.org/syndication/thread/1.0">0</thr:total><feedburner:origLink>http://ccna-exam-modules.blogspot.com/2009/08/40-ccna-3-introducing-routing-and_413.html</feedburner:origLink></item><item><title>4.0 CCNA 3: Introducing Routing and Switching in the Enterprise:Module 5</title><link>http://feedproxy.google.com/~r/40Ccna-exam-modules/~3/3thgA-jP9DI/40-ccna-3-introducing-routing-and_7617.html</link><category>4.0 CCNA3disc</category><author>noreply@blogger.com (amor)</author><pubDate>Mon, 17 Aug 2009 01:25:54 PDT</pubDate><guid isPermaLink="false">tag:blogger.com,1999:blog-4098964652719354601.post-5520915218132636477</guid><description>&lt;p style="font-family: georgia;"&gt;1. What three statements are true about routers that are configured for EIGRP? (Choose three.)&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(51, 51, 255);"&gt;• They can support multiple routed protocols&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;• They can support only link-state protocols.&lt;br /&gt;• They send their entire routing tables to neighboring routers.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(51, 51, 255);"&gt;• They send partial routing updates in response to topology changes.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;• They send routing updates to all other routers in the network.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(51, 51, 255);"&gt;• They use hello packets to inform neighboring routers of their status.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;2. Given the following commands:&lt;br /&gt;Router(config)# router rip&lt;br /&gt;Router(config-router)# network 192.31.7.0&lt;br /&gt;What three conclusions can be determined based on the commands used on the router? (Choose three.)&lt;br /&gt;• A link-state routing protocol is used.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(51, 51, 255);"&gt;&lt;span&gt;• A distance vector routing protocol is used.   &lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span&gt;• Routing updates broadcast every 30 seconds.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;• Routing updates broadcast every 90 seconds.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(51, 51, 255);"&gt;• Hop count is the only metric used for route selection.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;• Bandwidth, load, delay, and reliability are metrics used for route selection.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;3. What is indicated when an EIGRP route is in the passive state?&lt;br /&gt;• The route has the highest path cost of all routes to that destination network.&lt;br /&gt;• The route must be confirmed by neighboring routers before it is put in the active state.&lt;br /&gt;• The route is a feasible successor and will be used if the active route fails.&lt;br /&gt;• There is no activity on the route to that network.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(51, 51, 255);"&gt;• The route is viable and can be used to forward traffic.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;4. What two problems may occur if the EIGRP default bandwidth for a serial link is higher than the actual bandwidth? (Choose two.)&lt;br /&gt;• Routing updates will arrive too quickly for receiving routers to process.&lt;br /&gt;• The port IP address will be rejected by the routing protocol.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(51, 51, 255);"&gt;• Suboptimal paths will be selected.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;• The port protocol will return to the HDLC default.&lt;br /&gt;• VLSM support will be disabled.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(51, 51, 255);"&gt;• Network convergence may be affected.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;5. What is the default administrative distance for EIGRP internal routes?&lt;br /&gt;• 70&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(51, 51, 255);"&gt;• 90&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;• 100&lt;br /&gt;• 110&lt;br /&gt;• 120&lt;br /&gt;• 255&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;6. A network administrator issues the command show ip route and sees this line of output:&lt;br /&gt;192.168.3.0/24 [120/2] via 192.168.2.2, 00:00:05, Serial0/0&lt;br /&gt;What two pieces of information can be obtained from the output? (Choose two.)&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(51, 51, 255);"&gt;• RIP is the routing protocol configured.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;• This is a static route to network 192.168.3.0.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(51, 51, 255);"&gt;• The metric for this route is 2.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;• The next periodic update is in 5 seconds.&lt;br /&gt;• The autonomous system number is 120.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;7.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;a href="http://lh4.ggpht.com/amnaj.suksamai/SP2uKxP76PI/AAAAAAAAAYk/tGQBfH4-k9I/1%5B4%5D.jpg"&gt;&lt;img alt="1" src="http://lh5.ggpht.com/amnaj.suksamai/SP2uPTlC6aI/AAAAAAAAAYo/oOKErSUZ5xA/1_thumb%5B2%5D.jpg" border="0" width="460" height="249" /&gt;&lt;/a&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Refer to the exhibit. Which statement is true about the EIGRP authentication configuration?&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(51, 51, 255);"&gt;• RTA and RTB will accept updates from each other.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;• RTA and RTB will not accept updates from each other because key 1 on RTB does not match RTA.&lt;br /&gt;• RTA and RTB will not accept updates from each other because the key chain names do not match.&lt;br /&gt;• The ip authentication mode AS does not match the locally configured AS.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;8. Which Layer 4 protocol does EIGRP use to provide reliability for the transmission of routing information?&lt;br /&gt;• DUAL&lt;br /&gt;• IP&lt;br /&gt;• PDM&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(51, 102, 255);"&gt;• RTP&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;• TCP&lt;br /&gt;• UDP&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;9.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;a href="http://lh6.ggpht.com/amnaj.suksamai/SP2uSml-ANI/AAAAAAAAAYs/cFlOaYKsuLk/2%5B4%5D.jpg"&gt;&lt;img alt="2" src="http://lh6.ggpht.com/amnaj.suksamai/SP2uVE-QjgI/AAAAAAAAAYw/wFFaZhfRXDo/2_thumb%5B2%5D.jpg" border="0" width="480" height="132" /&gt;&lt;/a&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Refer to the exhibit. Routers RTR-1 and RTR-3 are completely configured. The administrator needs to configure the routing protocol on router RTR-2 so that communication occurs throughout the network. Which group of commands will successfully configure EIGRP on RTR-2?&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(51, 102, 255);"&gt;• RTR-2(config)# router eigrp 1&lt;br /&gt;RTR-2(config-router)# network 198.18.76.0&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;• RTR-2(config)# router eigrp 1&lt;br /&gt;RTR-2(config-router)# network 198.18.76.0 0.0.0.3 no-summary&lt;br /&gt;RTR-2(config-router)# network 198.18.76.4 0.0.0.3 no-summary&lt;br /&gt;RTR-2(config-router)# network 198.18.76.128 0.0.0.192 no-summary&lt;br /&gt;• RTR-2(config)# router eigrp 1&lt;br /&gt;RTR-2(config-router)# network 198.18.76.0 0.0.0.3 area 0&lt;br /&gt;RTR-2(config-router)# network 198.18.76.4 0.0.0.3 area 0&lt;br /&gt;RTR-2(config-router)# network 198.18.76.192 0.0.0.192 area 0&lt;br /&gt;• RTR-2(config)# router eigrp 1&lt;br /&gt;RTR-2(config-router)# network 198.18.76.0 0.0.0.3&lt;br /&gt;RTR-2(config-router)# network 198.198.76.4 0.0.0.3&lt;br /&gt;RTR-2(config-router)# network 198.198.76.128 0.0.0.192&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;10. What prevents RIPv1 updates from being correctly advertised?&lt;br /&gt;• an increase in network load&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(51, 102, 255);"&gt;• the use of variable length subnet masks&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;• the use of multiple Layer 3 networks on the same router&lt;br /&gt;• a variation in connection speeds on the links to a destination&lt;br /&gt;• a mismatch between the configured bandwidth and the actual bandwidth of a link&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;11. What does a router that is running RIP use to determine the best path to take when forwarding data?&lt;br /&gt;• the host portion of the network address&lt;br /&gt;• the speed of network convergence&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(51, 102, 255);"&gt;• the calculated metric for the destination network&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;• the number of broadcasts occurring on an interface&lt;br /&gt;• the number of errors occurring on an interface&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;12. What is the purpose of the network command when RIP is being configured as the routing protocol?&lt;br /&gt;• It identifies the networks connected to the neighboring router.&lt;br /&gt;• It restricts networks from being used for static routes.&lt;br /&gt;• It identifies all of the destination networks that the router is allowed to install in its routing table.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(51, 102, 255);"&gt;• It identifies the directly connected networks that will be included in the RIP routing updates.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;13. How do EIGRP routers establish and maintain neighbor relationships?&lt;br /&gt;• by exchanging neighbor tables with directly attached routers&lt;br /&gt;• by comparing known routes to information received in updates&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(51, 102, 255);"&gt;• by exchanging hello packets with neighboring routers&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;• by dynamically learning new routes from neighbors&lt;br /&gt;• by exchanging routing tables with directly attached routers&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;14.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;a href="http://lh6.ggpht.com/amnaj.suksamai/SP2uX_cxiBI/AAAAAAAAAY0/kq8QEDLoLPk/3%5B3%5D.jpg"&gt;&lt;img alt="3" src="http://lh4.ggpht.com/amnaj.suksamai/SP2uavYkTkI/AAAAAAAAAY4/YQ88Enca89w/3_thumb%5B1%5D.jpg" border="0" width="435" height="194" /&gt;&lt;/a&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Refer to the exhibit. Routers A and B have EIGRP configured and automatic summarization has been disabled on both routers. Which router command will summarize the attached routes?&lt;br /&gt;• ip area-range eigrp 1 192.168.10.80 255.255.255.224&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(51, 51, 255);"&gt;• ip summary-address eigrp 1 192.168.10.64 255.255.255.192&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;• ip summary-address 192.168.10.80 0.0.0.31&lt;br /&gt;• ip summary-address eigrp 1 192.168.10.64 0.0.0.63&lt;br /&gt;• ip area-range eigrp 1 192.168.10.64 255.255.255.224&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;15. How often does RIPv2 send routing table updates, by default?&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(51, 51, 255);"&gt;• every 30 seconds&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;• every 45 seconds&lt;br /&gt;• every 60 seconds&lt;br /&gt;• every 90 seconds&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;16.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;a href="http://lh3.ggpht.com/amnaj.suksamai/SP2ugbE4HUI/AAAAAAAAAY8/UbeNVvN9ems/4%5B4%5D.jpg"&gt;&lt;img alt="4" src="http://lh4.ggpht.com/amnaj.suksamai/SP2ukX6Z6bI/AAAAAAAAAZA/UilxMaJ3mNk/4_thumb%5B2%5D.jpg" border="0" width="480" height="169" /&gt;&lt;/a&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Refer to the exhibit. A network administrator is troubleshooting a routing problem. When the show ip route command is entered on RTR-1, only the serial link between RTR-2 and RTR-3 has been learned from the RIP routing protocol. What are two issues? (Choose two.)&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(51, 51, 255);"&gt;• RIPv1 is a classful routing protocol.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;• RIPv1 does not support subnetting.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(255, 0, 0);"&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(51, 51, 255);"&gt;• The Ethernet networks on RTR-2 and RTR-3 were not entered correctly in the network statements on these routers.   &lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(0, 0, 0);"&gt;• RIPv1 does not support VLSM.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;• RIPv1 is a classless routing protocol.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;17. What two statements are correct regarding EIGRP authentication? (Choose two.)&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(51, 51, 255);"&gt;• EIGRP authentication uses the MD5 algorithm.&lt;br /&gt;• EIGRP authentication uses a pre-shared key.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;• EIGRP authentication requires that both routers have the same key chain name.&lt;br /&gt;• EIGRP authentication uses varying levels of WEP to encrypt data exchanged between routers.&lt;br /&gt;• EIGRP authentication can be configured on one router and updates from this router are protected; whereas a neighbor router can be without the authentication configuration and its updates are unprotected.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;18. When should EIGRP automatic summarization be turned off?&lt;br /&gt;• when a router has not discovered a neighbor within three minutes&lt;br /&gt;• when a router has more than three active interfaces&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(51, 51, 255);"&gt;• when a network contains discontiguous network addresses&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;• when a router has less than five active interfaces&lt;br /&gt;• when a network addressing scheme uses VLSM&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;19. What is the maximum number of hops that RIP will attempt before it considers the destination unreachable?&lt;br /&gt;• 14 hops&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(51, 51, 255);"&gt;• 15 hops&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;• 16 hops&lt;br /&gt;• 17 hops&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;20. What two statements are true regarding EIGRP tables? (Choose two.)&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(51, 51, 255);"&gt;• A feasible successor route can be found in the topology table.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;• A successor route can only be found in the routing table.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(51, 51, 255);"&gt;• The topology table shows whether a route is in the passive or active state.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;• The routing table shows the amount of time elapsed since a router adjacency was formed.&lt;br /&gt;• The neighbor table shows all adjacent Cisco devices.&lt;br /&gt;• Administrative distance is shown as a column in the neighbor table.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;21.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;a href="http://lh5.ggpht.com/amnaj.suksamai/SP2utrLNzTI/AAAAAAAAAZE/waGI-cYw3Zo/5%5B4%5D.jpg"&gt;&lt;img alt="5" src="http://lh4.ggpht.com/amnaj.suksamai/SP2uyoy0NCI/AAAAAAAAAZI/U6OAUGa0s4g/5_thumb%5B2%5D.jpg" border="0" width="485" height="232" /&gt;&lt;/a&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Refer to the exhibit. Which statement is true about the output from the show ip protocols command?&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(51, 51, 255);"&gt;• RIPv2 is configured on this router.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;• Auto summarization has been disabled.&lt;br /&gt;• The next routing update is due in 17 seconds.&lt;br /&gt;• 192.168.16.1 is the address configured on the local router&lt;/p&gt;&lt;div class="blogger-post-footer"&gt;&lt;img width='1' height='1' src='https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/tracker/4098964652719354601-5520915218132636477?l=ccna-exam-modules.blogspot.com' alt='' /&gt;&lt;/div&gt;&lt;img src="http://feeds.feedburner.com/~r/40Ccna-exam-modules/~4/3thgA-jP9DI" height="1" width="1"/&gt;</description><app:edited xmlns:app="http://www.w3.org/2007/app">2009-08-17T01:25:54.067-07:00</app:edited><media:thumbnail url="http://lh5.ggpht.com/amnaj.suksamai/SP2uPTlC6aI/AAAAAAAAAYo/oOKErSUZ5xA/s72-c/1_thumb%5B2%5D.jpg" height="72" width="72" /><thr:total xmlns:thr="http://purl.org/syndication/thread/1.0">0</thr:total><feedburner:origLink>http://ccna-exam-modules.blogspot.com/2009/08/40-ccna-3-introducing-routing-and_7617.html</feedburner:origLink></item><item><title>4.0 CCNA 3: Introducing Routing and Switching in the Enterprise:Module 4</title><link>http://feedproxy.google.com/~r/40Ccna-exam-modules/~3/BdagItQC5vE/40-ccna-3-introducing-routing-and_3537.html</link><category>4.0 CCNA3disc</category><author>noreply@blogger.com (amor)</author><pubDate>Mon, 17 Aug 2009 01:01:44 PDT</pubDate><guid isPermaLink="false">tag:blogger.com,1999:blog-4098964652719354601.post-7470243117703130803</guid><description>1. A network engineer is implementing a network design using VLSM for network 192.168.1.0/24. After subnetting the network, the engineer has decided to take one of the subnets, 192.168.1.16/28 and subnet it further to provide for point-to-point serial link addresses. What is the maximum number of subnets that can be created from the 192.168.1.16/28 subnet for serial connections?&lt;br /&gt;• 1&lt;br /&gt;• 2&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(255, 0, 0);"&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(204, 204, 255);"&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(51, 51, 255);"&gt;• 4 &lt;/span&gt;  &lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/span&gt;• 6&lt;br /&gt;• 8&lt;br /&gt;• 16&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;2. When running NAT, what is the purpose of address overloading?&lt;br /&gt;• limit the number of hosts that can connect to the WAN&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(51, 51, 255);"&gt;• allow multiple inside addresses to share a single global address&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;• force hosts to wait for an available address&lt;br /&gt;• allow an outside host to share inside global addresses&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;3. What two advantages does CIDR provide to a network? (Choose two.)&lt;br /&gt;• reduced routing table size&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(51, 51, 255);"&gt;• dynamic address assignment&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;• automatic route redistribution&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(51, 51, 255);"&gt;• reduced routing update traffic&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;• automatic summarization at classful boundaries&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;4. How does a router keep track of which inside local address is used when NAT overload is configured?&lt;br /&gt;• The router adds an additional bit to the source IP address and maintains a separate table.&lt;br /&gt;• The router modifies the QoS field.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(51, 51, 255);"&gt;• The router uses TCP or UDP port numbers.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;• The router uses a manual entry that is created and maintained in the database of the router.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;5. What is a characteristic of a classful routing protocol on the network?&lt;br /&gt;• All subnets are seen by all routers.&lt;br /&gt;• CIDR addresses are advertised.&lt;br /&gt;• A subnet can be further subnetted down and advertised correctly.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(51, 51, 255);"&gt;• Updates received by a router in a different major network have the default mask applied.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;6. Refer to the exhibit. Which address is an inside global address?&lt;br /&gt;• 10.1.1.1&lt;br /&gt;• 10.1.1.2&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(51, 51, 255);"&gt;• 198.18.1.55&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;• 64.100.0.1&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;7. Refer to the exhibit. All networks that are shown have a /24 prefix. Assuming that all routes have been discovered by all routers in the network, which address will successfully summarize only the networks that are shown?&lt;br /&gt;• 192.168.8.0/21&lt;br /&gt;• 192.168.8.0/24&lt;br /&gt;• 192.168.16.0/20&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(51, 51, 255);"&gt;• 192.168.16.0/21&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;• 192.168.16.0/24&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;8. What is the CIDR prefix designation that summarizes the entire reserved Class B RFC 1918 internal address range?&lt;br /&gt;• /4&lt;br /&gt;• /8&lt;br /&gt;• /12&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(51, 51, 255);"&gt;• /16&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;• /20&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;9. Which NAT term refers to the IP address of your inside host as it appears to the outside network?&lt;br /&gt;• inside global IP address&lt;br /&gt;• outside global IP address&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(51, 51, 255);"&gt;• inside local IP address&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;• outside local IP address&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;10. A network administrator is asked to design a new addressing scheme for a corporate network. Presently, there are 500 users at the head office, 200 users at sales, 425 at manufacturing, and 50 at the research site. Which statement defines the correct VLSM addressing map with minimal waste using the 172.16.0.0/16 network?&lt;br /&gt;• 172.16.0.0/20 head office&lt;br /&gt;172.16.1.0/21 manufacturing&lt;br /&gt;172.16.1.0/22 sales&lt;br /&gt;172.16.3.0/26 research&lt;br /&gt;• 172.16.48.0/19 head office&lt;br /&gt;172.16.16.0/20 manufacturing&lt;br /&gt;172.16.48.128 sales&lt;br /&gt;172.16.48.0/26 research&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(51, 51, 255);"&gt;• 172.16.2.0/23 head office&lt;br /&gt;172.16.4.0/23 manufacturing&lt;br /&gt;172.16.6.0/24 sales&lt;br /&gt;172.16.7.0/26 research&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;• 172.16.2.0/22 head office&lt;br /&gt;172.16.3.0/23 manufacturing&lt;br /&gt;172.16.4.0/26 sales&lt;br /&gt;172.16.4.128/25 research&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;11. A company using a Class B IP addressing scheme needs as many as 100 subnetworks. Assuming that variable length subnetting is not used and all subnets require at least 300 hosts, what subnet mask is appropriate to use?&lt;br /&gt;• 255.255.0.0&lt;br /&gt;• 255.255.240.0&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(51, 51, 255);"&gt;• 255.255.254.0&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;• 255.255.255.0&lt;br /&gt;• 255.255.255.128&lt;br /&gt;• 255.255.255.192&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;12. Host A in the exhibit is assigned the IP address 10.118.197.55/20. How many more network devices can be added to this same subnetwork?&lt;br /&gt;• 253&lt;br /&gt;• 509&lt;br /&gt;• 1021&lt;br /&gt;• 2045&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(51, 51, 255);"&gt;• 4093&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;13. Refer to the exhibit. RIP version 2 is configured as the network routing protocol and all of the default parameters remain the same. Which update is sent from R2 to R3 about the 10.16.1.0/24 network connected to R1?&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(51, 51, 255);"&gt;• 10.16.0.0/16&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;• 10.0.0.0/24&lt;br /&gt;• 10.0.0.0/8&lt;br /&gt;• 10.16.1.0/24&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;14. What range of networks are summarized by the address and mask, 192.168.32.0/19?&lt;br /&gt;• 192.168.0.0/24 - 192.168.32.0/24&lt;br /&gt;• 192.168.0.0/24 - 192.168.31.0/24&lt;br /&gt;• 192.168.32.0/24 – 192.168.64.0/24&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(51, 51, 255);"&gt;• 192.168.32.0/24 – 192.168.63.0/24&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;15. Refer to the exhibit. Based on the output of the show ip nat translations command, which kind of address translation is in effect on this router?&lt;br /&gt;• static&lt;br /&gt;• public&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(51, 51, 255);"&gt;• overload&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;• private&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;16. How many addresses will be available for dynamic NAT translation when a router is configured with the following commands?&lt;br /&gt;• Router(config)#ip nat pool TAME 209.165.201.23 209.165.201.30 netmask 255.255.255.224&lt;br /&gt;• Router(config)#ip nat inside source list 9 pool TAME&lt;br /&gt;• 7&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(51, 51, 255);"&gt;• 8&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;• 9&lt;br /&gt;• 10&lt;br /&gt;• 24&lt;br /&gt;• 31&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;17. Refer to the exhibit. Which two IP addresses could be assigned to the hosts that are shown in the exhibit? (Choose two.)&lt;br /&gt;• 192.168.65.31&lt;br /&gt;• 192.168.65.32&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(51, 51, 255);"&gt;• 192.168.65.35&lt;br /&gt;• 192.168.65.60&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;• 192.168.65.63&lt;br /&gt;• 192.168.65.64&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;18. What are the network and broadcast addresses for host 192.168.100.130/27? (Choose two.)&lt;br /&gt;• network 192.168.100.0&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(51, 51, 255);"&gt;• network 192.168.100.128&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;• network 192.168.100.130&lt;br /&gt;• broadcast 192.168.100.157&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(51, 51, 255);"&gt;• broadcast 192.168.100.159&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;• broadcast 192.168.100.255&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;19. Refer to the exhibit. Which two are valid VLSM network addresses for the serial link between Router1 and Router2? (Choose two.)&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(51, 51, 255);"&gt;• 192.168.1.4/30&lt;br /&gt;• 192.168.1.8/30&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;• 192.168.1.90/30&lt;br /&gt;• 192.168.1.101/30&lt;br /&gt;• 192.168.1.190/30&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;20. When configuring NAT on a Cisco router, what is the inside local IP address?&lt;br /&gt;• the IP address of an inside host as it appears to the outside network&lt;br /&gt;• the IP address of an outside host as it appears to the inside network&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(51, 51, 255);"&gt;• the IP address of an inside host as it appears to the inside network&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;• the configured IP address assigned to a host in the outside network&lt;div class="blogger-post-footer"&gt;&lt;img width='1' height='1' src='https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/tracker/4098964652719354601-7470243117703130803?l=ccna-exam-modules.blogspot.com' alt='' /&gt;&lt;/div&gt;&lt;img src="http://feeds.feedburner.com/~r/40Ccna-exam-modules/~4/BdagItQC5vE" height="1" width="1"/&gt;</description><app:edited xmlns:app="http://www.w3.org/2007/app">2009-08-17T01:01:44.370-07:00</app:edited><thr:total xmlns:thr="http://purl.org/syndication/thread/1.0">0</thr:total><feedburner:origLink>http://ccna-exam-modules.blogspot.com/2009/08/40-ccna-3-introducing-routing-and_3537.html</feedburner:origLink></item><item><title>4.0 CCNA 3: Introducing Routing and Switching in the Enterprise:Module 3</title><link>http://feedproxy.google.com/~r/40Ccna-exam-modules/~3/3hvpDPN9rmk/40-ccna-3-introducing-routing-and_16.html</link><category>4.0 CCNA3disc</category><author>noreply@blogger.com (amor)</author><pubDate>Mon, 17 Aug 2009 00:52:51 PDT</pubDate><guid isPermaLink="false">tag:blogger.com,1999:blog-4098964652719354601.post-3055110566492334408</guid><description>1.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;a href="http://lh5.ggpht.com/amnaj.suksamai/SP2Y8NUPSAI/AAAAAAAAAX0/ATM3xVE2sfg/1%5B3%5D.jpg"&gt;&lt;img alt="1" src="http://lh6.ggpht.com/amnaj.suksamai/SP2Y_yZly5I/AAAAAAAAAX4/M0wMe9jCYyc/1_thumb%5B1%5D.jpg" border="0" width="488" height="212" /&gt;&lt;/a&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Refer to the exhibit. What two statements can be concluded from the information that is shown in the exhibit? (Choose two.)&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(51, 51, 255);"&gt;• All ports that are listed in the exhibit are access ports.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;• ARP requests from Host1 will be forwarded to Host2.&lt;br /&gt;• Attaching Host1 to port 3 will automatically allow communication between both hosts.&lt;br /&gt;• The default gateway for each host must be changed to 192.168.3.250/28 to allow communication between both hosts.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(51, 51, 255);"&gt;• A router connected to the switch is needed to forward traffic between the hosts.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;2.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;a href="http://lh5.ggpht.com/amnaj.suksamai/SP2ZFQ3CFjI/AAAAAAAAAX8/FA1fzjoy4Qg/2%5B3%5D.jpg"&gt;&lt;img alt="2" src="http://lh3.ggpht.com/amnaj.suksamai/SP2ZK-pu0rI/AAAAAAAAAYA/QZyITs-WWDo/2_thumb%5B1%5D.jpg" border="0" width="488" height="212" /&gt;&lt;/a&gt;&lt;br /&gt;A router is configured to connect to a trunked uplink as shown in the exhibit. A packet is received on the FastEthernet 0/1 physical interface from VLAN 10. The packet destination address is 192.168.1.120. What will the router do with this packet?&lt;br /&gt;• The router will forward the packet out interface FastEthernet 0/1.1 tagged for VLAN 10.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(51, 51, 255);"&gt;• The router will forward the packet out interface FastEthernet 0/1.2 tagged for VLAN 60.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;• The router will forward the packet out interface FastEthernet 0/1.3 tagged for VLAN 60.&lt;br /&gt;• The router will forward the packet out interface FastEthernet 0/1.3 tagged for VLAN 120.&lt;br /&gt;• The router will not process the packet since the source and destination are on the same subnet.&lt;br /&gt;• The router will drop the packet since no network that includes the source address is attached to the router.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;3. The information contained in a BPDU is used for which two purposes? (Choose two.)&lt;br /&gt;• to prevent loops by sharing bridging tables between connected switches&lt;br /&gt;• to set the duplex mode of a redundant link&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(51, 51, 255);"&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(51, 51, 255);"&gt;• to determine the shortest path to the root bridge   &lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(51, 51, 255);"&gt;• to determine which ports will forward frames as part of the spanning tree&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;• to activate looped paths throughout the network&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;4. A router has two serial interfaces and two Fast Ethernet interfaces. This router must be connected to a WAN link and to a switch that supports four VLANs. How can this be accomplished in the most efficient and cost-effective manner to support inter-VLAN routing between the four VLANs?&lt;br /&gt;• Connect a smaller router to the serial interface to handle the inter-VLAN traffic.&lt;br /&gt;• Add two additional Fast Ethernet interfaces to the router to allow one VLAN per interface.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(51, 51, 255);"&gt;• Connect a trunked uplink from the switch to one Fast Ethernet interface on the router and create logical subinterfaces for each VLAN.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;• Use serial-to-Fast Ethernet transceivers to connect two of the VLANs to the serial ports on the router. Support the other two VLANs directly to the available FastEthernet ports.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;5. When are MAC addresses removed from the CAM table?&lt;br /&gt;• at regular 30 second intervals&lt;br /&gt;• when a broadcast packet is received&lt;br /&gt;• when the IP Address of a host is changed&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(51, 51, 255);"&gt;• after they have been idle for a certain period of time&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;6.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;a href="http://lh5.ggpht.com/amnaj.suksamai/SP2ZM22ACKI/AAAAAAAAAYE/jWNeWugBMaw/3%5B4%5D.jpg"&gt;&lt;img alt="3" src="http://lh4.ggpht.com/amnaj.suksamai/SP2ZO5ZjUgI/AAAAAAAAAYI/MGDfu5kSDfk/3_thumb%5B2%5D.jpg" border="0" width="480" height="97" /&gt;&lt;/a&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Refer to the exhibit. Switch1 is not participating in the VTP management process with the other switches. Which two are possible reasons for this? (Choose two.)&lt;br /&gt;• Switch2 is in transparent mode.&lt;br /&gt;• Switch1 is in client mode.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(51, 51, 255);"&gt;• Switch1 is using VTP version 1 and Switch2 is using VTP version 2.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;• Switch2 is in server mode.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(51, 51, 255);"&gt;• Switch1 is in a different management domain.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;• Switch1 has no VLANs.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;7. Which three must be used when a router interface is configured for VLAN trunking? (Choose three.)&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(51, 51, 255);"&gt;• one subinterface per VLAN&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;• one physical interface for each subinterface&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(51, 51, 255);"&gt;• one IP network or subnetwork for each subinterface&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;• one trunked link per VLAN&lt;br /&gt;• a management domain for each subinterface&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(51, 51, 255);"&gt;• a compatible trunking protocol encapsulation for each subinterface&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;8.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;a href="http://lh3.ggpht.com/amnaj.suksamai/SP2ZRm1DXRI/AAAAAAAAAYM/Y9halzrEZ_8/4%5B3%5D.jpg"&gt;&lt;img alt="4" src="http://lh6.ggpht.com/amnaj.suksamai/SP2ZUZBfnVI/AAAAAAAAAYQ/HuPy7RDDLxw/4_thumb%5B1%5D.jpg" border="0" width="443" height="211" /&gt;&lt;/a&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Refer to the exhibit. The switches are connected with trunks within the same VTP management domain. Each switch is labeled with its VTP mode. A new VLAN is added to Switch3. This VLAN does not show up on the other switches. What is the reason for this?&lt;br /&gt;• VLANs cannot be created on transparent mode switches.&lt;br /&gt;• Server mode switches neither listen to nor forward VTP messages from transparent mode switches.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(51, 51, 255);"&gt;• VLANs created on transparent mode switches are not included in VTP advertisements.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;• There are no ports assigned to the new VLAN on the other switches.&lt;br /&gt;• Transparent mode switches do not forward VTP advertisements.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;9. Which two criteria are used by STP to select a root bridge? (Choose two.)&lt;br /&gt;• memory size&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(51, 51, 255);"&gt;• bridge priority&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;• switching speed&lt;br /&gt;• number of ports&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(51, 51, 255);"&gt;• base MAC addres&lt;/span&gt;&lt;span style="font-weight: bold; color: rgb(204, 204, 255);"&gt;s&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;• switch location&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;10. Which three steps should be taken before moving a Catalyst switch to a new VTP management domain? (Choose three.)&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(51, 51, 255);"&gt;• Reboot the switch.&lt;br /&gt;• Reset the VTP counters to allow the switch to synchronize with the other switches in the domain.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;• Download the VTP database from the VTP server in the new domain.&lt;br /&gt;• Configure the VTP server in the domain to recognize the BID of the new switch.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(51, 51, 255);"&gt;• Select the correct VTP mode and version.&lt;br /&gt;• Configure the switch with the name of the new management domain.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;11. Which two items will prevent broadcasts from being sent throughout the network? (Choose two.)&lt;br /&gt;• bridges&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(51, 51, 255);"&gt;• routers&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;• switches&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(51, 51, 255);"&gt;• VLANs&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;• hubs&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;12. Which two characteristics describe a port in the STP blocking state? (Choose two.)&lt;br /&gt;• provides port security&lt;br /&gt;• displays a steady green light&lt;br /&gt;• learns MAC addresses as BPDUs are processed&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(51, 51, 255);"&gt;• discards data frames received from the attached segment&lt;br /&gt;• receives BPDUs and directs them to the system module&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;13. What is the first step in the process of convergence in a spanning tree topology?&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(51, 51, 255);"&gt;• election of the root bridge&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;• determination of the designated port for each segment&lt;br /&gt;• blocking of the non-designated ports&lt;br /&gt;• selection of the designated trunk port&lt;br /&gt;• activation of the root port for each segment&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;14. In which STP state does a switch port transmit user data and learn MAC addresses?&lt;br /&gt;• blocking&lt;br /&gt;• learning&lt;br /&gt;• disabling&lt;br /&gt;• listening&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(51, 51, 255);"&gt;• forwarding&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;15. What is the purpose of VTP?&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(51, 51, 255);"&gt;• maintaining consistency in VLAN configuration across the network&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;• routing frames from one VLAN to another&lt;br /&gt;• routing the frames along the best path between switches&lt;br /&gt;• tagging user data frames with VLAN membership information&lt;br /&gt;• distributing BPDUs to maintain loop-free switched paths&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;16. Which statement best describes adaptive cut-through switching?&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(51, 51, 255);"&gt;• The switch initially forwards all traffic using cut-through switching and then changes to store-and-forward switching if errors exceed a threshold value.&lt;br /&gt;• The switch initially forwards all traffic using cut-through switching and then changes to fast-forward switching if errors exceed a threshold value.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;• The switch initially forwards all traffic using cut-through switching and then temporarily disables the port if errors exceed a threshold value.&lt;br /&gt;• The switch initially forwards all traffic using store-and-forward switching and then changes to cut-through switching if errors exceed a threshold value.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;17. Using STP, how long does it take for a switch port to go from the blocking state to the forwarding state?&lt;br /&gt;• 2 seconds&lt;br /&gt;• 15 seconds&lt;br /&gt;• 20 seconds&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(51, 51, 255);"&gt;• 50 seconds&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;18.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;a href="http://lh3.ggpht.com/amnaj.suksamai/SP2ZW_9uNWI/AAAAAAAAAYU/smF_6Gp94sY/5%5B4%5D.jpg"&gt;&lt;img alt="5" src="http://lh4.ggpht.com/amnaj.suksamai/SP2ZZ7sD8XI/AAAAAAAAAYY/2gvh_oOJCew/5_thumb%5B2%5D.jpg" border="0" width="580" height="131" /&gt;&lt;/a&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Refer to the exhibit. The switches are interconnected by trunked links and are configured for VTP as shown. A new VLAN is added to Switch1. Which three actions will occur? (Choose three.)&lt;br /&gt;• Switch1 will not add the VLAN to its database and will pass the update to Switch 2.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(51, 51, 255);"&gt;• Switch2 will add the VLAN to its database and pass the update to Switch3.&lt;br /&gt;• Switch3 will pass the VTP update to Switch4.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;• Switch3 will add the VLAN to its database.&lt;br /&gt;• Switch4 will add the VLAN to its database.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(51, 51, 255);"&gt;• Switch4 will not receive the update.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;19 Which Catalyst feature causes a switch port to enter the spanning-tree forwarding state immediately?&lt;br /&gt;• backbonefast&lt;br /&gt;• uplinkfast&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(51, 51, 255);"&gt;• portfast&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;• rapid spanning tree&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;20.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;a href="http://lh3.ggpht.com/amnaj.suksamai/SP2Zb0xqY2I/AAAAAAAAAYc/oq2zw2k8YCk/6%5B3%5D.jpg"&gt;&lt;img alt="6" src="http://lh3.ggpht.com/amnaj.suksamai/SP2ZdofPW1I/AAAAAAAAAYg/I44xGDNnqgU/6_thumb%5B1%5D.jpg" border="0" width="173" height="251" /&gt;&lt;/a&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Refer to the exhibit. Which set of commands would be used on the router to provide communication between the two hosts connected to the switch?&lt;br /&gt; Router(config)# interface vlan 2&lt;br /&gt;Router(config-if)# ip address 192.168.2.1 255.255.255.0&lt;br /&gt;Router(config-if)# no shutdown&lt;br /&gt;Router(config)# interface vlan 3&lt;br /&gt;Router(config-if)# ip address 192.168.3.1 255.255.255.0&lt;br /&gt;Router(config-if)# no shutdown&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(0, 0, 255);"&gt;Router(config)# interface fastethernet 0/0&lt;br /&gt;Router(config-if)# no shutdown&lt;br /&gt;Router(config-if)# interface fastethernet 0/0.2&lt;br /&gt;Router(config-subif)# encapsulation dot1q 2&lt;br /&gt;Router(config-subif)# ip address 192.168.2.1 255.255.255.0&lt;br /&gt;Router(config-if)# interface fastethernet 0/0.3&lt;br /&gt;Router(config-subif)# encapsulation dot1q 3&lt;br /&gt;Router(config-subif)# ip address 192.168.3.1 255.255.255.0&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Router(config)# interface vlan 2&lt;br /&gt;Router(config-if)# switchport mode trunk dot1q&lt;br /&gt;Router(config)# interface vlan 3&lt;br /&gt;Router(config-if)# switchport mode trunk dot1q&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Router(config)# interface fastethernet 0/0&lt;br /&gt;Router(config-if)# mode trunk dot1q 2 3&lt;br /&gt;Router(config-if)# ip address 192.168.2.1 255.255.255.0&lt;div class="blogger-post-footer"&gt;&lt;img width='1' height='1' src='https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/tracker/4098964652719354601-3055110566492334408?l=ccna-exam-modules.blogspot.com' alt='' /&gt;&lt;/div&gt;&lt;img src="http://feeds.feedburner.com/~r/40Ccna-exam-modules/~4/3hvpDPN9rmk" height="1" width="1"/&gt;</description><app:edited xmlns:app="http://www.w3.org/2007/app">2009-08-17T00:52:51.190-07:00</app:edited><media:thumbnail url="http://lh6.ggpht.com/amnaj.suksamai/SP2Y_yZly5I/AAAAAAAAAX4/M0wMe9jCYyc/s72-c/1_thumb%5B1%5D.jpg" height="72" width="72" /><thr:total xmlns:thr="http://purl.org/syndication/thread/1.0">0</thr:total><feedburner:origLink>http://ccna-exam-modules.blogspot.com/2009/08/40-ccna-3-introducing-routing-and_16.html</feedburner:origLink></item><item><title>4.0 CCNA 4: Accessing the WAN:Final 4</title><link>http://feedproxy.google.com/~r/40Ccna-exam-modules/~3/oqoobwVnMyI/40-ccna-4-accessing-wanfinal-4.html</link><category>4.0 CCNA4exp</category><author>noreply@blogger.com (amor)</author><pubDate>Sun, 16 Aug 2009 20:12:09 PDT</pubDate><guid isPermaLink="false">tag:blogger.com,1999:blog-4098964652719354601.post-8403788266459064137</guid><description>&lt;span style="font-family: georgia;"&gt;1. Refer to the exhibit. A network administrator is trying to configure a router to use SDM. After this configuration shown in the exhibit is applied, the SDM interface of the router is still not accessible. What is the cause of the problem?&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="font-family: georgia; color: rgb(51, 51, 255);"&gt;*The username and password are not configured correctly.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="font-family: georgia;"&gt;The authentication method is not configured correctly.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="font-family: georgia;"&gt;The HTTP timeout policy is not configured correctly.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="font-family: georgia;"&gt;The vtys are not configured correctly.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="font-family: georgia;"&gt;2. Refer to the exhibit. Branch A has a non-Cisco router that is using IETF encapsulation and Branch B has a Cisco router. After the commands that are shown are entered, R1 and R2 fail to establish the PVC. The R2 LMI is Cisco, and the R1 LMI is ANSI. The LMI is successfully established at both locations. Why is the PVC failing?&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="font-family: georgia;"&gt;The PVC to R1 must be point-to-point.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="font-family: georgia;"&gt;LMI types must match on each end of a PVC.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="font-family: georgia;"&gt;The frame relay PVCs cannot be established between Cisco and non-Cisco routers.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="font-family: georgia; color: rgb(51, 51, 255);"&gt;*The IETF parameter is missing from the frame-relay map ip 10.10.10.1 201 command.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="font-family: georgia;"&gt;3. Refer to the exhibit. An ACL called Managers already exists on this router. What happens if the network administrator issues the commands as shown in the exhibit?&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="font-family: georgia;"&gt;The new ACL overwrites the existing ACL.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="font-family: georgia;"&gt;The network administrator will receive an error message.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="font-family: georgia; color: rgb(51, 51, 255);"&gt;*The existing ACL is modified to include the new command.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="font-family: georgia;"&gt;A second Managers ACL is created that contains only the new command.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="font-family: georgia;"&gt;4. Refer to the exhibit. A network administrator is trying to backup the IOS software on R1 to the TFTP server. He receives the error message that is shown in the exhibit, and cannot ping the TFTP server from R1. What is an action that can help to isolate this problem?&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="font-family: georgia;"&gt;Use correct source file name in the command.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="font-family: georgia;"&gt;Verify that the TFTP server software is running.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="font-family: georgia;"&gt;Make sure that there is enough room on the TFTP server for the backup.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="font-family: georgia; color: rgb(51, 51, 255);"&gt;*Check that R1 has a route to the network where the TFTP server resides.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="font-family: georgia;"&gt;5. What can a network administrator do to recover from a lost router password?&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="font-family: georgia;"&gt;use the copy tftp: flash: command&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="font-family: georgia;"&gt;boot the router to bootROM mode and enter the b command to load the IOS manually&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="font-family: georgia;"&gt;telnet from another router and issue the show running-config command to view the password&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="font-family: georgia;"&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(51, 51, 255);"&gt;*boot the router to ROM monitor mode and configure the router to ignore the startup &lt;/span&gt;configuration when it initializes&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="font-family: georgia;"&gt;6. Which combination of authentication and Layer 2 protocol should be used to establish a link between a Cisco and a non-Cisco router without sending authentication information in plain text?&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="font-family: georgia;"&gt;CHAP and HDLC&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="font-family: georgia; color: rgb(51, 51, 255);"&gt;*CHAP and PPP&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="font-family: georgia;"&gt;PAP and HDLC&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="font-family: georgia;"&gt;PAP and PPP&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="font-family: georgia;"&gt;7. Refer to the exhibit. Which statement correctly describes how Router1 processes an FTP request that enters interface s0/0/0 and is destined for an FTP server at IP address 192.168.1.5?&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="font-family: georgia;"&gt;The router matches the incoming packet to the statement that was created by the access-list 201 deny icmp 192.168.1.0 0.0.0.255 any command, continues comparing the packet to the remaining statements in ACL 201 to ensure that no subsequent statements allow FTP, and then the router drops the packet.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="font-family: georgia;"&gt;The router reaches the end of ACL 101 without matching a condition and drops the packet because there is no statement that was created by the access-list 101 permit ip any any command.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="font-family: georgia;"&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(51, 51, 255);"&gt;*The router matches the incoming packet to the statement that was created by the access-list 101 permit ip any 192.168.1.0 0.0.0.255 command and allows the packet into the router.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="font-family: georgia;"&gt;It matches the incoming packet to the statement that was created by the access-list 201 permit ip any any command and allows the packet into the router.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="font-family: georgia;"&gt;8. Which three statements accurately describe attributes of a security policy? (Choose three.)&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="font-family: georgia; color: rgb(51, 51, 255);"&gt;*It creates a basis for legal action if necessary.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="font-family: georgia;"&gt;It should not be altered once it is implemented.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="font-family: georgia; color: rgb(51, 51, 255);"&gt;*It defines a process for managing security violations.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="font-family: georgia;"&gt;It focuses primarily on threats from outside of the organization.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="font-family: georgia; color: rgb(51, 51, 255);"&gt;*It defines acceptable and unacceptable use of network resources.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="font-family: georgia;"&gt;It provides step-by-step procedures to harden routers and other network devices.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="font-family: georgia;"&gt;9. Refer to the exhibit. The network administrator creates a standard access control list on Router1 to prohibit traffic from the 172.16.1.0/24 network from reaching the 172.16.2.0/24 network while still permitting Internet access for all networks. On which router interface and in which direction should it be applied?&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="font-family: georgia;"&gt;interface Fa0/0, inbound&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="font-family: georgia;"&gt;interface Fa0/0, outbound&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="font-family: georgia;"&gt;interface Fa0/1, inbound&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="font-family: georgia; color: rgb(51, 51, 255);"&gt;*interface Fa0/1, outbound&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="font-family: georgia;"&gt;10. Refer to the exhibit. Why are the routers unable to establish a PPP session?&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="font-family: georgia; color: rgb(51, 51, 255);"&gt;*The usernames are misconfigured.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="font-family: georgia;"&gt;The IP addresses are on different subnets.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="font-family: georgia;"&gt;The clock rate is configured on the wrong end of the link.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="font-family: georgia;"&gt;The CHAP passwords must be different on the two routers.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="font-family: georgia;"&gt;Interface serial 0/0/0 on Router1 must connect to interface serial 0/0/1 on Router2.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="font-family: georgia;"&gt;11. What are two main components of data confidentiality? (Choose two.)&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="font-family: georgia;"&gt;checksum&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="font-family: georgia;"&gt;digital certificates&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="font-family: georgia; color: rgb(51, 51, 255);"&gt;**encapsulation&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="font-family: georgia; color: rgb(51, 51, 255);"&gt;**encryption&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="font-family: georgia;"&gt;hashing&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="font-family: georgia;"&gt;12. A technician is talking to a colleague at a rival company and comparing DSL transfer rates between the two companies. Both companies are in the same city, use the same service provider, and have the same rate/service plan. What is the explanation for why company 1 reports higher download speeds than company 2 reports?&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="font-family: georgia;"&gt;Company 1 only uses microfilters at branch locations.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="font-family: georgia;"&gt;Company 1 has a lower volume of POTS traffic than company 2 has.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="font-family: georgia; color: rgb(51, 51, 255);"&gt;**Company 2 is located farther from the service provider than company 1 is.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="font-family: georgia;"&gt;Company 2 shares the connection to the DSLAM with more clients than company 1 shares with.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="font-family: georgia;"&gt;13. What is the result when the command permit tcp 192.168.4.0 0.0.3.255 any eq 23 is entered in a named access control list and applied on the inbound interface of a router?&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="font-family: georgia;"&gt;All traffic from 192.168.4.0/24 larger than 23 bytes is permitted.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="font-family: georgia;"&gt;FTP traffic from the 192.168.4.0/24 network is permitted.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="font-family: georgia;"&gt;TCP traffic destined to 192.168.4.0/24 network is permitted.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="font-family: georgia; color: rgb(51, 51, 255);"&gt;**Telnet traffic originating from 192.168.4.0/22 is permitted out.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="font-family: georgia;"&gt;14. What are two major characteristics of a worm? (Choose two.)&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="font-family: georgia; color: rgb(51, 51, 255);"&gt;**exploits known vulnerabilities&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="font-family: georgia;"&gt;attaches itself to another program&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="font-family: georgia;"&gt;executed by a predefined time or event&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="font-family: georgia;"&gt;masquerades as an accepted program&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="font-family: georgia; color: rgb(51, 51, 255);"&gt;**copies itself to the host and selects new targets&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="font-family: georgia;"&gt;15. While configuring a Frame Relay connection, when should a static Frame Relay map be used?&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="font-family: georgia;"&gt;the remote router is a non-Cisco router&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="font-family: georgia;"&gt;the local router is configured with subinterfaces&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="font-family: georgia; color: rgb(51, 51, 255);"&gt;**broadcast traffic and multicast traffic over the PVC must be controlled&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="font-family: georgia;"&gt;globally significant rather than locally significant DLCIs are being used&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="font-family: georgia;"&gt;16. A system administrator must provide Internet connectivity for ten hosts in a small remote office. The ISP has assigned two public IP addresses to this remote office. How can the system administrator configure the router to provide Internet access to all ten users at the same time?&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="font-family: georgia;"&gt;Configure static NAT.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="font-family: georgia;"&gt;Configure dynamic NAT.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="font-family: georgia;"&gt;Configure static NAT with overload.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="font-family: georgia; color: rgb(51, 51, 255);"&gt;**Configure dynamic NAT with overload.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="font-family: georgia;"&gt;17. Refer to the exhibit. Which DHCP requests will R1 answer?&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="font-family: georgia;"&gt;all DHCP requests that R1 receives&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="font-family: georgia;"&gt;requests that are broadcast to 10.0.1.255&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="font-family: georgia;"&gt;DNS requests with a destination of 10.0.1.3&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="font-family: georgia; color: rgb(51, 51, 255);"&gt;**requests that are received on the FastEthernet 0/0 interface&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="font-family: georgia;"&gt;requests that come from any networks that are not listed as excluded&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="font-family: georgia;"&gt;18. What are the symptoms when the s0/0/0 interface on a router is attached to an operational CSU/DSU that is generating a clock signal, but the far end router on the point-to-point link has not been activated?&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="font-family: georgia;"&gt;show controllers indicates cable type DCE V.35. show interfaces s0/0/0 indicates serial down, line protocol down.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="font-family: georgia;"&gt;show controllers indicates cable type DCE V.35. show interfaces s0/0/0 indicates serial up, line protocol down.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="font-family: georgia; color: rgb(51, 51, 255);"&gt;**show controllers indicates cable type DTE V.35. show interfaces s0/0/0 indicates serial up, line protocol down.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="font-family: georgia;"&gt;show controllers indicates cable type DTE V.35. show interfaces s0/0/0 indicates serial down, line protocol down.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="font-family: georgia;"&gt;19. A technician has been asked to run Cisco SDM one-step lockdown on the router of a customer. What will be the result of this process?&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="font-family: georgia;"&gt;Traffic is only forwarded from SDM-trusted Cisco routers.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="font-family: georgia;"&gt;Security testing is performed and the results are saved as a text file stored in NVRAM.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="font-family: georgia; color: rgb(51, 51, 255);"&gt;**The router is tested for potential security problems and any necessary changes are made.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="font-family: georgia;"&gt;All traffic entering the router is quarantined and checked for viruses before being forwarded.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="font-family: georgia;"&gt;20. Refer to the exhibit. A network administrator has issued the commands that are shown on Router1 and Router2. A later review of the routing tables reveals that neither router is learning the LAN network of the neighbor router. What is most likely the problem with the RIPng configuration?&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="font-family: georgia;"&gt;The serial interfaces are in different subnets.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="font-family: georgia; color: rgb(51, 51, 255);"&gt;**The RIPng process is not enabled on interfaces.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="font-family: georgia;"&gt;The RIPng processes do not match between Router1 and Router2.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="font-family: georgia;"&gt;The RIPng network command is missing from the IPv6 RIP configuration.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="font-family: georgia;"&gt;21. Refer to the exhibit. Which statement is true about the Frame Relay connection?&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="font-family: georgia;"&gt;The Frame Relay connection is in the process of negotiation.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="font-family: georgia; color: rgb(51, 51, 255);"&gt;**A congestion control mechanism is enabled on the Frame Relay connection.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="font-family: georgia;"&gt;The “ACTIVE” status of the Frame Relay connection indicates that the network is experiencing congestion.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="font-family: georgia;"&gt;Only control FECN and BECN bits are sent over the Frame Relay connection. No data traffic traverses the link.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="font-family: georgia;"&gt;22. When configuring a Frame Relay connection, what is the purpose of Inverse ARP?&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="font-family: georgia;"&gt;to assign a DLCI to a remote peer&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="font-family: georgia;"&gt;to disable peer requests from determining local Layer 3 addresses&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="font-family: georgia;"&gt;to negotiate LMI encapsulations between local and remote Frame Relay peers&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="font-family: georgia; color: rgb(51, 51, 255);"&gt;**to create a mapping of DLCI to Layer 3 addresses that belong to remote peers&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="font-family: georgia;"&gt;23. When NAT is in use, what is used to determine the addresses that can be translated on a Cisco router?&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="font-family: georgia; color: rgb(51, 51, 255);"&gt;**access control list&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="font-family: georgia;"&gt;routing protocol&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="font-family: georgia;"&gt;inbound interface&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="font-family: georgia;"&gt;ARP cache&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="font-family: georgia;"&gt;24. An administrator is configuring a dual stack router with IPv6 and IPv4 using RIPng. The administrator receives an error message when trying to enter the IPv4 routes into RIPng. What is the cause of the problem?&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="font-family: georgia;"&gt;When IPv4 and IPv6 are configured on the same interface, all IPv4 addresses are over-written in favor of the newer technology.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="font-family: georgia;"&gt;Incorrect IPv4 addresses are entered on the router interfaces.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="font-family: georgia;"&gt;RIPng is incompatible with dual-stack technology.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="font-family: georgia; color: rgb(51, 51, 255);"&gt;**IPv4 is incompatible with RIPng.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="font-family: georgia;"&gt;25. Refer to the exhibit. Router1 is not able to communicate with its peer that is connected to this interface. Based on the output as shown, what is the most likely cause?&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="font-family: georgia;"&gt;interface reset&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="font-family: georgia; color: rgb(51, 51, 255);"&gt;**unplugged cable&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="font-family: georgia;"&gt;improper LMI type&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="font-family: georgia;"&gt;PPP negotiation failure&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="font-family: georgia;"&gt;26. Which two functions are provided by the Local Management Interface (LMI) that is used in Frame Relay networks? (Choose two.)&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="font-family: georgia; color: rgb(51, 51, 255);"&gt;**simple flow control&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="font-family: georgia;"&gt;error notification&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="font-family: georgia;"&gt;congestion notification&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="font-family: georgia;"&gt;mapping of DLCIs to network addresses&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="font-family: georgia; color: rgb(51, 51, 255);"&gt;**exchange of information about the status of virtual circuits&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="font-family: georgia;"&gt;27. Refer to the exhibit. A technician issues the show interface s0/0/0 command on R1 while troubleshooting a network problem. What two conclusions can be determined by from the output shown? (Choose two.)&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="font-family: georgia; color: rgb(51, 51, 255);"&gt;**The bandwidth has been set to the value of a T1 line.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="font-family: georgia;"&gt;This interface should be configured for PPP encapsulation.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="font-family: georgia;"&gt;**There is no failure indicated in an OSI Layer 1 or Layer 2.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="font-family: georgia;"&gt;The physical connection between the two routers has failed.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="font-family: georgia;"&gt;The IP address of S0/0/0 is invalid, given the subnet mask being used.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="font-family: georgia;"&gt;28. Refer to the exhibit. Which statement is true about the CSU/DSU device?&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="font-family: georgia;"&gt;It connects asynchronous devices to a LAN or WAN through network and terminal emulation software.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="font-family: georgia;"&gt;It uses a multiport internetworking device to switch traffic such as Frame Relay, ATM, or X.25 over the WAN.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="font-family: georgia; color: rgb(51, 51, 255);"&gt;**It provides termination for the digital signal and ensures connection integrity through error correction and line monitoring.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="font-family: georgia;"&gt;It converts the digital signals produced by a computer into voice frequencies that can be transmitted over the analog lines of the public telephone network.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="font-family: georgia;"&gt;29. Where does a service provider assume responsibility from a customer for a WAN connection?&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="font-family: georgia;"&gt;local loop&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="font-family: georgia;"&gt;DTE cable on router&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="font-family: georgia; color: rgb(51, 51, 255);"&gt;**demarcation point&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="font-family: georgia;"&gt;demilitarized zone&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="font-family: georgia;"&gt;30. What are two LCP options that can be configured for PPP? (Choose two.)&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="font-family: georgia;"&gt;EAP&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="font-family: georgia; color: rgb(51, 51, 255);"&gt;**CHAP&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="font-family: georgia;"&gt;IPCP&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="font-family: georgia;"&gt;CDPCP&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="font-family: georgia; color: rgb(51, 51, 255);"&gt;**stacker&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="font-family: georgia;"&gt;31. Refer to the exhibit. What is placed in the address field in the header of a frame that will travel from the DC router to the Orlando router?&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="font-family: georgia;"&gt;DLCI 123&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="font-family: georgia; color: rgb(51, 51, 255);"&gt;**DLCI 321&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="font-family: georgia;"&gt;10.10.10.25&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="font-family: georgia;"&gt;10.10.10.26&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="font-family: georgia;"&gt;MAC address of the Orlando router&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="font-family: georgia;"&gt;32. Which two statements are true about creating and applying access lists? (Choose two.)&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="font-family: georgia; color: rgb(51, 51, 255);"&gt;**There is an implicit deny at the end of all access lists.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="font-family: georgia; color: rgb(51, 51, 255);"&gt;**One access list per port, per protocol, per direction is permitted.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="font-family: georgia;"&gt;Access list entries should filter in the order from general to specific.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="font-family: georgia;"&gt;The term “inbound” refers to traffic that enters the network from the router interface where the ACL is applied.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="font-family: georgia;"&gt;Standard ACLs should be applied closest to the source while extended ACLs should be applied closest to the destination.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="font-family: georgia;"&gt;33. Which statement is true about wildcard masks?&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="font-family: georgia;"&gt;Inverting the subnet mask will always create the wildcard mask.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="font-family: georgia;"&gt;The wildcard mask performs the same function as a subnet mask.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="font-family: georgia;"&gt;A network or subnet bit is identified by a “1″ in the wildcard mask.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="font-family: georgia; color: rgb(51, 51, 255);"&gt;**IP address bits that must be checked are identified by a “0″ in the wildcard mask.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="font-family: georgia;"&gt;34. Refer to the exhibit. A host connected to Fa0/0 is unable to acquire an IP address from this DHCP server. The output of the debug ip dhcp server command shows “DHCPD: there is no address pool for 192.168.1.1″. What is the problem?&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="font-family: georgia;"&gt;The 192.168.1.1 address has not been excluded from the DHCP pool.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="font-family: georgia; color: rgb(51, 51, 255);"&gt;**The pool of addresses for the 192Network pool is incorrect.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="font-family: georgia;"&gt;The default router for the 192Network pool is incorrect.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="font-family: georgia;"&gt;The 192.168.1.1 address is already configured on Fa0/0.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="font-family: georgia;"&gt;35.Refer to the exhibit. A network administrator is tasked with completing the Frame Relay topology that interconnects two remote sites. How should the point-to-point subinterfaces be configured on HQ to complete the topology?&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="font-family: georgia;"&gt;frame-relay interface-dlci 103 on Serial 0/0/0.1&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="font-family: georgia;"&gt;frame-relay interface-dlci 203 on Serial 0/0/0.2&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="font-family: georgia; color: rgb(51, 51, 255);"&gt;**frame-relay interface-dlci 301 on Serial 0/0/0.1&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="font-family: georgia;"&gt;frame-relay interface-dlci 302 on Serial 0/0/0.2&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="font-family: georgia;"&gt;frame-relay map ip 192.168.1.1 103 broadcast on Serial 0/0/0.1&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="font-family: georgia;"&gt;frame-relay map ip 192.168.2.2 203 broadcast on Serial 0/0/0.2&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="font-family: georgia;"&gt;frame-relay map ip 192.168.1.1 301 broadcast on Serial 0/0/0.1&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="font-family: georgia;"&gt;frame-relay map ip 192.168.2.2 302 broadcast on Serial 0/0/0.2&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="font-family: georgia;"&gt;36. What are two effective measures for securing routers? (Choose two.)&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="font-family: georgia;"&gt;Protect all active router interfaces by configuring them as passive interfaces.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="font-family: georgia;"&gt;Configure remote administration through VTY lines for Telnet access.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="font-family: georgia; color: rgb(51, 51, 255);"&gt;**Use quotes or phrases to create pass phrases.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="font-family: georgia; color: rgb(51, 51, 255);"&gt;**Disable the HTTP server service.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="font-family: georgia;"&gt;Enable SNMP traps.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="font-family: georgia;"&gt;37. A network administrator is instructing a technician on best practices for applying ACLs. Which suggestion should the administrator provide?&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="font-family: georgia;"&gt;Named ACLs are less efficient than numbered ACLs.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="font-family: georgia;"&gt;Standard ACLs should be applied closest to the core layer.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="font-family: georgia;"&gt;ACLs applied to outbound interfaces are the most efficient.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="font-family: georgia; color: rgb(51, 51, 255);"&gt;**Extended ACLs should be applied closest to the source that is specified by the ACL.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="font-family: georgia;"&gt;38. Refer to the exhibit. RIPv2 has been configured on all routers in the network. Routers R1 and R3 do not receive RIP routing updates. On the basis of the provided configuration, what should be enabled on router R2 to remedy the problem?&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="font-family: georgia;"&gt;proxy ARP&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="font-family: georgia;"&gt;CDP updates&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="font-family: georgia;"&gt;SNMP services&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="font-family: georgia; color: rgb(51, 51, 255);"&gt;**RIP authentication&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="font-family: georgia;"&gt;39. Refer to the exhibit. Partial results of the show access-lists and show ip interface FastEthernet 0/1 commands for router Router1 are shown. There are no other ACLs in effect. Host A is unable to telnet to host B. Which action will correct the problem but still restrict other traffic between the two networks?&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="font-family: georgia;"&gt;Apply the ACL in the inbound direction.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="font-family: georgia;"&gt;Apply the ACL on the FastEthernet 0/0 interface.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="font-family: georgia; color: rgb(51, 51, 255);"&gt;**Reverse the order of the TCP protocol statements in the ACL.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="font-family: georgia;"&gt;Modify the second entry in the list to permit tcp host 172.16.10.10 any eq telnet .&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="font-family: georgia;"&gt;40. What will be the result of adding the command ip dhcp excluded-address 192.168.24.1 192.168.24.5 to the configuration of a local router that has been configured as a DHCP server?&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="font-family: georgia;"&gt;Traffic that is destined for 192.168.24.1 and 192.168.24.5 will be dropped by the router.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="font-family: georgia;"&gt;Traffic will not be routed from clients with addresses between 192.168.24.1 and 192.168.24.5.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="font-family: georgia; color: rgb(51, 51, 255);"&gt;**The DHCP server will not issue the addresses ranging from 192.168.24.1 to 192.168.24.5.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="font-family: georgia;"&gt;The router will ignore all traffic that comes from the DHCP servers with addresses 192.168.24.1 and 192.168.24.5.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="font-family: georgia;"&gt;41. Refer to the exhibit. What can be concluded from the exhibited output of the debug ip nat command?&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="font-family: georgia;"&gt;The 10.10.10.75 host is exchanging packets with the 192.168.0.10 host.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="font-family: georgia;"&gt;The native 10.1.200.254 address is being translated to 192.168.0.10.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="font-family: georgia; color: rgb(51, 51, 255);"&gt;**The 192.168.0.0/24 network is the inside network.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="font-family: georgia;"&gt;Port address translation is in effect.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="font-family: georgia;"&gt;42. Refer to the exhibit. Company ABC expanded its business and recently opened a new branch office in another country. IPv6 addresses have been used for the company network. The data servers Server1 and Server2 run applications which require end-to-end functionality, with unmodified packets that are forwarded from the source to the destination. The edge routers R1 and R2 support dual stack configuration. What solution should be deployed at the edge of the company network in order to successfully interconnect both offices?&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="font-family: georgia;"&gt;a new WAN service supporting only IPv6&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="font-family: georgia;"&gt;NAT overload to map inside IPv6 addresses to outside IPv4 address&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="font-family: georgia; color: rgb(51, 51, 255);"&gt;**a manually configured IPv6 tunnel between the edge routers R1 and R2&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="font-family: georgia;"&gt;static NAT to map inside IPv6 addresses of the servers to an outside IPv4 address and dynamic NAT for the rest of the inside IPv6 addresses&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="font-family: georgia;"&gt;43. A network administrator has changed the VLAN configurations on his network switches over the past weekend. How can the administrator determine if the additions and changes improved performance and availability on the company intranet?&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="font-family: georgia; color: rgb(51, 51, 255);"&gt;**Conduct a performance test and compare with the baseline that was established previously.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="font-family: georgia;"&gt;Interview departmental secretaries and determine if they think load time for web pages has improved.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="font-family: georgia;"&gt;Determine performance on the intranet by monitoring load times of company web pages from remote sites.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="font-family: georgia;"&gt;Compare the hit counts on the company web server for the current week to the values that were recorded in previous weeks.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="font-family: georgia;"&gt;44. Refer to the exhibit. From the output of the show interfaces and ping commands, at which layer of the OSI model is a fault indicated?&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="font-family: georgia;"&gt;application&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="font-family: georgia;"&gt;transport&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="font-family: georgia; color: rgb(51, 51, 255);"&gt;**network&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="font-family: georgia;"&gt;data link&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="font-family: georgia;"&gt;physical&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="font-family: georgia;"&gt;45. While troubleshooting a problem with an e-mail server, an administrator observes that the switch port used by the server shows “up, line protocol up”. The administrator cannot ping the server. At which layer of the OSI model is the problem most likely to be found?&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="font-family: georgia;"&gt;application layer&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="font-family: georgia; color: rgb(51, 51, 255);"&gt;**network layer&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="font-family: georgia;"&gt;data link layer&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="font-family: georgia;"&gt;physical layer&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="font-family: georgia;"&gt;46. Which variable is permitted or denied by a standard access control list?&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="font-family: georgia;"&gt;protocol type&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="font-family: georgia; color: rgb(51, 51, 255);"&gt;**source IP address&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="font-family: georgia;"&gt;source MAC address&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="font-family: georgia;"&gt;destination IP address&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="font-family: georgia;"&gt;destination MAC address&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="font-family: georgia;"&gt;47. A technician is editing and reapplying ACL 115 to a router, what is the result of adding the command access-list 115 permit tcp any 172.16.0.0 0.0.255.255 established to the ACL when it is reapplied to the router?&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="font-family: georgia;"&gt;All traffic that comes from 172.16.0.0/16 will be allowed.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="font-family: georgia;"&gt;All TCP traffic that is destined for 172.16.0.0/16 is permitted.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="font-family: georgia;"&gt;Any SYN packets that are sent to 172.16.0.0/16 will be permitted.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="font-family: georgia; color: rgb(51, 51, 255);"&gt;**Responses to traffic that originates from the 172.16.0.0/16 network are allowed.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="font-family: georgia;"&gt;48. Because of a remote-procedure call failure, a user is unable to access an NFS server. At what layer of the TCP/IP model does this problem occur?&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="font-family: georgia;"&gt;network layer&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="font-family: georgia;"&gt;data link layer&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="font-family: georgia;"&gt;physical layer&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="font-family: georgia; color: rgb(51, 51, 255);"&gt;**application layer&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="font-family: georgia;"&gt;49. Refer to the exhibit. Communication between two peers has failed. Based on the output that is shown, what is the most likely cause?&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="font-family: georgia;"&gt;interface reset&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="font-family: georgia;"&gt;unplugged cable&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="font-family: georgia;"&gt;improper LMI type&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="font-family: georgia; color: rgb(51, 51, 255);"&gt;**PPP negotiation failure&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="font-family: georgia;"&gt;50. Which encapsulation protocol when deployed on a Cisco router over a serial interface is only compatible with another Cisco router?&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="font-family: georgia;"&gt;PPP&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="font-family: georgia;"&gt;SLIP&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="font-family: georgia; color: rgb(51, 51, 255);"&gt;**HDLC&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="font-family: georgia;"&gt;Frame Relay &lt;/span&gt;&lt;div class="blogger-post-footer"&gt;&lt;img width='1' height='1' src='https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/tracker/4098964652719354601-8403788266459064137?l=ccna-exam-modules.blogspot.com' alt='' /&gt;&lt;/div&gt;&lt;img src="http://feeds.feedburner.com/~r/40Ccna-exam-modules/~4/oqoobwVnMyI" height="1" width="1"/&gt;</description><app:edited xmlns:app="http://www.w3.org/2007/app">2009-08-16T20:12:09.787-07:00</app:edited><thr:total xmlns:thr="http://purl.org/syndication/thread/1.0">0</thr:total><feedburner:origLink>http://ccna-exam-modules.blogspot.com/2009/08/40-ccna-4-accessing-wanfinal-4.html</feedburner:origLink></item><item><title>4.0 CCNA 3: Introducing Routing and Switching in the Enterprise:Module 2</title><link>http://feedproxy.google.com/~r/40Ccna-exam-modules/~3/qyJVBGKbdI8/40-ccna-3-introducing-routing-and_13.html</link><category>4.0 CCNA3disc</category><author>noreply@blogger.com (amor)</author><pubDate>Mon, 17 Aug 2009 00:43:25 PDT</pubDate><guid isPermaLink="false">tag:blogger.com,1999:blog-4098964652719354601.post-692379399673772264</guid><description>1. When searching for information about authentication methods and usernames of companypersonnel, where can a network administrator look?&lt;br /&gt;• &lt;a style="background: transparent url(http://files.adbrite.com/mb/images/green-double-underline-006600.gif) repeat-x scroll center bottom; cursor: pointer; color: rgb(0, 102, 0); text-decoration: none; -moz-background-clip: -moz-initial; -moz-background-origin: -moz-initial; -moz-background-inline-policy: -moz-initial; margin-bottom: -2px; padding-bottom: 2px;" name="AdBriteInlineAd_Business" id="AdBriteInlineAd_Business" target="_top"&gt;Business&lt;/a&gt; Continuity Plan&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(51, 51, 255);"&gt;• Business Security Plan&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;• Network Maintenance Plan&lt;br /&gt;• &lt;a href="http://click.adbrite.com/mb/click.php?sid=1069770&amp;amp;banner_id=13038169&amp;amp;variation_id=1564319&amp;amp;uts=1250230911&amp;amp;cpc=302e30313234&amp;amp;keyword_id=450504&amp;amp;inline=y&amp;amp;ab=168296509&amp;amp;sscup=5ba9af0ef74af78af170c00769beafe9&amp;amp;sscra=519217e1add47a3a8a146bed59a99f20&amp;amp;ub=3394530742&amp;amp;guid=85427be8-c7ac-4fa6-911f-15e5649a20ce&amp;amp;odc=svx&amp;amp;rs=&amp;amp;r=" style="background: transparent url(http://files.adbrite.com/mb/images/green-double-underline-006600.gif) repeat-x scroll center bottom; cursor: pointer; color: rgb(0, 0, 0); text-decoration: none; -moz-background-clip: -moz-initial; -moz-background-origin: -moz-initial; -moz-background-inline-policy: -moz-initial; margin-bottom: -2px; padding-bottom: 2px;" name="AdBriteInlineAd_Service" id="AdBriteInlineAd_Service" target="_top"&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(0, 0, 0);"&gt;Ser&lt;span style="color: rgb(0, 0, 153);"&gt;vic&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(0, 0, 153);"&gt;e&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/a&gt; Level Agreement&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;2. Refer to the exhibit. Which statement is true about port Fa5/1?&lt;br /&gt;• When a violation is detected, the port will log the information to a syslog server.&lt;br /&gt;• When a violation is detected, the port will go into err-disable mod&lt;br /&gt;• There have been 11 security violations since the last reloa&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(51, 51, 255);"&gt;• The port is currently in the shutdown state.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;3. Which two types of information should be included in a business continuity plan? (Choose two.)&lt;br /&gt;• maintenance &lt;a style="background: transparent url(http://files.adbrite.com/mb/images/green-double-underline-006600.gif) repeat-x scroll center bottom; cursor: pointer; color: rgb(0, 102, 0); text-decoration: none; -moz-background-clip: -moz-initial; -moz-background-origin: -moz-initial; -moz-background-inline-policy: -moz-initial; margin-bottom: -2px; padding-bottom: 2px;" name="AdBriteInlineAd_time" id="AdBriteInlineAd_time" target="_top"&gt;time&lt;/a&gt; periods&lt;br /&gt;• intrusion monitoring records&lt;br /&gt;• offsite data storage procedures&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(51, 51, 255);"&gt;• alternate IT processing locations*&lt;br /&gt;• problem resolution escalation steps&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;4. Which two router parameters can be set from interface configuration mode? (Choose two.)&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(51, 51, 255);"&gt;• IP address&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;• Telnet password&lt;br /&gt;• hostname&lt;br /&gt;• console password&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(51, 51, 255);"&gt;• subnet mask&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;• enable secret password&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;5. Which two devices protect a corporate network against malicious attacks at the enterprise edge ?(Choose two.)&lt;br /&gt;• demarc&lt;br /&gt;• IP security (IPSec)&lt;br /&gt;• Data Service &lt;a style="background: transparent url(http://files.adbrite.com/mb/images/green-double-underline-006600.gif) repeat-x scroll center bottom; cursor: pointer; color: rgb(0, 102, 0); text-decoration: none; -moz-background-clip: -moz-initial; -moz-background-origin: -moz-initial; -moz-background-inline-policy: -moz-initial; margin-bottom: -2px; padding-bottom: 2px;" name="AdBriteInlineAd_Unit" id="AdBriteInlineAd_Unit" target="_top"&gt;Unit&lt;/a&gt; (DSU)&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(51, 51, 255);"&gt;• intrusion prevention system (IPS)&lt;br /&gt;• intrusion detection system (IDS)&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;6. Which three steps must be performed to remove all VLAN information from a switch but retain therest of the configuration? (Choose three.)&lt;br /&gt;• Remove all VLAN associations from the interfaces.&lt;br /&gt;• Remove the 802.1q encapsulation from the interfac&lt;br /&gt;• Issue the command copy start run.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(51, 51, 255);"&gt;• Issue the command delete flash:vlan.dat.&lt;br /&gt;• Issue the command erase start.&lt;br /&gt;• Reload the switch.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;7. What is the demarcation?&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(51, 51, 255);"&gt;• physical point where the ISP responsibilty ends and the customer responsibilty begins&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;• physical location where all server farm connections meet before being distributed into the Core&lt;br /&gt;• point of entry for outside attacks and is often vulnerable&lt;br /&gt;• point of entry for all Access Layer connections from the Distribution Layer devices&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;8. Which device is responsible for moving packets between multiple network segments?&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(51, 51, 255);"&gt;• router&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;• switch&lt;br /&gt;• CSU/DSU&lt;br /&gt;• IDS device&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;9. What information can an administrator &lt;a style="background: transparent url(http://files.adbrite.com/mb/images/green-double-underline-006600.gif) repeat-x scroll center bottom; cursor: pointer; color: rgb(0, 102, 0); text-decoration: none; -moz-background-clip: -moz-initial; -moz-background-origin: -moz-initial; -moz-background-inline-policy: -moz-initial; margin-bottom: -2px; padding-bottom: 2px;" name="AdBriteInlineAd_learn" id="AdBriteInlineAd_learn" target="_top"&gt;learn&lt;/a&gt; using the show version command?&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(51, 51, 255);"&gt;• Cisco IOS filename&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;• configured routing protocol&lt;br /&gt;• status of each interface&lt;br /&gt;• IP addresses of all interfaces&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;10. Which two situations require a network administrator to use out-of-band management to &lt;a style="background: transparent url(http://files.adbrite.com/mb/images/green-double-underline-006600.gif) repeat-x scroll center bottom; cursor: pointer; color: rgb(0, 102, 0); text-decoration: none; -moz-background-clip: -moz-initial; -moz-background-origin: -moz-initial; -moz-background-inline-policy: -moz-initial; margin-bottom: -2px; padding-bottom: 2px;" name="AdBriteInlineAd_change" id="AdBriteInlineAd_change" target="_top"&gt;change&lt;/a&gt; arouter configuration? (Choose two.)&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(51, 51, 255);"&gt;• Network links to the router are down.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;• No Telnet password has been configured on the router.&lt;br /&gt;• The administrator can only connect to the router using SSH.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(51, 51, 255);"&gt;• The network interfaces of the router are not configured with IP addresses.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;• Company security policy requires that only HTTPS be used to connect to routers.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;11. It is crucial that network administrators be able to examine and configure network devices fromtheir homes. Which two approaches allow this connectivity without increasing vulnerability to externalattacks? (Choose two.)&lt;br /&gt;• Configure a &lt;a style="background: transparent url(http://files.adbrite.com/mb/images/green-double-underline-006600.gif) repeat-x scroll center bottom; cursor: pointer; color: rgb(0, 102, 0); text-decoration: none; -moz-background-clip: -moz-initial; -moz-background-origin: -moz-initial; -moz-background-inline-policy: -moz-initial; margin-bottom: -2px; padding-bottom: 2px;" name="AdBriteInlineAd_special" id="AdBriteInlineAd_special" target="_top"&gt;special&lt;/a&gt; link at the POP to allow external entry from the home computer.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(51, 51, 255);"&gt;• Set up VPN access between the home computer and the network.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;• Install a cable modem in the home to link to the network.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(51, 51, 255);"&gt;• Configure ACLs on the edge routers that allow only authorized users to access management portson network devices.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;• Configure a server in the DMZ with a special username and password to allow external access.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;12. A network administrator must define specific business processes to implement if a catastrophicdisaster prevents a company from performing daily business routines. Which portion of the networkdocumentation is the administrator defining?&lt;br /&gt;• business security plan&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(51, 51, 255);"&gt;• business continuity plan&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;• network solvency plan&lt;br /&gt;• service level agreement&lt;br /&gt;• network maintenance plan&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;13. A DoS attack crippled the daily operations of a large company for 8 hours. Which two optionscould be implemented by the network administrator to possibly prevent such an attack in the future?(Choose two.)&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(51, 51, 255);"&gt;• install security devices with IDS and IPS at the enterprise edge&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;• reset all user passwords every 30 &lt;a style="background: transparent url(http://files.adbrite.com/mb/images/green-double-underline-006600.gif) repeat-x scroll center bottom; cursor: pointer; color: rgb(0, 102, 0); text-decoration: none; -moz-background-clip: -moz-initial; -moz-background-origin: -moz-initial; -moz-background-inline-policy: -moz-initial; margin-bottom: -2px; padding-bottom: 2px;" name="AdBriteInlineAd_days" id="AdBriteInlineAd_days" target="_top"&gt;days&lt;/a&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(51, 51, 255);"&gt;• filter packets based on IP address, traffic pattern, and protocol&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;• deny external workers VPN access to internal resources&lt;br /&gt;• ensure critical devices are physically secure and placed behind the demarc&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;14. A network manager wants to have processes in place to ensure that network upgrades do not affectbusiness operations. What will the network manager create for this purpose?&lt;br /&gt;• business security plan&lt;br /&gt;• business continuity plan&lt;br /&gt;• service level agreement&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(51, 51, 255);"&gt;• network maintenance plan&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;15. An investment company has multiple servers that hold mission critical datThey are worried that ifsomething happens to these servers, they will lose this valuable information. Which type of plan isneeded for this company to help minimize loss in the event of a server crash?&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(51, 51, 255);"&gt;• business security&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;• business continuity&lt;br /&gt;• network maintenance&lt;br /&gt;• service level agreement&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;16. What type of connection point is a point of presence (POP)?&lt;br /&gt;• between a client and a host&lt;br /&gt;• between two local networks&lt;br /&gt;• between a computer and a switch&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(51, 51, 255);"&gt;• between an ISP and an Enterprise network&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;17. A network administrator needs to configure Telnet access to a router. Which group of commandsenable Telnet access to the router?&lt;br /&gt;• Router(config)# enable password class&lt;br /&gt;Router(config)# line con 0&lt;br /&gt;Router(config-line)# login&lt;br /&gt;Router(config-line)# password cisco&lt;br /&gt;• Router(config)# ip host 192.168.1.1 NewYork&lt;br /&gt;Router(config)# enable password cisco&lt;br /&gt;• Router(config)# line aux 0&lt;br /&gt;Router(config-line)# login&lt;br /&gt;Router(config-line)# password cisco&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(51, 51, 255);"&gt;• Router(config)# enable password class&lt;br /&gt;Router(config)# line vty 0 4&lt;br /&gt;Router(config-line)# login&lt;br /&gt;Router(config-line)# password cisco&lt;/span&gt;&lt;div class="blogger-post-footer"&gt;&lt;img width='1' height='1' src='https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/tracker/4098964652719354601-692379399673772264?l=ccna-exam-modules.blogspot.com' alt='' /&gt;&lt;/div&gt;&lt;img src="http://feeds.feedburner.com/~r/40Ccna-exam-modules/~4/qyJVBGKbdI8" height="1" width="1"/&gt;</description><app:edited xmlns:app="http://www.w3.org/2007/app">2009-08-17T00:43:25.230-07:00</app:edited><thr:total xmlns:thr="http://purl.org/syndication/thread/1.0">0</thr:total><feedburner:origLink>http://ccna-exam-modules.blogspot.com/2009/08/40-ccna-3-introducing-routing-and_13.html</feedburner:origLink></item><item><title>4.0 CCNA 3: Introducing Routing and Switching in the Enterprise:Module 1</title><link>http://feedproxy.google.com/~r/40Ccna-exam-modules/~3/K9plxP0wOt0/40-ccna-3-introducing-routing-and.html</link><category>4.0 CCNA3disc</category><author>noreply@blogger.com (amor)</author><pubDate>Mon, 17 Aug 2009 00:29:04 PDT</pubDate><guid isPermaLink="false">tag:blogger.com,1999:blog-4098964652719354601.post-6797430377437097031</guid><description>1. Which two statements are reasons why UDP is used for voice and video traffic instead of TCP?(Choose two.)&lt;br /&gt;• TCP requires all data packets to be delivered for the data to be usable.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(51, 51, 255);"&gt;• The acknowledgment process of TCP introduces delays that break the streams of data.&lt;br /&gt;• UDP does not have mechanisms for retransmitting lost packets.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;• UDP tolerates delays and compensates for them.&lt;br /&gt;• TCP is a connectionless protocol that provides end-to-end reliability.&lt;br /&gt;• UDP is a connection-oriented protocol that provides end-to-end reliability.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;2. In which functional area of the Cisco Enterprise Architecture should IDS and IPS be located to detect&lt;br /&gt;• and prevent services from accessing hosts?&lt;br /&gt;• Enterprise Campus&lt;br /&gt;• Edge Distribution&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(51, 51, 255);"&gt;• Enterprise Edge&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;• Service Provider Edge&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;3. A &lt;a style="background: transparent url(http://files.adbrite.com/mb/images/green-double-underline-006600.gif) repeat-x scroll center bottom; cursor: pointer; color: rgb(0, 102, 0); text-decoration: none; -moz-background-clip: -moz-initial; -moz-background-origin: -moz-initial; -moz-background-inline-policy: -moz-initial; margin-bottom: -2px; padding-bottom: 2px;" name="AdBriteInlineAd_business" id="AdBriteInlineAd_business" target="_top"&gt;business&lt;/a&gt; consultant must use Internet websites to research a report on the e-business &lt;a style="background: transparent url(http://files.adbrite.com/mb/images/green-double-underline-006600.gif) repeat-x scroll center bottom; cursor: pointer; color: rgb(0, 102, 0); text-decoration: none; -moz-background-clip: -moz-initial; -moz-background-origin: -moz-initial; -moz-background-inline-policy: -moz-initial; margin-bottom: -2px; padding-bottom: 2px;" name="AdBriteInlineAd_strategies" id="AdBriteInlineAd_strategies" target="_top"&gt;strategies&lt;/a&gt; of several firms and then electronically deliver the report to a group of clients in cities throughout the world. Which two teleworker tools can the consultant use to accomplish this project? (Choose two.)&lt;br /&gt;• VoIP&lt;br /&gt;• VPN&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(51, 51, 255);"&gt;• HTTP&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;• Telnet&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(51, 51, 255);"&gt;• email&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;4. Which two measures &lt;a style="background: transparent url(http://files.adbrite.com/mb/images/green-double-underline-006600.gif) repeat-x scroll center bottom; cursor: pointer; color: rgb(0, 102, 0); text-decoration: none; -moz-background-clip: -moz-initial; -moz-background-origin: -moz-initial; -moz-background-inline-policy: -moz-initial; margin-bottom: -2px; padding-bottom: 2px;" name="AdBriteInlineAd_help" id="AdBriteInlineAd_help" target="_top"&gt;help&lt;/a&gt; ensure that a hardware problem does not cause an outage in an enterprise LAN that supports mission critical services? (Choose two.)&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(51, 51, 255);"&gt;• providing failover capability&lt;br /&gt;• installing redundant power supplies&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;• purchasing more bandwidth from the ISP&lt;br /&gt;• implementing broadcast containment with VLANs&lt;br /&gt;• installing routers that can handle a greater amount of throughput&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;5. Which task would typically only require services located at the access layer of the hierarchical design model?&lt;br /&gt;• connecting to the corporate web server to update sales figures&lt;br /&gt;• using a VPN from home to send data to the main office servers&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(51, 51, 255);"&gt;• printing a meeting agenda on a local departmental network printer&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;• placing a VoIP call to a business associate in another &lt;a style="background: transparent url(http://files.adbrite.com/mb/images/green-double-underline-006600.gif) repeat-x scroll center bottom; cursor: pointer; color: rgb(0, 102, 0); text-decoration: none; -moz-background-clip: -moz-initial; -moz-background-origin: -moz-initial; -moz-background-inline-policy: -moz-initial; margin-bottom: -2px; padding-bottom: 2px;" name="AdBriteInlineAd_country" id="AdBriteInlineAd_country" target="_top"&gt;country&lt;/a&gt;&lt;br /&gt;• responding to an e-mail from a co-worker in another department&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;6. How does a VPN &lt;a style="background: transparent url(http://files.adbrite.com/mb/images/green-double-underline-006600.gif) repeat-x scroll center bottom; cursor: pointer; color: rgb(0, 102, 0); text-decoration: none; -moz-background-clip: -moz-initial; -moz-background-origin: -moz-initial; -moz-background-inline-policy: -moz-initial; margin-bottom: -2px; padding-bottom: 2px;" name="AdBriteInlineAd_work" id="AdBriteInlineAd_work" target="_top"&gt;work&lt;/a&gt; to &lt;a style="background: transparent url(http://files.adbrite.com/mb/images/green-double-underline-006600.gif) repeat-x scroll center bottom; cursor: pointer; color: rgb(0, 102, 0); text-decoration: none; -moz-background-clip: -moz-initial; -moz-background-origin: -moz-initial; -moz-background-inline-policy: -moz-initial; margin-bottom: -2px; padding-bottom: 2px;" name="AdBriteInlineAd_support" id="AdBriteInlineAd_support" target="_top"&gt;support&lt;/a&gt; remote user productivity?&lt;br /&gt;• It uses SSL to encrypt remote user logins to the corporate intranet.&lt;br /&gt;• It uses secure Telnet for remote user connections to internal network devices.&lt;br /&gt;• It creates a virtual circuit that allows real-time communications between any two Internet endpoints.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(51, 51, 255);"&gt;• It uses encapsulation to create a secure tunnel for transmission of data across non-secure networks.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;7. A remote user needs to access a networking device on the internal network of the company. The transactions between the remote user and the device must be secure. Which protocol enables this to happen securely?&lt;br /&gt;• HTTP&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(51, 51, 255);"&gt;• SSH&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;• Telnet&lt;br /&gt;• FTP&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;8. What does VoIP provide to telecommuters?&lt;br /&gt;• high-quality, live-video presentations&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(51, 51, 255);"&gt;• real-time voice communications over the Internet&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;• ability to share desktop applications simultaneously&lt;br /&gt;• secure, encrypted data transmissions through the Internet&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;9. Which functional component of the Cisco Enterprise Architecture is responsible for hosting internal servers?&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(51, 51, 255);"&gt;• enterprise campus&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;• enterprise edge&lt;br /&gt;• service provider edge&lt;br /&gt;• building distribution&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;10. What is the purpose of the Cisco Enterprise Architecture?&lt;br /&gt;• remove the three-layer hierarchical model and use a flat network approach&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(51, 51, 255);"&gt;• divide the network into functional components while still maintaining the concept of Core, Distribution, and Access Layers&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;• provide services and &lt;a style="background: transparent url(http://files.adbrite.com/mb/images/green-double-underline-006600.gif) repeat-x scroll center bottom; cursor: pointer; color: rgb(0, 102, 0); text-decoration: none; -moz-background-clip: -moz-initial; -moz-background-origin: -moz-initial; -moz-background-inline-policy: -moz-initial; margin-bottom: -2px; padding-bottom: 2px;" name="AdBriteInlineAd_functionality" id="AdBriteInlineAd_functionality" target="_top"&gt;functionality&lt;/a&gt; to the core layer by grouping various components into a single&lt;br /&gt;• component located in the access layer&lt;br /&gt;• reduce overall network traffic by grouping server farms, the management server, corporate intranet, and e-commerce routers in the same layer&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;11. Which two solutions would an enterprise IT department use to facilitate secure intranet access for remote workers? (Choose two.)&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(51, 51, 255);"&gt;• VPN&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;• NAT&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(51, 51, 255);"&gt;• user authentication&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;• client firewall &lt;a style="background: transparent url(http://files.adbrite.com/mb/images/green-double-underline-006600.gif) repeat-x scroll center bottom; cursor: pointer; color: rgb(0, 102, 0); text-decoration: none; -moz-background-clip: -moz-initial; -moz-background-origin: -moz-initial; -moz-background-inline-policy: -moz-initial; margin-bottom: -2px; padding-bottom: 2px;" name="AdBriteInlineAd_software" id="AdBriteInlineAd_software" target="_top"&gt;software&lt;/a&gt;&lt;br /&gt;• packet sniffing&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;12. Which statement describes the difference between an enterprise WAN and an enterprise extranet?&lt;br /&gt;• An enterprise WAN is designed to interconnect local LANs, while an enterprise extranet is designed to interconnect remote branch offices.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(51, 51, 255);"&gt;• An enterprise WAN is designed to interconnect branch offices, while an enterprise extranet is designed to give access to external business partners.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;• An enterprise WAN is designed to provide remote access for its teleworkers, while an enterprise extranet is designed to provide Internet connectivity for the enterprise.&lt;br /&gt;• An enterprise WAN is designed to provide Internet connectivity for the enterprise, while an enterprise extranet is designed to provide remote access to the enterprise network for teleworkers.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;13. Why would a network administrator want to limit the size of failure domains when designing a network?&lt;br /&gt;• reduces the effect of Ethernet collisions&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(51, 51, 255);"&gt;• reduces the impact of a key device or service failure&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;• reduces the impact of Internet congestion on critical traffic&lt;br /&gt;• reduces the impact of blocking broadcast packets at the edge of the local network&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;14. What is the main purpose of the Access Layer in a hierarchically designed network?&lt;br /&gt;• performs routing and packet manipulation&lt;br /&gt;• supplies redundancy and failover protection&lt;br /&gt;• provides a high-speed, low-latency backbone&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(51, 51, 255);"&gt;• serves as a network connection point for end-user devices&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;15. Which three functions are performed at the Distribution Layer of the hierarchical network model? (Choose three.)&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(51, 51, 255);"&gt;• forwards traffic that is destined for other networks&lt;br /&gt;• isolates network problems to prevent them from affecting the Core Layer&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;• allows end users to access the local network&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(51, 51, 255);"&gt;• provides a connection point for separate local networks&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;• transports large amounts of data between different geographic sites&lt;br /&gt;• forwards traffic to other hosts on the same logical network&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;16. What is a benefit of having an extranet?&lt;br /&gt;• It provides web-like access to company information for employees only.&lt;br /&gt;• It limits access to corporate information to secure VPN or remote access connections only.&lt;br /&gt;• It allows customers and partners to access company information by connecting to a public web server.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(51, 51, 255);"&gt;• It allows suppliers and contractors to access confidential internal information using controlled external connections.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;17. What are two important characteristics or functions of devices at the Enterprise Edge? (Choose two.)&lt;br /&gt;• providing Internet, telephone, and WAN services to the enterprise network&lt;br /&gt;• providing a connection point for end-user devices to the enterprise network&lt;br /&gt;• providing high-speed backbone connectivity with redundant connections&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(51, 51, 255);"&gt;• providing intrusion detection and intrusion prevention to protect the network against malicious activity&lt;br /&gt;• providing packet inspection to determine if incoming packets should be allowed on the enterprise network&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;18. Why is TCP the preferred Layer 4 protocol for transmitting data files?&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(51, 51, 255);"&gt;• TCP is more reliable than UDP because it requires lost packets to be retransmitted.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;• TCP requires less processing by the source and destination hosts than UDP.&lt;br /&gt;• UDP introduces delays that degrade the quality of the data applications.&lt;br /&gt;• TCP ensures fast delivery because it does not require sequencing or acknowlegements.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;19. The ABC Corporation implements the network for its new headquarters using the Cisco Enterprise Architecture. The network administrator wants to filter the traffic from and to the outside world. Where should the administrator deploy a firewall device?&lt;br /&gt;• server farm&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(51, 51, 255);"&gt;• enterprise edge&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;• enterprise campus&lt;br /&gt;• service provider edge&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;20. What can be found at the enterprise edge?&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(51, 51, 255);"&gt;• Internet, VPN, and WAN modules&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;• Internet, PSTN, and WAN services&lt;br /&gt;• server farms and network management&lt;br /&gt;• campus infrastructure, including access layer devices&lt;div class="blogger-post-footer"&gt;&lt;img width='1' height='1' src='https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/tracker/4098964652719354601-6797430377437097031?l=ccna-exam-modules.blogspot.com' alt='' /&gt;&lt;/div&gt;&lt;img src="http://feeds.feedburner.com/~r/40Ccna-exam-modules/~4/K9plxP0wOt0" height="1" width="1"/&gt;</description><app:edited xmlns:app="http://www.w3.org/2007/app">2009-08-17T00:29:04.434-07:00</app:edited><thr:total xmlns:thr="http://purl.org/syndication/thread/1.0">0</thr:total><feedburner:origLink>http://ccna-exam-modules.blogspot.com/2009/08/40-ccna-3-introducing-routing-and.html</feedburner:origLink></item><item><title>4.0 CCNA 2: Working at a Small-to-Medium Business or ISP: Final</title><link>http://feedproxy.google.com/~r/40Ccna-exam-modules/~3/I_zJRhCVhUU/40-ccna-2-working-at-small-to-medium_9908.html</link><category>4.0 CCNA2disc</category><author>noreply@blogger.com (amor)</author><pubDate>Mon, 17 Aug 2009 00:21:46 PDT</pubDate><guid isPermaLink="false">tag:blogger.com,1999:blog-4098964652719354601.post-3017891183866059291</guid><description>&lt;h3 style="font-weight: normal;" class="post-title"&gt; &lt;/h3&gt;  &lt;div class="post-body"&gt; &lt;p&gt;1 . A company is developing an &lt;a style="background: transparent url(http://files.adbrite.com/mb/images/green-double-underline-006600.gif) repeat-x scroll center bottom; cursor: pointer; color: rgb(0, 102, 0); text-decoration: none; -moz-background-clip: -moz-initial; -moz-background-origin: -moz-initial; -moz-background-inline-policy: -moz-initial; margin-bottom: -2px; padding-bottom: 2px;" name="AdBriteInlineAd_Internet" id="AdBriteInlineAd_Internet" target="_top"&gt;Internet&lt;/a&gt; store for its website. Which protocol should be used to transfer &lt;a style="background: transparent url(http://files.adbrite.com/mb/images/green-double-underline-006600.gif) repeat-x scroll center bottom; cursor: pointer; color: rgb(0, 102, 0); text-decoration: none; -moz-background-clip: -moz-initial; -moz-background-origin: -moz-initial; -moz-background-inline-policy: -moz-initial; margin-bottom: -2px; padding-bottom: 2px;" name="AdBriteInlineAd_credit" id="AdBriteInlineAd_credit" target="_top"&gt;credit&lt;/a&gt; &lt;a style="background: transparent url(http://files.adbrite.com/mb/images/green-double-underline-006600.gif) repeat-x scroll center bottom; cursor: pointer; color: rgb(0, 102, 0); text-decoration: none; -moz-background-clip: -moz-initial; -moz-background-origin: -moz-initial; -moz-background-inline-policy: -moz-initial; margin-bottom: -2px; padding-bottom: 2px;" name="AdBriteInlineAd_card" id="AdBriteInlineAd_card" target="_top"&gt;card&lt;/a&gt; information from customers to the company web server?&lt;br /&gt;• FTPS&lt;br /&gt;• HTTP&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(51, 51, 255);"&gt;• HTTPS &lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;• WEP2&lt;br /&gt;• TFTP&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;2.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;a href="http://lh6.ggpht.com/amnaj.suksamai/SPyuh1luH-I/AAAAAAAAAVs/zF5uqIHS_FQ/1%5B4%5D.jpg"&gt;&lt;img alt="1" src="http://lh6.ggpht.com/amnaj.suksamai/SPyul_82r-I/AAAAAAAAAVw/KImAr7hYsTM/1_thumb%5B2%5D.jpg" border="0" width="485" height="240" /&gt;&lt;/a&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Refer to the exhibit. A new branch office has been added to the corporate network and a new router is to be installed to allow branch office users to access the database server at headquarters. How should the serial 0/0/0 interface of the new branch office router be configured to connect to the headquarters router?&lt;br /&gt;• branch_23(config-if)# ip address 192.168.5.19 255.255.255.240&lt;br /&gt;branch_23(config-if)# no shutdown&lt;br /&gt;• branch_23(config-if)# encapsulation hdlc&lt;br /&gt;branch_23(config-if)# ip address 192.168.5.25 255.255.255.240&lt;br /&gt;branch_23(config-if)# no shutdown&lt;br /&gt;• branch_23(config-if)# encapsulation ppp&lt;br /&gt;branch_23(config-if)# no shutdown&lt;br /&gt;• branch_23(config-if)# encapsulation ppp&lt;br /&gt;branch_23(config-if)# ip address 192.168.5.33 255.255.255.240&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(51, 51, 255);"&gt;• branch_23(config-if)# encapsulation ppp &lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(51, 51, 255);"&gt;   branch_23(config-if)# ip address 192.168.5.21 255.255.255.240  &lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(51, 51, 255);"&gt;   branch_23(config-if)# no shutdown&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;3. Which two commands ensure that any password that permits access to the privileged EXEC mode is not shown in plain text when the configuration files are displayed? (Choose two.)&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(51, 51, 255);"&gt;• Router(config)# enable secret cisco&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;• Router(config)# enable cisco&lt;br /&gt;• Router(config)# encryption-password all&lt;br /&gt;• Router(config)# enable login encrypted&lt;br /&gt;• Router(config)# enable password encryption&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(51, 51, 255);"&gt;• Router(config)# service password-encryption&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;4. A new network is to be configured on a router. Which of the following tasks must be &lt;a style="background: transparent url(http://files.adbrite.com/mb/images/green-double-underline-006600.gif) repeat-x scroll center bottom; cursor: pointer; color: rgb(0, 102, 0); text-decoration: none; -moz-background-clip: -moz-initial; -moz-background-origin: -moz-initial; -moz-background-inline-policy: -moz-initial; margin-bottom: -2px; padding-bottom: 2px;" name="AdBriteInlineAd_completed" id="AdBriteInlineAd_completed" target="_top"&gt;completed&lt;/a&gt; to configure this interface and implement dynamic IP routing for the new network? (Choose three.)&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(51, 51, 255);"&gt;• Select the routing protocol to be configured.&lt;br /&gt;• &lt;/span&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(255, 0, 0);"&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(51, 51, 255);"&gt;Assign an IP address and subnet mask to the interface    &lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(255, 255, 255);"&gt;• &lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;Update the ip host configuration information with the device &lt;a style="background: transparent url(http://files.adbrite.com/mb/images/green-double-underline-006600.gif) repeat-x scroll center bottom; cursor: pointer; color: rgb(0, 102, 0); text-decoration: none; -moz-background-clip: -moz-initial; -moz-background-origin: -moz-initial; -moz-background-inline-policy: -moz-initial; margin-bottom: -2px; padding-bottom: 2px;" name="AdBriteInlineAd_name" id="AdBriteInlineAd_name" target="_top"&gt;name&lt;/a&gt; and new interface IP address.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(51, 51, 255);"&gt;• Configure the routing protocol with the new network IP address.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;• Configure the routing protocol with the new interface IP address and subnet mask.&lt;br /&gt;• Configure the routing protocol in use on all other enterprise routers with the new network information.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;5. How does TCP ensure the reliable transfer of data?&lt;br /&gt;• if data segments are not received from the source, the destination requests that the segments be resent.&lt;br /&gt;• If an acknowledgment of the transmitted segments is not received from the destination in a predetermined amount of the time, the source resends the data. &lt;span style="color: rgb(255, 0, 0);"&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(51, 51, 255);"&gt;• TCP uses the SYN-ACK portion of the three-way handshake to ensure that all data has been received&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;span&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(51, 51, 255);"&gt;.&lt;/span&gt;   &lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;• The TCP Protocol Interpreter process verifies the transmitted data at source and destination.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;6. A network administrator is asked to design a system to allow simultaneous access to the Internet for 250 users. The ISP for this network can only supply five public IPs. What can be used to accomplish this task?&lt;br /&gt;• routable translation&lt;br /&gt;• dynamic translation&lt;br /&gt;• static translation&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(51, 51, 255);"&gt;• port address translation&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;7. What is the most commonly used exterior routing protocol?&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(51, 51, 255);"&gt;• BGP&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;• RIP&lt;br /&gt;• OSPF&lt;br /&gt;• EIGRP&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;8.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;a href="http://lh5.ggpht.com/amnaj.suksamai/SPyuoljahDI/AAAAAAAAAV0/0CeWlhE8eTM/2%5B3%5D.jpg"&gt;&lt;img alt="2" src="http://lh5.ggpht.com/amnaj.suksamai/SPyurRCnPLI/AAAAAAAAAV4/ms-voZGOeQo/2_thumb%5B1%5D.jpg" border="0" width="406" height="216" /&gt;&lt;/a&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Refer to the exhibit. The network administrator needs to configure the router with a name. Which command will the administrator use to configure the router name?&lt;br /&gt;• Router# ip hostname Boise&lt;br /&gt;• Router# enable hostname Boise&lt;br /&gt;• Router(config-line)# name Boise&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(255, 0, 0);"&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(51, 51, 255);"&gt;• Router(config)# hostname Boise    &lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(255, 255, 255);"&gt;• &lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;Router(config)# ip hostname Boise&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;9. Why are port numbers included in the TCP header of a segment?&lt;br /&gt;• to indicate the correct router interface that should be used to forward a segment&lt;br /&gt;• to identify which switch ports should receive or forward the segment&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(255, 0, 0);"&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(51, 51, 255);"&gt;• to determine which Layer 3 protocol should be used to encapsulate the data    &lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(51, 0, 51);"&gt;•&lt;/span&gt; &lt;/span&gt;to enable a receiving host to forward the data to the appropriate application&lt;br /&gt;• to allow the receiving host to assemble the packet in the proper order&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;10. What is the purpose of the routing process?&lt;br /&gt;• to encapsulate data that is used to communicate across a network&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(255, 0, 0);"&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(51, 51, 255);"&gt;• to select the paths that are used to direct traffic to destination networks    &lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(255, 255, 255);"&gt;•&lt;/span&gt; &lt;/span&gt;to &lt;a style="background: transparent url(http://files.adbrite.com/mb/images/green-double-underline-006600.gif) repeat-x scroll center bottom; cursor: pointer; color: rgb(0, 102, 0); text-decoration: none; -moz-background-clip: -moz-initial; -moz-background-origin: -moz-initial; -moz-background-inline-policy: -moz-initial; margin-bottom: -2px; padding-bottom: 2px;" name="AdBriteInlineAd_convert" id="AdBriteInlineAd_convert" target="_top"&gt;convert&lt;/a&gt; a URL name into an IP address&lt;br /&gt;• to provide secure Internet file transfer&lt;br /&gt;• to forward traffic on the basis of MAC addresses&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;11. Which two statements are true about the use of the debug ip rip command on a Cisco router? (Choose two.)&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(51, 51, 255);"&gt;• The debug ip rip command displays RIP routing activity in real time.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;strong style="color: rgb(51, 51, 255);"&gt;&lt;br /&gt;• &lt;/strong&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(51, 51, 255);"&gt;The debug ip rip command can be issued at the user EXEC configuration mode.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;• The debug ip rip command displays a combination of the information that is displayed by the show ip route and show ip protocols commands.&lt;br /&gt;• Because of router processor usage, the debug ip rip command should be used only when necessary.&lt;br /&gt;• The debug ip rip command should be used instead of the show ip route command whenever possible.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;12. What minimum configurations must be set on a host to allow a request to be sent to http://www.cisco.com/? (Choose four.)&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(255, 0, 0);"&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(51, 51, 255);"&gt;• DNS server    &lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(0, 0, 0);"&gt;•&lt;/span&gt; &lt;/span&gt;&lt;a style="background: transparent url(http://files.adbrite.com/mb/images/green-double-underline-006600.gif) repeat-x scroll center bottom; cursor: pointer; color: rgb(0, 102, 0); text-decoration: none; -moz-background-clip: -moz-initial; -moz-background-origin: -moz-initial; -moz-background-inline-policy: -moz-initial; margin-bottom: -2px; padding-bottom: 2px;" name="AdBriteInlineAd_WINS" id="AdBriteInlineAd_WINS" target="_top"&gt;WINS&lt;/a&gt; server&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(255, 0, 0);"&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(51, 51, 255);"&gt;• IP address    &lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(0, 0, 0);"&gt;•&lt;/span&gt; &lt;/span&gt;NetBIOS&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(51, 51, 255);"&gt;• subnet mask&lt;br /&gt;• default gateway&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;13. A Catalyst 2960 switch has been taken out of storage to be used as a temporary replacement for another switch that needs to be repaired. About a minute after the switch has started, the SYST LED on the front of the switch transitions from blinking green to amber. What is the meaning of the amber SYST LED?&lt;br /&gt;• The switch has no configuration file in NVRAM.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(51, 51, 255);"&gt;• The switch has failed POST and must be sent for service.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;• The switch is &lt;a style="background: transparent url(http://files.adbrite.com/mb/images/green-double-underline-006600.gif) repeat-x scroll center bottom; cursor: pointer; color: rgb(0, 102, 0); text-decoration: none; -moz-background-clip: -moz-initial; -moz-background-origin: -moz-initial; -moz-background-inline-policy: -moz-initial; margin-bottom: -2px; padding-bottom: 2px;" name="AdBriteInlineAd_functioning" id="AdBriteInlineAd_functioning" target="_top"&gt;functioning&lt;/a&gt; properly.&lt;br /&gt;• The switch is in half-duplex mode.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;14.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;a href="http://lh3.ggpht.com/amnaj.suksamai/SPyuuerx3vI/AAAAAAAAAV8/-X07k_Hmawk/3%5B3%5D.jpg"&gt;&lt;img alt="3" src="http://lh6.ggpht.com/amnaj.suksamai/SPyuxj2bSDI/AAAAAAAAAWA/QP3BcgMNWKE/3_thumb%5B1%5D.jpg" border="0" width="348" height="261" /&gt;&lt;/a&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Refer to the exhibit. Which combination of cables and symbols is correct?&lt;br /&gt;• A - crossover, B - straight-through, C - straight-through&lt;br /&gt;• A - crossover, B - rollover, C - straight-through&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(51, 51, 255);"&gt;• A - straight-through, B -crossover, C - straight-through&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;• A - straight-through, B -straight-through, C - straight-through&lt;br /&gt;• A - straight-through, B - straight-through, C - crossover&lt;br /&gt;• A - rollover, B - straight-through, C - straight-through&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;15. After an unsuccessful ping to the local router, the technician decides to investigate the router. The technician observes that the lights and fan on the router are not operational. In which layer of the OSI model is the problem most likely occurring?&lt;br /&gt;• transport&lt;br /&gt;• network&lt;br /&gt;• data link&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(51, 51, 255);"&gt;• physical&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;16. What are three characteristics of the TCP protocol? (Choose three.)&lt;br /&gt;• exchanges datagrams unreliably&lt;br /&gt;• is used to send IP error messages&lt;br /&gt;• forces the retransmission of unacknowledged packets&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(51, 51, 255);"&gt;• creates a virtual session between end-user applications&lt;br /&gt;• &lt;/span&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(255, 0, 0);"&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(51, 51, 255);"&gt;carries the IP address of the destination host in the TCP header    &lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(0, 0, 0);"&gt;• &lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;is responsible for breaking messages into segments and reassembling them at their destination&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;17.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;a href="http://lh6.ggpht.com/amnaj.suksamai/SPyu0opvL0I/AAAAAAAAAWE/CMQ5eiCCmSk/4%5B4%5D.jpg"&gt;&lt;img alt="4" src="http://lh5.ggpht.com/amnaj.suksamai/SPyu3kSWHpI/AAAAAAAAAWI/kHgUNJWCUbs/4_thumb%5B2%5D.jpg" border="0" width="480" height="157" /&gt;&lt;/a&gt; Refer to the exhibit. The network shown is connected using services from the same ISP. How will the Fohi router dynamically learn routes to the 192.168.16.16/28, 192.168.16.32/28, and 192.168.16.64/28 subnetworks?&lt;br /&gt;• with BGP&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(255, 0, 0);"&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(51, 51, 255);"&gt;• with a static route    &lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(0, 0, 0);"&gt;•&lt;/span&gt; &lt;/span&gt;with a directly connected route&lt;br /&gt;• with an interior routing protocol&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;18.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;a href="http://lh6.ggpht.com/amnaj.suksamai/SPyu56JybcI/AAAAAAAAAWM/chD6BO7g0Rk/5%5B4%5D.jpg"&gt;&lt;img alt="5" src="http://lh4.ggpht.com/amnaj.suksamai/SPyu8TZq5tI/AAAAAAAAAWQ/ZPSOfaQMiB4/5_thumb%5B2%5D.jpg" border="0" width="480" height="114" /&gt;&lt;/a&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Refer to the exhibit. Which type of UTP cable should be used to connect Host A to Switch1?&lt;br /&gt;• rollover&lt;br /&gt;• console&lt;br /&gt;• crossover&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(51, 51, 255);"&gt;• straight-through&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;19. When customers use credit cards to make purchases at a small business, a modem is heard dialing a telephone number to transfer the transaction data to the central office. What type of WAN serial connection is in use?&lt;br /&gt;• leased line&lt;br /&gt;• packet switched&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(255, 0, 0);"&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(51, 51, 255);"&gt;• circuit switched    &lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(0, 0, 0);"&gt;•&lt;/span&gt; &lt;/span&gt;point-to-point&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;20. A user reports being unable to access the Internet. The help desk technician employs a bottom-up approach to troubleshooting. The technician first has the user check the patch cable connection from the PC to the wall, and then has the user verify that the NIC has a green link light. What will the technician have the user do next?&lt;br /&gt;• Enter an IP address into the WWW browser address bar to see if DNS is at fault.&lt;br /&gt;• Use traceroute to identify the device along the path to the ISP that may be at fault.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(51, 51, 255);"&gt;• Verify the IP address, subnet, and gateway settings using ipconfig on the PC &lt;/span&gt;.&lt;br /&gt;• Connect to the user home router to check firewall settings for blocked TCP ports.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;21.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;a href="http://lh6.ggpht.com/amnaj.suksamai/SPyu-4AWVZI/AAAAAAAAAWU/dwrEDDcZT2c/6%5B3%5D.jpg"&gt;&lt;img alt="6" src="http://lh4.ggpht.com/amnaj.suksamai/SPyvBSDm9JI/AAAAAAAAAWY/dP-YFRozMeE/6_thumb%5B1%5D.jpg" border="0" width="370" height="137" /&gt;&lt;/a&gt;&lt;br /&gt;A ping 192.1.1.20 command is issued on workstation A to determine if workstation B can be reached. What events will occur if this command is successful? (Choose two.)&lt;br /&gt;• The router will block the ping request message.&lt;br /&gt;• The router will reply to the echo request with a proxy ping response.&lt;br /&gt;• Workstation A will send a UDP ping request message to workstation B.&lt;br /&gt;• Workstation B will send a UDP ping reply message to workstation A.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(51, 51, 255);"&gt;• Workstation A will send an ICMP echo request message to workstation B.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(51, 51, 255);"&gt;• Workstation B will send an ICMP echo reply message to workstation A.  &lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;22. How does a router know of paths to destination networks? (Choose two.)&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(255, 0, 0);"&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(51, 51, 255);"&gt;• inspection of the destination IP address in data packets    &lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(255, 255, 255);"&gt;•&lt;/span&gt; &lt;/span&gt;ARP requests from connected routers&lt;br /&gt;• manual configuration of routes&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(51, 51, 255);"&gt;• updates from other routers&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;• DHCP information broadcasts&lt;br /&gt;• updates from the SMTP management information base&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;23.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;a href="http://lh6.ggpht.com/amnaj.suksamai/SPyvEflM1GI/AAAAAAAAAWc/iO8gI3UM_e4/7%5B3%5D.jpg"&gt;&lt;img alt="7" src="http://lh5.ggpht.com/amnaj.suksamai/SPyvHCagrxI/AAAAAAAAAWg/BthohEw-6Kk/7_thumb%5B1%5D.jpg" border="0" width="455" height="219" /&gt;&lt;/a&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Refer to the exhibit. Which two statements describe the data conversation shown? (Choose two.)&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(255, 0, 0);"&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(51, 51, 255);"&gt;• The data conversation was started by the HTTP application process running on the client.    &lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(0, 0, 0);"&gt;• &lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;The data conversation is identified by TCP port 80 on the client.&lt;br /&gt;• The user started the data conversation by sending an e-mail.&lt;br /&gt;• The IP address of the Internet server is 192.168.17.43 .&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(51, 51, 255);"&gt;• The Internet server will send data to port 8547 on the client.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;24. What is one purpose of the TCP three-way handshake?&lt;br /&gt;• sending echo requests from the source to the destination host to establish the presence of the destination&lt;br /&gt;• determining the IP address of the destination host in preparation for data transfer&lt;br /&gt;• requesting the destination to transfer a binary file to the source&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(51, 51, 255);"&gt;• synchronizing sequence numbers between source and destination in preparation for data transfer&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;25. Which type of address is 192.168.17.111/28?&lt;br /&gt;• host address&lt;br /&gt;• network address&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(51, 51, 255);"&gt;• broadcast address&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;• multicast address&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;26. A customer reports connectivity problems to an ISP technician. Upon questioning the customer, the technician discovers that all network applications are functioning except for FTP. What should the technician suspect is the problem?&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(255, 0, 0);"&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(51, 51, 255);"&gt;&lt;span&gt;• misconfigured firewall&lt;/span&gt;    &lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(255, 255, 255);"&gt;•&lt;/span&gt; &lt;/span&gt;bad port on switch or hub&lt;br /&gt;• misconfigured IP addressing on the customer's workstation&lt;br /&gt;• wrong DNS server configured on the customer's workstation&lt;br /&gt;• wrong default gateway configured on the customer's workstation&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;27.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;a href="http://lh3.ggpht.com/amnaj.suksamai/SPyvL0Bf2rI/AAAAAAAAAWk/CNWZi-6JWjY/8%5B3%5D.jpg"&gt;&lt;img alt="8" src="http://lh5.ggpht.com/amnaj.suksamai/SPyvQ-YBA5I/AAAAAAAAAWo/18WBcIjls3U/8_thumb%5B1%5D.jpg" border="0" width="408" height="279" /&gt;&lt;/a&gt;&lt;br /&gt;The show ip route command was executed on one of the routers shown in the graphic and the following output was displayed:&lt;br /&gt;C 192.168.4.0/24 is directly connected, Serial0/0&lt;br /&gt;R 192.168.5.0/24 [120/1] via 192.168.4.2, 00:00:19, Serial0/0&lt;br /&gt;R 192.168.1.0/24 [120/2] via 192.168.3.1, 00:00:20, Serial0/1&lt;br /&gt;R 192.168.2.0/24 [120/2] via 192.168.3.1, 00:00:20, Serial0/1&lt;br /&gt;C 192.168.3.0/24 is directly connected, Serial0/1&lt;br /&gt;From which router was this command executed?&lt;br /&gt;• A&lt;br /&gt;• B&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(51, 51, 255);"&gt;• C&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;• D&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;28. Refer to the exhibit. Which two sets of commands are required to configure passwords for all management ports on a Catalyst 2960 switch? (Choose two.)&lt;br /&gt;• ALSwitch(config)# interface vlan 1&lt;br /&gt;ALSwitch(config-if)# password cisco&lt;br /&gt;ALSwitch(config-if)# login&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(51, 51, 255);"&gt;• ALSwitch(config)# line vty 0 4  &lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(51, 51, 255);"&gt;   ALSwitch(config-line)# password cisco&lt;br /&gt;ALSwitch(config-line)# login&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;• ALSwitch(config)# line vty 0 15&lt;br /&gt;ALSwitch(config-line)# password cisco&lt;br /&gt;ALSwitch(config-line)# login&lt;br /&gt;• ALSwitch(config)# enable secret class&lt;br /&gt;ALSwitch(config)# enable password cisco&lt;br /&gt;• ALSwitch(config)# interface fa0/1&lt;br /&gt;ALSwitch(config-if)# password cisco&lt;br /&gt;ALSwitch(config-if)# no shutdown&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(51, 51, 255);"&gt;• ALSwitch(config)# line cons 0 &lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(51, 51, 255);"&gt;   ALSwitch(config-line)# password cisco&lt;br /&gt;ALSwitch(config-line)# login&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;29. A user reports being able to access the Internet but not being able to download e-mail from the mail server at the ISP. What should the user check on the user workstation?&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(51, 51, 255);"&gt;• the POP3 and SMTP server settings in the e-mail application&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;• the patch cable connections at the back of the workstation and at the wall plate&lt;br /&gt;• the DHCP settings in the operating system&lt;br /&gt;• the IP address, mask, and default gateway values&lt;br /&gt;• the NIC drivers&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;30.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;a href="http://lh3.ggpht.com/amnaj.suksamai/SPyvVECidiI/AAAAAAAAAWs/V-G0HiQCJXI/9%5B3%5D.jpg"&gt;&lt;img alt="9" src="http://lh6.ggpht.com/amnaj.suksamai/SPyvZFl9gpI/AAAAAAAAAWw/rHJ2aP23E1w/9_thumb%5B1%5D.jpg" border="0" width="431" height="238" /&gt;&lt;/a&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Refer to the graphic. Which command will configure a static route on Router A to direct traffic from LAN A that is destined for LAN C?&lt;br /&gt;• RouterA(config)# ip route 192.168.4.0 255.255.255.0 192.168.5.2&lt;br /&gt;• RouterA(config)# ip route 192.168.4.0 255.255.255.0 192.168.3.2&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(51, 51, 255);"&gt;• RouterA(config)# ip route 192.168.5.0 255.255.255.0 192.168.3.2&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;• RouterA(config)# ip route 192.168.3.0 255.255.255.0 192.168.3.1&lt;br /&gt;• RouterA(config)# ip route 192.168.3.2 255.255.255.0 192.168.4.0&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;31. Which subnet masks could be used when subnetting a Class B IP address? (Choose two.)&lt;br /&gt;• 255.255.255.240&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(51, 51, 255);"&gt;• 255.255.192.0&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(51, 51, 255);"&gt;• 255.255.0.0&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;• 255.192.0.0&lt;br /&gt;• 240.0.0.0&lt;br /&gt;• 255.0.0.0&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;32.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;a href="http://lh4.ggpht.com/amnaj.suksamai/SPyve05wATI/AAAAAAAAAW0/wjX36c8-rgk/10%5B4%5D.jpg"&gt;&lt;img alt="10" src="http://lh6.ggpht.com/amnaj.suksamai/SPyviyjGmTI/AAAAAAAAAW4/7vHzmLVzOlg/10_thumb%5B2%5D.jpg" border="0" width="485" height="233" /&gt;&lt;/a&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Refer to the exhibit. The network administrator has configured the RTA and RTB interfaces. In order to allow hosts that are attached to RTA to reach the server that is attached to RTB, a static route from RTA to the server LAN and a default route from RTB back to RTA need to be configured. Which two commands will the administrator use to accomplish these tasks on the two routers? (Choose two.)&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(51, 51, 255);"&gt;• RTA(config)# ip route 10.16.10.5 255.255.255.252 10.16.10.6&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;• RTA(config)# ip route 0.0.0.0 0.0.0.0 10.16.10.6&lt;br /&gt;• RTA(config)# ip route 10.16.10.96 255.255.255.252 10.16.10.6&lt;br /&gt;• RTB(config)# ip route 10.16.10.6 255.255.255.248 10.16.10.6&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(51, 51, 255);"&gt;• RTB(config)# ip route 0.0.0.0 0.0.0.0&lt;/span&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(255, 0, 0);"&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(51, 51, 255);"&gt; S0/0/1    &lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(255, 255, 255);"&gt;•&lt;/span&gt; &lt;/span&gt;RTB(config)# ip route 0.0.0.0 0.0.0.0 10.16.10.6&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;33. How do port filtering and access lists help provide network security?&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(51, 51, 255);"&gt;• They prevent specified types of traffic from reaching specified network destinations.   &lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;• They alert network administrators to various type of denial of service attacks as they occur.&lt;br /&gt;• They prevent viruses, worms, and Trojans from infecting host computers and servers.&lt;br /&gt;• They enable encryption and authentication of confidential data communications.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;34.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;a href="http://lh4.ggpht.com/amnaj.suksamai/SPyvoTmWqnI/AAAAAAAAAW8/zI2RK_ZFRh8/11%5B4%5D.jpg"&gt;&lt;img alt="11" src="http://lh4.ggpht.com/amnaj.suksamai/SPyvz2lAHLI/AAAAAAAAAXA/9anTMpg-WJ0/11_thumb%5B2%5D.jpg" border="0" width="485" height="178" /&gt;&lt;/a&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Refer to the exhibit. The network administrator of the building in the graphic needs to choose the type of cable best suited to add ServerB to the network. Which cable type is the best choice?&lt;br /&gt;• STP&lt;br /&gt;• UTP&lt;br /&gt;• coaxial&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(51, 51, 255);"&gt;• fiber optic&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;35. What is used by a routing protocol to determine the best path to include in the routing table?&lt;br /&gt;• Convergence time&lt;br /&gt;• Default distance&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(51, 51, 255);"&gt;• Metric&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;• Type of router&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;36.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;a href="http://lh5.ggpht.com/amnaj.suksamai/SPyv3CSkKqI/AAAAAAAAAXE/I_h0pDWP27E/12%5B3%5D.jpg"&gt;&lt;img alt="12" src="http://lh6.ggpht.com/amnaj.suksamai/SPyv59CaYkI/AAAAAAAAAXI/Aml-hO4tYfs/12_thumb%5B1%5D.jpg" border="0" width="325" height="270" /&gt;&lt;/a&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Refer to the exhibit. Which IP addresses could be assigned to the hosts in the diagram? (Choose two.)&lt;br /&gt;• 192.168.65.31&lt;br /&gt;• 192.168.65.32&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(51, 51, 255);"&gt;• 192.168.65.35&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(51, 51, 255);"&gt;• 192.168.65.60&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;• 192.168.65.63&lt;br /&gt;• 192.168.65.64&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;37.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;a href="http://lh6.ggpht.com/amnaj.suksamai/SPyv9aZofBI/AAAAAAAAAXM/cYFi4Gudvk8/13%5B3%5D.jpg"&gt;&lt;img alt="13" src="http://lh6.ggpht.com/amnaj.suksamai/SPywA6He8sI/AAAAAAAAAXQ/ts6fhqlrb14/13_thumb%5B1%5D.jpg" border="0" width="461" height="220" /&gt;&lt;/a&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Given the network 192.168.25.0 shown in the graphic, which subnet mask would accommodate the number of hosts in each subnet?&lt;br /&gt;• 255.255.0.0&lt;br /&gt;• 255.255.224.0&lt;br /&gt;• 255.255.255.0&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(51, 51, 255);"&gt;• 255.255.255.224&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;• 255.255.255.240&lt;br /&gt;• 255.255.255.248&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;38. Which two protocols allow network devices to report their status and events to a centralized network management device? (Choose two.)&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(255, 0, 0);"&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(51, 51, 255);"&gt;• Syslog    &lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(255, 255, 255);"&gt;• &lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;Telnet&lt;br /&gt;• HTTP&lt;br /&gt;• HTTPS&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(51, 51, 255);"&gt;• SNMP&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;39. What is true regarding the differences between NAT and PAT?&lt;br /&gt;• PAT uses the word "overload" at the end of the access-list statement to share a single registered address.&lt;br /&gt;• Static NAT allows an unregistered address to map to multiple registered addresses.&lt;br /&gt;• Dynamic NAT allows hosts to receive the same global address each time external access is required.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(51, 51, 255);"&gt;• PAT uses unique source port numbers to distinguish between translations.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;40.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;a href="http://lh5.ggpht.com/amnaj.suksamai/SPywKG2AFwI/AAAAAAAAAXU/8nZo0dxE4Os/14%5B4%5D.jpg"&gt;&lt;img alt="14" src="http://lh5.ggpht.com/amnaj.suksamai/SPywQSivFnI/AAAAAAAAAXY/OUqBJlVWszw/14_thumb%5B2%5D.jpg" border="0" width="485" height="364" /&gt;&lt;/a&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Refer to the exhibit. The graphic shows the output of a command issued on router RTB. According to the output, what two statements are true of router RTB? (Choose two.)&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(51, 51, 255);"&gt;• The router is connected to a router named Boise.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;• Router RTB is connected to a Cisco 1841 router.&lt;br /&gt;• Router RTB is directly connected to two other routers.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(51, 51, 255);"&gt;• The IP address of the router interface connected to router RTB is 192.168.2.6 .&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;• The RTB router is connected to two Cisco devices by Fast Ethernet links.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;41.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;a href="http://lh5.ggpht.com/amnaj.suksamai/SPywUAgk3LI/AAAAAAAAAXc/Q2xAN5ip730/15%5B4%5D.jpg"&gt;&lt;img alt="15" src="http://lh3.ggpht.com/amnaj.suksamai/SPywXTTROHI/AAAAAAAAAXg/0El13TloZxI/15_thumb%5B2%5D.jpg" border="0" width="485" height="215" /&gt;&lt;/a&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Refer to the exhibit. The network administrator uses the command below to configure a default route to the ISP network : RTB(config)# ip route 0.0.0.0 0.0.0.0 10.1.1.6 A ping issued from the ISP is successful to router RTB. However, ping echo request packets arrive at a host that is attached to the Fa0/0 interface of RTB, and the replies do not make it back to the ISP router. What will fix this problem?&lt;br /&gt;• The ISP must be configured to forward packets from the 192.168.1.0 network.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(51, 51, 255);"&gt;• The ip route command needs to be edited so that the next hop address is 10.1.1.5.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;• The ip route command needs to be edited so that the 192.168.1.1 address is the next hop address.&lt;br /&gt;• The ip route command should be removed from the RTB router configuration.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;42. A network technician is using a network management station to gather data about the performance of devices and links within the ISP. Which application layer protocol makes this possible?&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(51, 51, 255);"&gt;• SNMP&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;• FTP&lt;br /&gt;• DHCP&lt;br /&gt;• SMTP&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;43. What are two purposes of DNS? (Choose two.)&lt;br /&gt;• to dynamically assign IP addressing information to network hosts&lt;br /&gt;• to simplify the administration of host and default gateway addressing on client computers&lt;br /&gt;• to assign TCP port numbers to hosts as part of the data transfer process&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(51, 51, 255);"&gt;• to resolve human-readable domain names to numeric IP addresses&lt;br /&gt;• to replace the static HOSTS file with a more practical dynamic system&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;44. A hacker attempts to reach confidential information that is stored on a server inside the corporate network. A network security solution inspects the entire packet, determines that it is a threat, and blocks the packet from entering the inside network. Which security measure protected the network?&lt;br /&gt;• an IDS&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(51, 51, 255);"&gt;• an IPS&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;• a host-based firewall&lt;br /&gt;• Anti-X software&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;45. How many host addresses may be assigned on each subnetwork when using the 130.68.0.0 network address with a subnet mask of 255.255.248.0?&lt;br /&gt;• 30&lt;br /&gt;• 256&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(51, 51, 255);"&gt;• 2046&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;• 2048&lt;br /&gt;• 4094&lt;br /&gt;• 4096&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;46. In an IPv4 environment, what information is used by the router to forward data packets from one interface of a router to another?&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(51, 51, 255);"&gt;• destination network address&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;• source network address&lt;br /&gt;• source MAC address&lt;br /&gt;• well known port destination address&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;47. A small tire retailer requires a low-cost WAN connection to its headquarters in order to manage its inventory and process customer sales in real time. Which WAN connection type is best suited to its needs?&lt;br /&gt;• Sonet&lt;br /&gt;• T3&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(51, 51, 255);"&gt;• dialup&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;• DSL&lt;br /&gt;• leased line&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;48. The command copy tftp running-config has been entered on the router. What will this command do?&lt;br /&gt;• copy the configuration in RAM to a server&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(51, 51, 255);"&gt;• copy the configuration file from a server to RAM&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;• copy the configuration file in NVRAM to RAM&lt;br /&gt;• copy the configuration file in NVRAM to a server&lt;br /&gt;• copy the configuration file from a server to NVRAM&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;49.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;a href="http://lh5.ggpht.com/amnaj.suksamai/SPywcKqQUZI/AAAAAAAAAXk/HeKmwdrnJCc/16%5B4%5D.jpg"&gt;&lt;img alt="16" src="http://lh3.ggpht.com/amnaj.suksamai/SPywfypLxJI/AAAAAAAAAXo/ys5y1pFC8x0/16_thumb%5B2%5D.jpg" border="0" width="485" height="221" /&gt;&lt;/a&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Refer to the exhibit. The network administrator needs to configure the Fa0/0 interface of RTB so that hosts from RTA can connect to the server that is attached to RTB. Which two commands will the administrator use to accomplish this task? (Choose two.)&lt;br /&gt;• RTB# ip address 192.168.102.98 255.255.255.248&lt;br /&gt;• RTB(config-if)# ip address 192.168.102.99 255.255.255.252&lt;br /&gt;• RTB(config)# ip address 192.168.102.97 255.255.255.252&lt;br /&gt;• RTB(config)# no shutdown&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(51, 51, 255);"&gt;• RTB(config-if)# no shutdown&lt;/span&gt;&lt;strong style="color: rgb(51, 51, 255);"&gt;&lt;br /&gt;• &lt;/strong&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(51, 51, 255);"&gt;RTB(config-if)# ip address 192.168.102.97 255.255.255.252&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;50.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;a href="http://lh4.ggpht.com/amnaj.suksamai/SPywiXTWwBI/AAAAAAAAAXs/ddak5ln8LlA/17%5B3%5D.jpg"&gt;&lt;img alt="17" src="http://lh4.ggpht.com/amnaj.suksamai/SPywk_tk5xI/AAAAAAAAAXw/m6mpvRS9ZyE/17_thumb%5B1%5D.jpg" border="0" width="375" height="157" /&gt;&lt;/a&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Refer to the exhibit. A NOC technician at an ISP enters the command shown. What are two reasons to use this command? (Choose two.)&lt;br /&gt;• to map the path to 192.168.1.7&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(51, 51, 255);"&gt;• to test reachability to 192.168.1.7 &lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;• to locate connectivity problems along the route to 192.168.1.7&lt;br /&gt;• to identify the ISPs that interconnect the NOC with the remote host with the address 192.168.1.7&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(51, 51, 255);"&gt;• to measure the time that packets take to reach 192.168.1.7 and return to the technician's workstation&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/div&gt;&lt;div class="blogger-post-footer"&gt;&lt;img width='1' height='1' src='https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/tracker/4098964652719354601-3017891183866059291?l=ccna-exam-modules.blogspot.com' alt='' /&gt;&lt;/div&gt;&lt;img src="http://feeds.feedburner.com/~r/40Ccna-exam-modules/~4/I_zJRhCVhUU" height="1" width="1"/&gt;</description><app:edited xmlns:app="http://www.w3.org/2007/app">2009-08-17T00:21:46.649-07:00</app:edited><media:thumbnail url="http://lh6.ggpht.com/amnaj.suksamai/SPyul_82r-I/AAAAAAAAAVw/KImAr7hYsTM/s72-c/1_thumb%5B2%5D.jpg" height="72" width="72" /><thr:total xmlns:thr="http://purl.org/syndication/thread/1.0">0</thr:total><feedburner:origLink>http://ccna-exam-modules.blogspot.com/2009/08/40-ccna-2-working-at-small-to-medium_9908.html</feedburner:origLink></item><item><title>4.0 CCNA 2: Working at a Small-to-Medium Business or ISP:Module 8</title><link>http://feedproxy.google.com/~r/40Ccna-exam-modules/~3/i98lfXqf28Y/40-ccna-2-working-at-small-to-medium_1598.html</link><category>4.0 CCNA2disc</category><author>noreply@blogger.com (amor)</author><pubDate>Mon, 17 Aug 2009 00:19:14 PDT</pubDate><guid isPermaLink="false">tag:blogger.com,1999:blog-4098964652719354601.post-1952269075727951934</guid><description>1. Which AAA service reduces IT operating costs by providing detailed reporting and monitoring of network user behavior, and also by keeping a record of every access connection and device configuration change across the network?&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(51, 51, 255);"&gt;• authentication&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;• accreditation&lt;br /&gt;• accounting&lt;br /&gt;• authorization&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;2. Which three items are normally included when a log message is generated by a syslog client and forwarded to a syslog server? (Choose three.)&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(51, 51, 255);"&gt;• date and time of message&lt;br /&gt;• ID of sending device&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;• length of message&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(255, 0, 0);"&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(51, 51, 255);"&gt;• message ID    &lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/span&gt;• checksum field&lt;br /&gt;• community ID&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;3. What is the advantage of using WPA to secure a wireless network?&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(51, 51, 255);"&gt;• It uses a 128-bit pre-shared hexadecimal key to prevent unauthorized wireless access.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;• It uses an advanced encryption key that is never transmitted between host and access point.&lt;br /&gt;• It is supported on older wireless hardware, thus providing maximum compatibility with enterprise equipment.&lt;br /&gt;• It requires the MAC address of a network device that is requesting wireless access to be on a list of approved MAC addresses.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;4. A company wants to configure a firewall to monitor all channels of communication and allow only traffic that is part of a known connection. Which firewall configuration should be deployed?&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(51, 51, 255);"&gt;• packet filtering&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;• proxy&lt;br /&gt;• stateful packet inspection&lt;br /&gt;• stateless packet inspection&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;5. A server log includes this entry: User student accessed host server ABC using Telnet yesterday for 10 minutes. What type of log entry is this?&lt;br /&gt;• authentication&lt;br /&gt;• authorization&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(51, 51, 255);"&gt;• accounting&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;• accessing&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;6. What two measures help to verify that server backups have been reliably completed? (Choose two.)&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(51, 51, 255);"&gt;• reviewing backup logs&lt;br /&gt;• performing trial backups&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;• performing full backups only&lt;br /&gt;• replacing tape backup with hard disk-based backup&lt;br /&gt;• using an autoloader when backups require more than one tape&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;7. Which means of communication does an SNMP network agent use to provide a network management station with important but unsolicited information?&lt;br /&gt;• query&lt;br /&gt;• broadcast&lt;br /&gt;• ICMP ping&lt;br /&gt;• trap&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(51, 51, 255);"&gt;• poll&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;8. Which three protocols are used for in-band management? (Choose three.)&lt;br /&gt;• FTP&lt;br /&gt;• HTTP&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(51, 51, 255);"&gt;• SNMP&lt;br /&gt;• Telnet &lt;br /&gt;• TFTP&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;• DHCP&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;9. A hacker has gained access to sensitive network files. In analyzing the attack, it is found that the hacker gained access over a wireless segment of the network. It is further discovered that the only security measure in place on the wireless network is MAC Address Filtering. How is it likely that the hacker gained access to the network?&lt;br /&gt;• The hacker used a software tool to crack the shared hexadecimal wireless key.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(51, 51, 255);"&gt;• The hacker obtained the MAC address of a permitted host, and cloned it on his wireless laptop NIC.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;• The attacker mounted a denial of service attack to overwhelm the firewall before penetrating the wireless LAN.&lt;br /&gt;• The hacker gained wireless access to the MAC address database and added his own MAC address to the list of permitted addresses.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;10. A network administrator is assigning network permissions to new groups of users and employing the principle of least privilege. Which two actions should the administrator take? (Choose two.)&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(51, 51, 255);"&gt;• Provide users with only the access to resources required to do their jobs.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;• Provide the minimum level of permissions required for users to do their jobs.&lt;br /&gt;• Remove all permissions from the users and grant permissions as they are requested.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(51, 51, 255);"&gt;• Allow users to decide how much permission they need to accomplish their job tasks.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;• Provide full access to the users and gradually remove privileges over time.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;11. Which three protocols describe methods that can be used to secure user data for transmission across the internet? (Choose three.)&lt;br /&gt;• SMTP&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(51, 51, 255);"&gt;• IPSEC&lt;br /&gt;• SSL &lt;br /&gt;• HTTPS&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;• FTP&lt;br /&gt;• TFTP&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;12. Which benefit does SSH offer over Telnet when remotely managing a router?&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(51, 51, 255);"&gt;• encryption&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;• TCP usage&lt;br /&gt;• authorization&lt;br /&gt;• connection using six VTY lines&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;13. Which of the following does SNMP use to hold information collected about the network?&lt;br /&gt;• network management station&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(51, 51, 255);"&gt;• network management database&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;• management information base&lt;br /&gt;• database information agent&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;14. What are two potential problems with using tape media to back up server data? (Choose two.)&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(51, 51, 255);"&gt;• Tape is not a cost-effective means of backing up data.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;• Data tapes are difficult to store offsite.&lt;br /&gt;• Data tapes are prone to failure and must be replaced often.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(51, 51, 255);"&gt;• Tape drives require regular cleaning to maintain reliability.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;• Backup logs are not available with tape backup solutions.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;15. What is the term for the public network between the boundary router and the firewall?&lt;br /&gt;• "clean" LAN&lt;br /&gt;• intranet&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(51, 51, 255);"&gt;• DMZ&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;• extranet&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;16. Which two characteristics of network traffic are being monitored if a network technician configures the company firewall to operate as a packet filter? (Choose two.)&lt;br /&gt;• applications&lt;br /&gt;• physical addresses&lt;br /&gt;• packet size&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(51, 51, 255);"&gt;• ports&lt;br /&gt;• protocols&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;17. When is the use of out-of-band network management necessary?&lt;br /&gt;• when a server needs to be monitored across the network&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(51, 51, 255);"&gt;• when the management interface of a device is not reachable across the network&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;• when enhanced monitoring features are required to gain an overall view of the entire network&lt;br /&gt;• when it is desirable to use the information that is provided by SNMP&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;18. What network layer security protocol can secure any application layer protocol used for communication?&lt;br /&gt;• HTTPS&lt;br /&gt;• IMAP&lt;br /&gt;• FTPS&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(51, 51, 255);"&gt;• IPSEC&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;• TLS&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;19. Before a technician upgrades a server, it is necessary to back up all data. Which type of backup is necessary to ensure that all data is backed up?&lt;br /&gt;• daily&lt;br /&gt;• differential&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(51, 51, 255);"&gt;• full&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;• incremental&lt;br /&gt;• partial&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;20. What AAA component assigns varying levels of rights to users of network resources?&lt;br /&gt;• auditing&lt;br /&gt;• accounting&lt;br /&gt;• authorization&lt;br /&gt;• access control&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(51, 51, 255);"&gt;• authentication&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;• acknowledgement&lt;div class="blogger-post-footer"&gt;&lt;img width='1' height='1' src='https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/tracker/4098964652719354601-1952269075727951934?l=ccna-exam-modules.blogspot.com' alt='' /&gt;&lt;/div&gt;&lt;img src="http://feeds.feedburner.com/~r/40Ccna-exam-modules/~4/i98lfXqf28Y" height="1" width="1"/&gt;</description><app:edited xmlns:app="http://www.w3.org/2007/app">2009-08-17T00:19:14.477-07:00</app:edited><thr:total xmlns:thr="http://purl.org/syndication/thread/1.0">0</thr:total><feedburner:origLink>http://ccna-exam-modules.blogspot.com/2009/08/40-ccna-2-working-at-small-to-medium_1598.html</feedburner:origLink></item><item><title>4.0 CCNA 2: Working at a Small-to-Medium Business or ISP:Module 7</title><link>http://feedproxy.google.com/~r/40Ccna-exam-modules/~3/4U6yozpCi2Y/40-ccna-2-working-at-small-to-medium_3585.html</link><category>4.0 CCNA2disc</category><author>noreply@blogger.com (amor)</author><pubDate>Mon, 17 Aug 2009 00:17:43 PDT</pubDate><guid isPermaLink="false">tag:blogger.com,1999:blog-4098964652719354601.post-2031253259375271305</guid><description>1. User1 is sending an e-mail to User2@cisco.com. What are two characteristics of the process of sending this data? (Choose two.)&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(51, 51, 255);"&gt;• It utilizes TCP port 110.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;• A TCP connection is established directly between the User1 and User2 client computers  in order to send the e-mail message.&lt;br /&gt;• It utilizes a &lt;a style="background: transparent url(http://files.adbrite.com/mb/images/green-double-underline-006600.gif) repeat-x scroll center bottom; cursor: pointer; color: rgb(0, 102, 0); text-decoration: none; -moz-background-clip: -moz-initial; -moz-background-origin: -moz-initial; -moz-background-inline-policy: -moz-initial; margin-bottom: -2px; padding-bottom: 2px;" name="AdBriteInlineAd_store" id="AdBriteInlineAd_store" target="_top"&gt;store&lt;/a&gt; and forward process.&lt;br /&gt;• The same application layer protocol is used to send the e-mail and retrieve it from the destination server.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(51, 51, 255);"&gt;• SMTP is used to send the e-mail message to the mail servers.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;2. To meet customer expectations, an ISP must guarantee a level of service that is based on what two factors? (Choose two.)&lt;br /&gt;• accessibility&lt;br /&gt;• adaptability&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(51, 51, 255);"&gt;• availability&lt;br /&gt;• reliability &lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;• scalability&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;3. Which two statements are true about the OSI and TCP/IP models? (Choose two.)&lt;br /&gt;• The two bottom layers of the TCP/IP model make up the bottom layer of the OSI model.&lt;br /&gt;• The TCP/IP model is a theoretical model and the OSI model is based on actual protocols.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(51, 51, 255);"&gt;• The OSI network layer is comparable to the &lt;a style="background: transparent url(http://files.adbrite.com/mb/images/green-double-underline-006600.gif) repeat-x scroll center bottom; cursor: pointer; color: rgb(0, 102, 0); text-decoration: none; -moz-background-clip: -moz-initial; -moz-background-origin: -moz-initial; -moz-background-inline-policy: -moz-initial; margin-bottom: -2px; padding-bottom: 2px;" name="AdBriteInlineAd_Internet" id="AdBriteInlineAd_Internet" target="_top"&gt;Internet&lt;/a&gt; layer of the TCP/IP model. &lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;• The TCP/IP model specifies protocols for the physical network interconnection.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(51, 51, 255);"&gt;• The TCP/IP model is based on four layers and the OSI model is based on seven layers.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;4. Refer to the exhibit. Host1 is in the process of setting up a TCP session with Host2. Host1 has sent a SYN message to begin session establishment. What happens next?&lt;br /&gt;• Host1 sends an ACK message to Host2.&lt;br /&gt;• Host1 sends a SYN message to Host2.&lt;br /&gt;• Host1 sends a SYN-ACK message to Host2.&lt;br /&gt;• Host2 sends an ACK message to Host1.&lt;br /&gt;• Host2 sends a SYN message to Host1.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(51, 51, 255);"&gt;• Host2 sends a SYN-ACK message to Host1.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;5. What are three characteristics of network reliability? (Choose three.)&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(51, 51, 255);"&gt;• Redundant hardware provides enhanced reliability.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;• Reliability is measured as a percent.&lt;br /&gt;• Reliability is the responsibility of the ISP customers.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(51, 51, 255);"&gt;• Fault tolerance is a measure of reliability.&lt;br /&gt;• The longer the MTBF, the greater the reliability.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;6. Which two statements describe the FTP protocol? (Choose two.)&lt;br /&gt;• It uses well-known port 23.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(51, 51, 255);"&gt;• The protocol interpreter is responsible for the data transfer &lt;a style="background: transparent url(http://files.adbrite.com/mb/images/green-double-underline-006600.gif) repeat-x scroll center bottom; cursor: pointer; color: rgb(0, 102, 0); text-decoration: none; -moz-background-clip: -moz-initial; -moz-background-origin: -moz-initial; -moz-background-inline-policy: -moz-initial; margin-bottom: -2px; padding-bottom: 2px;" name="AdBriteInlineAd_function" id="AdBriteInlineAd_function" target="_top"&gt;function&lt;/a&gt;.&lt;br /&gt;• In passive data connections, the FTP client initiates the transfer of data.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;• It requires two connections between client and server.&lt;br /&gt;• FTP servers open a well-known port on the client machine.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;7. What is the function of the TCP three-way handshake?&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(51, 51, 255);"&gt;• It enables the synchronization of port numbers between source and destination hosts. &lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;• It immediately triggers the retransmission of lost data.&lt;br /&gt;• It synchronizes both ends of a connection by allowing both sides to agree upon initial  sequence numbers.&lt;br /&gt;• It identifies the destination application on the receiving host.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;8. What are three characteristics of HTTPS? (Choose three.)&lt;br /&gt;• It uses a different client request-server response process than HTTP uses.&lt;br /&gt;• It specifies additional rules for passing data between the application and data link layers.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(51, 51, 255);"&gt;• It supports authentication.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;• It allows more simultaneous connections than HTTP allows.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(51, 51, 255);"&gt;• It encrypts packets with SSL.&lt;br /&gt;• It requires additional server processing time.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;9. Which DNS zone resolves an IP address to a qualified &lt;a style="background: transparent url(http://files.adbrite.com/mb/images/green-double-underline-006600.gif) repeat-x scroll center bottom; cursor: pointer; color: rgb(0, 102, 0); text-decoration: none; -moz-background-clip: -moz-initial; -moz-background-origin: -moz-initial; -moz-background-inline-policy: -moz-initial; margin-bottom: -2px; padding-bottom: 2px;" name="AdBriteInlineAd_domain" id="AdBriteInlineAd_domain" target="_top"&gt;domain&lt;/a&gt; &lt;a style="background: transparent url(http://files.adbrite.com/mb/images/green-double-underline-006600.gif) repeat-x scroll center bottom; cursor: pointer; color: rgb(0, 102, 0); text-decoration: none; -moz-background-clip: -moz-initial; -moz-background-origin: -moz-initial; -moz-background-inline-policy: -moz-initial; margin-bottom: -2px; padding-bottom: 2px;" name="AdBriteInlineAd_Name" id="AdBriteInlineAd_Name" target="_top"&gt;name&lt;/a&gt;?&lt;br /&gt;• dynamic lookup&lt;br /&gt;• forward lookup&lt;br /&gt;• resolution lookup&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(51, 51, 255);"&gt;• reverse lookup&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;10.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;a href="http://lh6.ggpht.com/amnaj.suksamai/SPyenI6F4JI/AAAAAAAAAVc/5YgUGmM3iOc/2%5B3%5D.jpg"&gt;&lt;img alt="2" src="http://lh6.ggpht.com/amnaj.suksamai/SPyepy5WRQI/AAAAAAAAAVg/SzeP4sRKKHQ/2_thumb%5B1%5D.jpg" border="0" width="460" height="166" /&gt;&lt;/a&gt;&lt;br /&gt;What type of update allows client computers to register and update their resource records with a DNS server whenever changes occur?&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(51, 51, 255);"&gt;• dynamic&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;• zone transfer&lt;br /&gt;• local recursive query&lt;br /&gt;• root domain query&lt;br /&gt;• top-level domain query&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;11. Refer to the exhibit. Which two statements are true about this file? (Choose two.)&lt;br /&gt;• If the gateway address changes, the file will be updated dynamically.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(51, 51, 255);"&gt;• The command ping fileserv will use IP address 172.16.5.10.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(51, 51, 255);"&gt;• If the ping www.cisco.com command is issued, the file will be checked for the Cisco &lt;/span&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(51, 51, 255);"&gt; web server IP address before DNS is queried.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;• The file must be created by the user if it is to be used by a workstation.&lt;br /&gt;• Name to IP address mappings are added to the file after they are received from DNS.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;12. Which two tasks are the responsibility of the local DNS server? (Choose two.)&lt;br /&gt;• maintaining a large number of cached DNS entries&lt;br /&gt;• maintaining the ISP server&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(51, 51, 255);"&gt;• &lt;a style="background: transparent url(http://files.adbrite.com/mb/images/green-double-underline-006600.gif) repeat-x scroll center bottom; cursor: pointer; color: rgb(0, 102, 0); text-decoration: none; -moz-background-clip: -moz-initial; -moz-background-origin: -moz-initial; -moz-background-inline-policy: -moz-initial; margin-bottom: -2px; padding-bottom: 2px;" name="AdBriteInlineAd_mapping" id="AdBriteInlineAd_mapping" target="_top"&gt;mapping&lt;/a&gt; name-to-IP addresses for internal hosts&lt;br /&gt;• forwarding name resolution requests to a caching-only server &lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;• forwarding all name resolution requests to root servers on the Internet&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;13. What are three unique characteristics of UDP? (Choose three.)&lt;br /&gt;• connection oriented&lt;br /&gt;• full-duplex operation&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(51, 51, 255);"&gt;• low overhead&lt;br /&gt;• no flow control&lt;br /&gt;• no error-recovery function&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;• reliable transmission&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;14. A manufacturing company is looking into subscribing to &lt;a style="background: transparent url(http://files.adbrite.com/mb/images/green-double-underline-006600.gif) repeat-x scroll center bottom; cursor: pointer; color: rgb(0, 102, 0); text-decoration: none; -moz-background-clip: -moz-initial; -moz-background-origin: -moz-initial; -moz-background-inline-policy: -moz-initial; margin-bottom: -2px; padding-bottom: 2px;" name="AdBriteInlineAd_services" id="AdBriteInlineAd_services" target="_top"&gt;services&lt;/a&gt; from a new ISP. The company requires hosted &lt;a style="background: transparent url(http://files.adbrite.com/mb/images/green-double-underline-006600.gif) repeat-x scroll center bottom; cursor: pointer; color: rgb(0, 102, 0); text-decoration: none; -moz-background-clip: -moz-initial; -moz-background-origin: -moz-initial; -moz-background-inline-policy: -moz-initial; margin-bottom: -2px; padding-bottom: 2px;" name="AdBriteInlineAd_world" id="AdBriteInlineAd_world" target="_top"&gt;world&lt;/a&gt; wide web, file transfer, and e-mail services. Which three protocols represent the key application services that are required by the company? (Choose three.)&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(51, 51, 255);"&gt;• FTP&lt;br /&gt;• HTTP &lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;• ICMP&lt;br /&gt;• PPP&lt;br /&gt;• Telnet&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(51, 51, 255);"&gt;• SMTP&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;15. Which two options correctly match protocol and well-known port number? (Choose two.)&lt;br /&gt;• DNS - 25&lt;br /&gt;• FTP - 110&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(51, 51, 255);"&gt;• HTTP - 80&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;• POP3 - 25&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(51, 51, 255);"&gt;• SMTP - 25&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;16. Within TCP, what combination makes up a socket pair?&lt;br /&gt;• source port with destination port&lt;br /&gt;• source IP address with destination port&lt;br /&gt;• source IP address and destination IP address&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(51, 51, 255);"&gt;• source IP address and port with a destination IP address and port&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;17. Which protocol is used to send e-mail, either from a client to a server or from a server to another server?&lt;br /&gt;• SNMP&lt;br /&gt;• FTP&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(51, 51, 255);"&gt;• SMTP&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;• HTTPS&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;18. Refer to the exhibit. The PC is requesting HTTP data from the server. What is a valid representation of source and destination sockets for this request?&lt;br /&gt;• Source - 192.168.1.17:80 ; Destination - 192.168.2.39:80&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(51, 51, 255);"&gt;• Source - 192.168.1.17:80 ; Destination - 192.168.2.39:1045&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;• Source - 192.168.1.17:1045 ; Destination - 192.168.2.39:80&lt;br /&gt;• Source - 192.168.1.17:1045 ; Destination - 192.168.2.39:1061&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;19. What type of DNS server is typically maintained by an ISP?&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(51, 51, 255);"&gt;• caching-only&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;• root&lt;br /&gt;• second-level&lt;br /&gt;• top-level&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;20.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;a href="http://lh6.ggpht.com/amnaj.suksamai/SPyfp-KmoyI/AAAAAAAAAVk/YYisFeIQkjc/3%5B4%5D.jpg"&gt;&lt;img alt="3" src="http://lh3.ggpht.com/amnaj.suksamai/SPyftlVQmHI/AAAAAAAAAVo/kCiVyJ0KKiw/3_thumb%5B2%5D.jpg" border="0" width="480" height="150" /&gt;&lt;/a&gt;&lt;br /&gt;When a host is communicating with multiple applications on the same server at the same time, which of the following will have the same value for each session? (Choose two.)&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(51, 51, 255);"&gt;• IP address&lt;br /&gt;• MAC address&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;• session number&lt;br /&gt;• sequence number&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;21. A client is communicating with a server on a different segment of the network. How does the server determine what service is being requested by the client?&lt;br /&gt;• The server will apply the default service configured in directory services.&lt;br /&gt;• The server will use ARP to discover the appropriate service from the local router.&lt;br /&gt;• The server will send a request to the client asking for the appropriate service.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(51, 51, 255);"&gt;• The server will determine the appropriate service from the destination port field.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;div class="blogger-post-footer"&gt;&lt;img width='1' height='1' src='https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/tracker/4098964652719354601-2031253259375271305?l=ccna-exam-modules.blogspot.com' alt='' /&gt;&lt;/div&gt;&lt;img src="http://feeds.feedburner.com/~r/40Ccna-exam-modules/~4/4U6yozpCi2Y" height="1" width="1"/&gt;</description><app:edited xmlns:app="http://www.w3.org/2007/app">2009-08-17T00:17:43.691-07:00</app:edited><media:thumbnail url="http://lh6.ggpht.com/amnaj.suksamai/SPyepy5WRQI/AAAAAAAAAVg/SzeP4sRKKHQ/s72-c/2_thumb%5B1%5D.jpg" height="72" width="72" /><thr:total xmlns:thr="http://purl.org/syndication/thread/1.0">0</thr:total><feedburner:origLink>http://ccna-exam-modules.blogspot.com/2009/08/40-ccna-2-working-at-small-to-medium_3585.html</feedburner:origLink></item><item><title>4.0 CCNA 2: Working at a Small-to-Medium Business or ISP:Module 6</title><link>http://feedproxy.google.com/~r/40Ccna-exam-modules/~3/EoNl5iNywuI/40-ccna-2-working-at-small-to-medium_6533.html</link><category>4.0 CCNA2disc</category><author>noreply@blogger.com (amor)</author><pubDate>Mon, 17 Aug 2009 00:10:31 PDT</pubDate><guid isPermaLink="false">tag:blogger.com,1999:blog-4098964652719354601.post-4021750241068456678</guid><description>1. Hosts on two separate subnets cannot communicate. The network administrator suspects a missing route in one of the routing tables. Which three commands can be used to &lt;a style="background: transparent url(http://files.adbrite.com/mb/images/green-double-underline-006600.gif) repeat-x scroll center bottom; cursor: pointer; color: rgb(0, 102, 0); text-decoration: none; -moz-background-clip: -moz-initial; -moz-background-origin: -moz-initial; -moz-background-inline-policy: -moz-initial; margin-bottom: -2px; padding-bottom: 2px;" name="AdBriteInlineAd_help" id="AdBriteInlineAd_help" target="_top"&gt;help&lt;/a&gt; troubleshoot Layer 3 connectivity issues? (Choose three.)&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(51, 51, 255);"&gt;• Ping&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;• show arp&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(51, 51, 255);"&gt;• Traceroute&lt;br /&gt;• show ip route&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;• show interface&lt;br /&gt;• show cdp neighbor detail&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;2. In which situation would a company register for its own autonomous system number (ASN)?&lt;br /&gt;• when the company's ISP adds connection points to the &lt;a style="background: transparent url(http://files.adbrite.com/mb/images/green-double-underline-006600.gif) repeat-x scroll center bottom; cursor: pointer; color: rgb(0, 102, 0); text-decoration: none; -moz-background-clip: -moz-initial; -moz-background-origin: -moz-initial; -moz-background-inline-policy: -moz-initial; margin-bottom: -2px; padding-bottom: 2px;" name="AdBriteInlineAd_Internet" id="AdBriteInlineAd_Internet" target="_top"&gt;Internet&lt;/a&gt;&lt;br /&gt;• when additional routers are added to the corporate internetwork&lt;br /&gt;• when more than one interior routing protocol is used&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(255, 0, 0);"&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(51, 51, 255);"&gt;• when the company uses two or more ISPs&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/span&gt; 3. What term refers to a group of networks that uses the same internal routing policies and is controlled by a single administrative authority?&lt;br /&gt;• Internet&lt;br /&gt;• intranet&lt;br /&gt;• virtual private network&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(255, 0, 0);"&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(51, 51, 255);"&gt;• autonomous system&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/span&gt; 4. Consider this routing table entry&lt;br /&gt;• R 172.16.1.0/24 [120/1] via 200.1.1.1 00:00:27 Serial0/1&lt;br /&gt;• What type of route is this?&lt;br /&gt;• a static route&lt;br /&gt;• a default route&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(51, 51, 255);"&gt;• a RIP route&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;• an OSPF route&lt;br /&gt;• an EIGRP route&lt;br /&gt;• a directly-connected route&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;5. What is the difference between interior and exterior routing protocols?&lt;br /&gt;• Exterior routing protocols are only used by large ISPs. Interior routing protocols are used by small ISPs.&lt;br /&gt;• Interior routing protocols are used to route on the Internet. Exterior routing protocols are used inside organizations.&lt;br /&gt;• Exterior routing protocols are used to administer a single autonomous system. Interior routing protocols are used to administer several domains.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(51, 51, 255);"&gt;• Interior routing protocols are used to communicate within a single autonomous system. Exterior routing protocols are used to communicate between multiple autonomous systems.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;6. What &lt;a style="background: transparent url(http://files.adbrite.com/mb/images/green-double-underline-006600.gif) repeat-x scroll center bottom; cursor: pointer; color: rgb(0, 102, 0); text-decoration: none; -moz-background-clip: -moz-initial; -moz-background-origin: -moz-initial; -moz-background-inline-policy: -moz-initial; margin-bottom: -2px; padding-bottom: 2px;" name="AdBriteInlineAd_information" id="AdBriteInlineAd_information" target="_top"&gt;information&lt;/a&gt; is included in RIPv2 routing updates that is not included in RIPv1 updates?&lt;br /&gt;• metric&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(255, 0, 0);"&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(51, 51, 255);"&gt;• subnet mask    &lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/span&gt;• area identification&lt;br /&gt;• hop count&lt;br /&gt;• autonomous system number&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;7. Which routing protocol is used to exchange data between two different ISPs?&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(51, 51, 255);"&gt;• BGP&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;• EIGRP&lt;br /&gt;• OSPF&lt;br /&gt;• RIP v2&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;8.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;a href="http://lh6.ggpht.com/amnaj.suksamai/SPyVywWuQZI/AAAAAAAAAVM/hJUjUbXL1lg/2%5B4%5D.jpg"&gt;&lt;img alt="2" src="http://lh5.ggpht.com/amnaj.suksamai/SPyV7ldKeTI/AAAAAAAAAVQ/Fmhh0tKr6PI/2_thumb%5B2%5D.jpg" border="0" width="480" height="295" /&gt;&lt;/a&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Refer to the exhibit. Which configuration command or commands contributed to the output that is shown?&lt;br /&gt;• routerA(config-router)# no version 2&lt;br /&gt;• routerA(config)# interface fa0/0&lt;br /&gt;• routerA(config-if)# ip address 172.19.0.0 255.255.0.0&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(51, 51, 255);"&gt;• routerA(config-router)# network 192.168.3.0&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;• routerA(config)# no ip default-gateway&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;9.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;a href="http://lh5.ggpht.com/amnaj.suksamai/SPyV_KqQQ1I/AAAAAAAAAVU/6TYtrm1Khkc/3%5B3%5D.jpg"&gt;&lt;img alt="3" src="http://lh6.ggpht.com/amnaj.suksamai/SPyWDWBQ2qI/AAAAAAAAAVY/62HXbfK_95Q/3_thumb%5B1%5D.jpg" border="0" width="434" height="161" /&gt;&lt;/a&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Refer to the exhibit. If all routers are running RIP and network 10.0.0.0 goes down, when will R3 learn that the network is no longer available?&lt;br /&gt;• in 30 seconds&lt;br /&gt;• in 60 seconds&lt;br /&gt;• in 90 seconds&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(51, 51, 255);"&gt;• Immediately&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;10. What statement is true regarding an AS number?&lt;br /&gt;• AS numbers are controlled and registered for Internet use.&lt;br /&gt;• Interior routing protocols require registered AS numbers.&lt;br /&gt;• ISPs require all customers to have registered AS numbers.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(51, 51, 255);"&gt;• All routers at an ISP must be assigned the same AS number.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;11. What is the purpose of the network command used when configuring RIP?&lt;br /&gt;• to specify whether RIPv1 or RIPv2 will be used as the routing protocol&lt;br /&gt;• to allow the router to monitor RIP updates that occur on other routers&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(51, 51, 255);"&gt;• to identify which networks on the router will send and receive RIP updates&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;• to configure the IP address on an interface that will use RIP&lt;br /&gt;• to identify all of the remote networks that should be reachable from the router&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;12. Which command would a network administrator use to determine if the routers in an enterprise have &lt;a style="background: transparent url(http://files.adbrite.com/mb/images/green-double-underline-006600.gif) repeat-x scroll center bottom; cursor: pointer; color: rgb(0, 102, 0); text-decoration: none; -moz-background-clip: -moz-initial; -moz-background-origin: -moz-initial; -moz-background-inline-policy: -moz-initial; margin-bottom: -2px; padding-bottom: 2px;" name="AdBriteInlineAd_learned" id="AdBriteInlineAd_learned" target="_top"&gt;learned&lt;/a&gt; about a newly added network?&lt;br /&gt;• router# show ip address&lt;br /&gt;• router# show ip route&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(51, 51, 255);"&gt;• router# show ip networks&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;• router# show ip interface brief&lt;br /&gt;• router# debug ip protocol&lt;br /&gt;• router# debug rip update&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;13. What is the purpose of a routing protocol?&lt;br /&gt;• It is used to build and maintain ARP tables.&lt;br /&gt;• It provides a method for segmenting and reassembling data packets.&lt;br /&gt;• It allows an administrator to devise an addressing scheme for the network.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(51, 51, 255);"&gt;• It allows a router to share information about known networks with other routers.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;• It provides a procedure for encoding and decoding data into bits for packet forwarding.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;14. What device enables an ISP to connect with other ISPs to transfer data?&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(51, 51, 255);"&gt;• border gateway router&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;• DSLAM&lt;br /&gt;• web server&lt;br /&gt;• interior router&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;15. Which command will display RIP routing updates as they are sent and received?&lt;br /&gt;• show ip route&lt;br /&gt;• show ip rip&lt;br /&gt;• debug ip rip&lt;br /&gt;• show ip protocols&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(51, 51, 255);"&gt;• show ip rip database&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;16. Which part of an IP packet does the router use to make routing decisions?&lt;br /&gt;• source IP address&lt;br /&gt;• source MAC address&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(51, 51, 255);"&gt;• destination IP address&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;• destination MAC address&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;17. What two types of businesses would benefit from &lt;a style="background: transparent url(http://files.adbrite.com/mb/images/green-double-underline-006600.gif) repeat-x scroll center bottom; cursor: pointer; color: rgb(0, 102, 0); text-decoration: none; -moz-background-clip: -moz-initial; -moz-background-origin: -moz-initial; -moz-background-inline-policy: -moz-initial; margin-bottom: -2px; padding-bottom: 2px;" name="AdBriteInlineAd_registering" id="AdBriteInlineAd_registering" target="_top"&gt;registering&lt;/a&gt; as their own autonomous systems? (Choose two.)&lt;br /&gt;• a home &lt;a style="background: transparent url(http://files.adbrite.com/mb/images/green-double-underline-006600.gif) repeat-x scroll center bottom; cursor: pointer; color: rgb(0, 102, 0); text-decoration: none; -moz-background-clip: -moz-initial; -moz-background-origin: -moz-initial; -moz-background-inline-policy: -moz-initial; margin-bottom: -2px; padding-bottom: 2px;" name="AdBriteInlineAd_business" id="AdBriteInlineAd_business" target="_top"&gt;business&lt;/a&gt; with one ISP connection&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(51, 51, 255);"&gt;• a global business with connections to multiple local ISPs&lt;br /&gt;• a medium-sized nationwide business with Internet connectivity through different ISPs&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;• a large enterprise with two connections to the same ISP&lt;br /&gt;• a small ISP with a single Internet connection through a larger ISP&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;18. Which command will display RIP &lt;a style="background: transparent url(http://files.adbrite.com/mb/images/green-double-underline-006600.gif) repeat-x scroll center bottom; cursor: pointer; color: rgb(0, 102, 0); text-decoration: none; -moz-background-clip: -moz-initial; -moz-background-origin: -moz-initial; -moz-background-inline-policy: -moz-initial; margin-bottom: -2px; padding-bottom: 2px;" name="AdBriteInlineAd_activity" id="AdBriteInlineAd_activity" target="_top"&gt;activity&lt;/a&gt; as it occurs on a router?&lt;br /&gt;• debug ip rip&lt;br /&gt;• show ip route&lt;br /&gt;• show ip interface&lt;br /&gt;• show ip protocols&lt;br /&gt;• debug ip rip config&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(51, 51, 255);"&gt;• show ip rip database&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;19. Why is fast convergence desirable in networks that use dynamic routing protocols?&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(51, 51, 255);"&gt;• Routers will not allow packets to be forwarded until the network has converged.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;• Hosts are unable to &lt;a style="background: transparent url(http://files.adbrite.com/mb/images/green-double-underline-006600.gif) repeat-x scroll center bottom; cursor: pointer; color: rgb(0, 102, 0); text-decoration: none; -moz-background-clip: -moz-initial; -moz-background-origin: -moz-initial; -moz-background-inline-policy: -moz-initial; margin-bottom: -2px; padding-bottom: 2px;" name="AdBriteInlineAd_access" id="AdBriteInlineAd_access" target="_top"&gt;access&lt;/a&gt; their gateway until the network has converged.&lt;br /&gt;• Routers may make incorrect forwarding decisions until the network has converged.&lt;br /&gt;• Routers will not allow configuration changes to be made until the network has converged.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;20. Which two statements describe static routes? (Choose two.)&lt;br /&gt;• They are created in interface configuration mode.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(51, 51, 255);"&gt;• They require manual reconfiguration to accommodate network changes.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;• They automatically become the default gateway of the router.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(51, 51, 255);"&gt;• They are identified in the routing table with the prefix S&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;• They are automatically updated whenever an interface is reconfigured or shutdown.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;21. Which two statements or sets of statements describe differences between link-state and distance vector routing protocols? (Choose two.)&lt;br /&gt;• Link-state routing protocols routinely use more bandwidth for updates than do distance vector routing protocols.&lt;br /&gt;• Distance vector routing protocols update all routers at one time. Link-state routing protocols update one router at a time.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(51, 51, 255);"&gt;• Link-state routers only know about directly connected routers. Distance vector routers know about every router in the network.&lt;br /&gt;• Link-state routing protocols update when a change is made. A network using distance vector routing protocols only updates at a specific interval.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;• Distance vector routing protocols have limited information about the entire network. Link state routing protocols know about all routers in the network.&lt;br /&gt;• In case of similar topologies, networks using link-state routing protocols typically converge more rapidly than do networks using distance vector routing protocols.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;22. Which protocol is an exterior routing protocol?&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(51, 51, 255);"&gt;• BGP&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;• EIGRP&lt;br /&gt;• OSPF&lt;br /&gt;• RIP&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;23. Which command is used to view the RIP routing protocol settings and configuration?&lt;br /&gt;• show version&lt;br /&gt;• show ip route&lt;br /&gt;• show interface&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(51, 51, 255);"&gt;• show ip protocols&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;24.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;a href="http://lh4.ggpht.com/amnaj.suksamai/SPyVfOA_BEI/AAAAAAAAAVE/B6axW2dg8XU/1%5B3%5D.jpg"&gt;&lt;img alt="1" src="http://lh6.ggpht.com/amnaj.suksamai/SPyVnuyju8I/AAAAAAAAAVI/5AexfStYAPU/1_thumb%5B1%5D.jpg" border="0" width="432" height="139" /&gt;&lt;/a&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Refer to the exhibit. What is the maximum number of RIP routers that could separate HostA and HostB and still leave the hosts with connectivity to each other?&lt;br /&gt;• 14&lt;br /&gt;• 15&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(255, 0, 0);"&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(51, 51, 255);"&gt;• 16    &lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/span&gt;• 17&lt;div class="blogger-post-footer"&gt;&lt;img width='1' height='1' src='https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/tracker/4098964652719354601-4021750241068456678?l=ccna-exam-modules.blogspot.com' alt='' /&gt;&lt;/div&gt;&lt;img src="http://feeds.feedburner.com/~r/40Ccna-exam-modules/~4/EoNl5iNywuI" height="1" width="1"/&gt;</description><app:edited xmlns:app="http://www.w3.org/2007/app">2009-08-17T00:10:31.547-07:00</app:edited><media:thumbnail url="http://lh5.ggpht.com/amnaj.suksamai/SPyV7ldKeTI/AAAAAAAAAVQ/Fmhh0tKr6PI/s72-c/2_thumb%5B2%5D.jpg" height="72" width="72" /><thr:total xmlns:thr="http://purl.org/syndication/thread/1.0">0</thr:total><feedburner:origLink>http://ccna-exam-modules.blogspot.com/2009/08/40-ccna-2-working-at-small-to-medium_6533.html</feedburner:origLink></item><media:rating>nonadult</media:rating></channel></rss>

